Supplemental specifications for construction of roads and bridges [July 1, 1996]

GA.

TlOO

,S\

Sia

19q3

SuppL

Department

of

Transportation

State of Georgia

Supplemental Specifications Modifying the
1993 Standard Specifications For Construction of Roads and Bridges
1996 Edition

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA FIRST USE: JULY 1, 1996
1996 Edition
SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS AND BRIDGES
Modifying the Standard Specifications, 1993 Edition approved by the State Transportation Board on December 19, 1991 Wayne Shackelford Commissioner No. 2 Capitol Square, Atlanta, Georgia 30334
The Standard Specifications for the Construction of Roads and Bridges dated December 19, 1991 shall be modified and expanded in accordance with the revisions, deletions, and additions contained herein.

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE

PAGE

1993 Standard Specifications Editorial Corrections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Notice ................................................................................. 4 Section 101- Definitions and Terms ...................................................... 4 Section 103-Award and Execution of Contract ............................................ 5 Section 104 - Scope ofWork ............................................................. 5 Section 105 - Control ofWork ............................................................ 6 Section 105 - Control ofWork ............................................................ 6 Section 106 - Control of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Section 106- Control ofMaterials ....................................................... 13 Section 107 - Legal Regulations and Responsibility to the Public . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Section 108 - Prosecution and Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Section 109 - Measurement and Payment ................................................ 15 Section 109 - Measurement and Payment ................................................ 15 Section 109 - Measurement and Payment ................................................ 18 Section 109 - Measurement and Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Section 109 - Measurement and Payment ................................................ 18 Section 151- Mobilization ............................................................. 19 Section 152 - Field Laboratory Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Section 153 - Field Engineer's Office ..................................................... 20 Section 158 - Training Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Section 161- Control of Soil Erosion and Sedimentation .................................... 22 Section 163 -Miscellaneous Erosion Control Items ........................................ 23 Section 201-Clearing and Grubbing Right of Way ......................................... 24 Section 208 - Embankments ............................................................ 26 Section 210 - Grading Complete ........................................................ 27 Section 215 - Removal of Sanitary Landfill and Removal of Underground Storage Tanks
Discovered During Construction or Shown on the Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Section 215-Removal of Solid Waste .................................................... 28 Section 217 - Removal of Underground Storage Tanks ...................................... 31 Section 300 - General Specifications for Base and Subbase Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Section 303 - Topsoil, Sand-clay, or Chert Construction ..................................... 34 Section 400 - Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Construction ..................................... 35 Section 400 - Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Section 401 - Cold Mix Patching Materials for Temporary Patching .......................... 37 Section 402 - Hot Mix Recycled Asphaltic Concrete ........................................ 37 Section 402 - Hot Mix Recycled Asphaltic Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Section 430 - Portland Cement Concrete Pavement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Section 430 - Portland Cement Concrete Pavement
( Note: this 430 Specification Is Applicable to Concrete Paving Projects with Quantities of 50,000 Square Yards or less or as Stipulated in the Plans ) .......................... 41 Section 432 - Mill Asphaltic Concrete Pavement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Section 432 - Mill Asphaltic Concrete Pavement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Section 439 - Portland Cement Concrete Pavement (Special) ................................ 42 Section 500-concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Section 500 - Concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Section 500 - Concrete Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Section 501 - Steel Structures .......................................................... 55

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE

PAGE

Section 501-Steel Structures ... : ...................................................... 56 Section 520 - Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Section 535 - Painting Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Section 543 - Bridge Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Section 550 - Storm Drain Pipe, Pipe-arch Culverts, and Side Drain Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Section 581 - Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Section 600 - Controlled Low Strength Flowable Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Section 603 - Rip Rap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Section 632 - Portable Variable Message Signs ............................................ 76 Section 636-Highway Signs ........................................................... 76 Section 638 - Structural Supports for Overhead Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Section 647 -Traffic Signal Installations ................................................. 77 Section 656 - Removal of Pavement Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Section 657 - Preformed Plastic Pavement Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Section 682 - Electrical Wire, Cable, and Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Section 706 - Turf Establishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Section 755-Electrical Work .......................................................... 104 Section 802 -Aggregates for Asphaltic Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Section 805 - Rip Rap and Curbing Stone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Section 813 - Pond Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Section 815 - Graded Aggregate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Section 816 - Soil Aggregate Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Section 820 - Asphalt Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Section 831 -Admixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Section 846- Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (Pvc) Profile Wall Drain Pipe ........................... 109 Section 851-Structural Steel ......................................................... 110 Section 870 - Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Section 870 - Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Section 893 - Miscellaneous Planting Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Section 911 - Sign Posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Section 912 - Sign Blanks and Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Section 912 - Sign Blanks and Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Section 913 - Reflectorizing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Section 913 - Reflectorizing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Section 919 - Raised Pavement Marker Materials .................. ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Section 919 - Raised Pavement Marker Materials ........................................ 129 Section 925 -Traffic Signal Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

11

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

November 3, 1994 1993 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS EDITORIAL CORRECTIONS

PAGE 081 125 133 141 143 250 260 271 294 294 302
318 328 329

SECTION

CORRECTION

109

Subsection 109.08.B, Line 11, change reference to GA State Law from

"Section 20-1408 ofthe code of Georgia of 1933" to Section 13-6-13 of

The Official Code of Georgia Annotated".

171

171.02 Table. Under Type "C" change tensile strength for warp

from 120 to 260.

201

Subsection 201.03 The second, third and fourth paragraphs are

out of place and should be moved to Subsection 201.02.E.3.

205

Subsection 205.10.B., the seventh paragraph that begins with For

retaining wall construction.....and ends with incidental to the Work.

shall be deleted.

206

Change Subsection 206.04.A to 206.03.A.

400

Add small letter "a." before SELECTION OF MIX TYPE OF

LEVELING AND PATCHING.

400

In Table 400.07.A.2. line 3 of heading, change the word "Surface" to

"Subsurface".

402

Paragraph one, line 3, change the word "contracted" to "contacted".

424

In Table 1 under Double Surface Treatment Stone Size 7 and 89,

change application rate for first application ofRS-2h, CRS-2h,

CRS-3 (CBAE 2 or 3) from ".30 - .32" to ".20 - .32".

424

In Table 1, delete the Total Stone spread rate of .48 - .68 as shown

for Double Surface Treatment Stone Size 7 and 89

427

In Table 1, add Mixture Control Tolerances as follows:

% Passing 3/8" Sieve % Passing No. 4 Sieve % Passing No. 8 Sieve % Passing No. 50 Sieve % Passing No. 200 Sieve % Residual Asphalt

Mixture Control Tolerances :t::0.00% :t::6.00% :t::5.00% :t::4.00% :t::3.00% :t::0.75%

430

430.05.A.3. In the last line, 31 hours :t:: 30 minutes needs to be

changed to 24 hours :t:: 15 minutes.

430

430.04.E.2. The last paragraph on this page should be identified as

Subsection a.

430

430.04.E.2 The first paragraph on this page should be identified as

Subsection b. and the second paragraph as Subsection c.

1

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

PAGE 332
356
380& 381 384 387 546 587 589
vi& 614 643 711 713
714
720
735 736 736
739 760 762
762

SECTION 430 440 450

CORRECTION
430.04.H.2. The reference to 430.04.I in the third line should be 430.04.H.
440.06.B.2. The formula in this specification should be modified by changing :t .18R to + .18R.
Change specification reference from Section 610 to Section 609.

451

Change specification reference from Section 610 to Section 609.

452

Change specification reference from Section 610 to Section 609

520

520.03.B.l. last sentence change "charges" to "charts"

535

535.03.D. change the term "snooper tuk" to "snooper truck".

535

Table for Ordinary Exposure and Heavy Exposure. Change paint

numbers as follows:

lD to 1A

2E to 2A

3F to 3B

551

Title - change the word "Pipe" to "Pile"

581

Change Subsection number 518.17 to 581.17.

636

636.02 Line 1, change the word "Met" to "Meets"

636

636.03.E. paragraphs two through five should be moved to

Subsection 636.03.C.

636

636.03.E. paragraphs six and seven should be moved to Subsection

636.03.B.

637

637.02.G.2. NONMETALLIC CONDUIT - change reference from

"Federal Specification W-C-1094" to reference "Subsection 923.03".

641

641.01 The word "Trie" should be "Tri-" in the third paragraph.

641

641.01 The word ''Trie" should be "Tri-" in the fourth paragraph.

641

641.02 MATERIALS - change reference to Subsection 859.05 to

859.04.

643

643.03.B.1. CHAIN LINK FENCE - change "grate" to "gate".

653

653.02.C.1.e. - change "GRADUATION" to "GRADATION'.

653

653.03.B.1. in paragraph five, the word "consruction" should be

"construction".

653

653.03.B. next to the last line seventh paragraph "17 pounds"

should be "14 pounds".

2

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

PAGE 765
765 766
767
820
868 890 899 902
908 935
947
951 976
1036 1036

SECTION

CORRECTION

654

654.04 in Paragraph 1 Line 9 the word "condtions" should be

"conditions".

654

654.04 in Paragraph 2 the word "adhesvie" should be "adhesive".

654

654.04 in Paragraph 7 the word "manufactuerer's" should be

"manufacturer's"

655

655.03 CONSTRUCTION - reference to "Subsection 654.03" should

be changed to "Subsection 654.04".

682

Under Subsection 682.03 add a comma between the words

Construction and Measurement.

703

Specification Title - change the word "Three" to Tree"

800

800.01.A.3.d. second line "aminimum" should be "a minimum"

805

805.01.A. - TYPE 1 second line ''value" should be "volume"

810

810.01.A. CLASS III First paragraph eighth line ''No. 20" should

be changed to "No. 10"

815

815.01 Method oftest - last line "Equipment" should be "Equivalent"

833

833.06 Table - "Movement Capability & Adhesive" should be

"Movem~nt Capability & Adhesion"

843

843.03 Paragraph 1 line 5 remove "both with the requirements of

AASHTO: M 86, Table 1, Class l,"

847

847.05.A. "AWWA C 20" should be "AWWA C 202"

862

862.02.A. Quality - reference to "Subsection 859.05" should be

changed to "Subsection 859.04".

893

893.09.C. last paragraph change "chemials" to "chemicals".

894

894.01.B.2. - fifth line "ally" should be "alloy"

3

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

PAGE 1038 1044 1052

SECTION

CORRECTION

894

894.05.F. third line should read "being replaced or the existing

fence as applicable."

911

911.05 Wood Sign Posts - reference to Subsection 859.05 should be

changed to Subsection 859.04.

913

913.01 Table III, change "TYPE II" to TYPE III".

INDEX Add "Indentation Rumble Strips" ................... page 391

NOTICE

April 14, 1994

Retain the Notice as written on page ii, and add the following:

All references to State Highway Engineer mean, and shall be deemed to mean, Chief Engineer.

January 16, 1996
SECTION 101 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
101.26 EXTENSION AGREEMENT: Delete as written and substitute the following:
101.26 EXTENSION AGREEMENT: A written agreement entered into by and between the Department and the Contractor, with the written assent of the Surety, extending The Work beyond its original boundaries and prescribing additional work to be done including the basis of payment and time allowed for completion.

February 7, 1996
SECTION 103-AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
Delete Subsection 103.05 as written and substitute the following:
103.05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS: At the time of the execution of the Contract, and as a part thereof, the successful Bidder shall furnish Contract Bonds as specified below:
GEORGIA RESIDENT CONTRACTOR
Georgia Resident Contractors shall furnish Performance ~d Payment Bonds as follows:
Performance bond in the full amount of the Contract and payment bond in an amount equal to 110 percent of the full amount of the Contract. The aggregate amount of the bonds shall be 210 percent of the full amount of the Contract.

4

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
NONRESIDENT CONTRACTOR
Nonresident Contractors shall furnish Contract Bonds as follows:
Performance bond in the full amount of the Contract, payment bond in the full amount of the Contract, and tax bond in the amount of 10 percent of the full amount of the Contract. The aggregate amount of the bonds shall be 210 percent of the full amount of the Contract. The tax bond shall represent the nonresident contractor bond required by the Revenue Department in accordance with Sections 48-13-30 through 48-13-38 ofthe Official Code of Georgia Annotated.
The Bonds shall be made on forms furnished by the Department and executed by the Contractor and a Surety Company acceptable to the Department, authorized to do business in Georgia. In the event the Bond is made by an out of State Agent, it shall be countersigned by a Georgia Resident Agent in accordance with the laws of Georgia.

January 16, 1996

SECTION 104 - SCOPE OF WORK

Retain Subsection 104.03 ALTERATION OF PLANS OR CHARACTER OF WORK as written, except as follows:

A. AUTHORITY TO MAKE CHANGES: Delete the second paragraph as written and substitute the following:

Whenever an alteration in character of work involves a substantial change in the nature of the design or in the type of construction or materially increases or decreases the cost of performance, a Supplemental Agreement acceptable to both parties shall be executed before work is started on such alteration, except that in the absence of a Supplemental Agreement acceptable to both parties, the Engineer may direct that the work be done by Force Account. Any Force Account Agreement must be in writing, specifying the terms of payment, signed by the State Construction Engineer and agreed to in writing by the Contractor.

D. CHANGES IN QUANTITIES: Delete the last sentence in its entirety.

Retain Subsection 104.08 VALUE ENGINEERING as written except as follows:

104.08.E.

NOTIFICATION: The Contractor will be notified, in writing, of the Department's decision or rejection of each VEP submitted under these provisions. If a proposal is accepted, the necessary Contract modifications will be effected by execution of a Supplemental Agreement. Unless and until a VEP is effected by such Supplemental Agreement, the Contractor shall remain obligated to perform The Work in accordance with the terms of the existing Contract.

Supplemental Agreements made as a result of this Subsection will state that they are made pursuant to it.

5

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
January 16, 1996
SECTION 105 - CONTROL OF WORK
105.03 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Delete the third paragraph as written and substitute the following:
In the event the Engineer finds the materials or the finished product in which the materials are used not within reasonably close conformity with the Plans and Specifications, but that reasonably acceptable work has been produced, the Engineer shall then make a determination if the work shall be accepted and remain in place. In this event, except in cases where the appropriate price adjustments are provided for in the specifications covering the materials and/or the finished product, a Supplemental Agreement will be executed documenting the basis of acceptance which will provide for an appropriate price adjustment in the Contract Price for such work or materials as the Engineer deems necessary to conform to his determination based on engineering judgement.
September 8, 1995
SECTION 105 - CONTROL OF WORK
Delete Subsection 105.13 as written and substitute the following:
105.13 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES: Whenever the Contractor believes that it is or will be entitled to additional compensation, whether due to delay, extra work, breach of contract, or other causes, the Contractor shall follow the procedures set forth in this Sub-Section.
A CLAIMS FOR DELAY:
1. The Department shall have no liability for damages due to delay, beyond those items which are specifically payable under this Sub-Section.
2. The Department will be liable only for those delay damages caused by or arising from acts or omissions on the part of the Department which violate legal or contractual duties owed to the Contractor by the Department. The Contractor assumes the risk of damages from all other causes of delay.
3. The parties anticipate delays caused by or arising from right of way problems, defects in plans or design, redesign, changes in the Work by the Department, the actions of suppliers or other contractors, the shop-drawing approval process, injunctions, court orders and other such events, forces or factors commonly experienced in highway construction work. Such delays are specifically contemplated by the parties in entering this Contract, and shall not constitute breaches of the Contract. However, such delays may constitute a basis for a claim for delay damages, iffound to be in accordance with Sub-Section 105.13.A.2 above and other provisions of the Contract, and/or a request for a time extension.
4. The term "delay" shall be deemed to mean any event, action, force or factor which extends the Contractor's time of performance. This Sub-Section is intended to cover all such events, actions, forces or factors, whether they be styled "delay," "disruption," "interference," "impedance," "hindrance", "impact" or otherwise.
5. Compliance with the provisions ofthis Sub-Section will be an essential condition precedent to any recovery of delay damages by the Contractor.
6

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
6. The following items, and only the following items, will be recoverable by the Contractor as "delay damages" caused by delay: a. Additional job site labor expenses. b. Documented additional costs for materials. c. Equipment costs, as determined in accordance with this Sub-Section. d. Documented costs of extended job-site overhead. e. An additional 10 percent of the total of Sub-Sections 105.13.A.6.a, b, c and d for home office overhead and profit. f. Bond costs. g. Subcontractor costs, as determined by, and limited to, those items identified as payable under Sub-Section 105.13.A.6. a, b, c, d, e, and f.
7. For purposes of computing extra equipment costs, rates used shall be based on the Contractor's actual experienced cost for each piece ofequipment. These rates shall be supported by equipment cost records furnished by the Contractor. In no case will equipment rates be allowed in excess of those determined utilizing the "Rental Rate Blue Book," with the appropriate adjustments noted in Sub-Section 109.05.
8. The parties agree that, in any claim for delay damages, the Department will have no liability for the following items of damages or expense: a. Profit, in excess of that provided herein. b. Loss of profit. c. Labor inefficiencies. d. Home office overhead in excess of that provided herein. e. Consequential damages, including but not limited to loss of bonding capacity, loss of bidding opportunities and insolvency. f. Indirect costs or expenses of any nature. g. Attorneys fees, claims preparation expenses or costs oflitigation. h. Interest of any nature.
7

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
9. Within one week after a delay has occurred, the Contractor shall give the Department written notice of its intention to file a claim for delay damages. Such notice shall be given in order that the Department can:
a. Assess the situation.
b. Make an initial determination as to who is responsible for causing the delay.
c. Institute appropriate changes or procedures to resolve the matter.
The Department shall have no liability for any delay which occurred more than one week prior to the filing ofsuch notice. Failure ofthe Contractor to give such written notice in a timely fashion will be grounds for denial of the claim.
10. After giving the Department notice of intention to file a claim for delay damages, the Contractor shall keep daily records of all labor, material, and equipment costs incurred for operations affected by the delay. These daily records shall identify each operation affected by the delay and the specific locations where work is affected by the delay. The Department will also keep records of all labor, material, and equipment used on operations affected by the delay. At the time and place, as designated by the Engineer, on Monday, or the first work day, of each week following the date of giving notice of intention to file claim for delay damages, the Contractor shall meet with the Department's representative and present the daily records for the preceding week. If the Contractor's records indicate costs greater than those kept by the department, the Department will present its records to the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer within three (3) work days of any inaccuracies noted in, or disagreements with, the Department's records. Refusal or repeated failure by the Contractor to attend these weekly meetings and present its records will constitute a waiver by the Contractor of any objections as to the accuracy of the Department's records. When the Contractor makes an objection as to the accuracy of the Department's records, the Engineer shall review the matter, and correct any inaccuracies he finds in the Department's records. For purposes ofcomputing delay damages, the Department's records will control. In the event the Contractor wishes to contest the accuracy of the Department's records, it may file a petition pursuant to Rule 672-1-.05 ofthe Official Rules and Regulations of the Department of Transportation. The decision of the Engineer, or, if contested, the decision of the Agency, will be final and binding upon the parties as to any objections to the accuracy of the Department's records, subject to the Contractor's right to judicial review under O.C.G.A. Section 50-13-19.
11. On a weekly basis after giving notice ofintention to file a claim for delay damages, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer written reports providing the following information:
a. Potential effect to the schedule caused by the delay.
b. Identification of all operations that have been delayed, or are to be delayed.
c. Explanation ofhow the Department's act or omission delayed each operation, and estimation ofhow much time is required to complete the project.
8

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
d. Itemization of all extra costs being incurred, including:
(1) An explanation as to how those extra costs relate to the delay and how they are being calculated and measured.
(2) Identification of all project employees for whom costs are being compiled.
(3) Identification ofall manufacturer's numbers of all items of equipment for which costs are being compiled.
B. CLAIMS FOR ACCELERATION: The Department shall have no liability for any constructive acceleration. If the Department gives express written direction for the Contractor to accelerate its effort, then both parties shall execute a Supplemental Agreement as provided in Sub-Section 104.03.
C. OTHER CLAIMS:
1. In any case in which the Contractor believes that it will be entitled to additional compensation for reasons other than delay or acceleration, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing ofits intent to claim such additional compensation before beginning The Work out of which such claim arises. Ifsuch notification is not given, then the Contractor hereby agrees that it shall have waived any additional compensation for that work and the Contractor shall have no claim thereto.
2. The liability ofthe Department for such claims shall be limited to those items of damages which are specifically identified as payable in connection with delay claims as set forth in Sub-Section 105.13.A.6. For such claims, the Department will have no liability for those items of damages identified as not payable in connection with delay claims as set forth in Sub-Section 105.13.A.8.
D. REQIBRED CONTENTS OF CLAIMS: All claims shall be submitted in writing, and shall be sufficient in detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and the amount of each claim. All information submitted to the Department under this Sub-Section will be used exclusively for analyzing the claim, resolving the claim or any litigation which might arise from the claim. At a minimum, the following information shall be provided:
1. FOR DELAY CLAIMS:
a. A description of the operations that were delayed, the reasons for the delay, how they were delayed, including the report of all scheduling experts or other consultants, if any.
b. An as-built chart, CPM scheme or other diagram depicting in graphic form how the operations were adversely affected.
c. The date on which actions resulting in the claim occurred or conditions resulting in the claim became evident.
d. A copy of the ''Notice of Potential Claim" filed for the specific claim by the Contractor.
e. The name, function, and activity of each Department official, or employee, involved in, or knowledgeable about facts that gave rise to such claim.
f. The name, function, and activity of each Contractor or Subcontractor official, or employee, involved in, or knowledgeable about facts that gave rise to such claim.
g. The identification of any pertinent documents, and the substance of any material oral communication relating to such claim.
9

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
h. A statement as to whether the additional compensation or extension of time sought is based on the provisions of the Contract or an alleged breach of Contract.
I. The amount of additional compensation sought and a break-down of that amount into the categories specified as payable under Sub-Section 105.13.A.6. above.
j. If an extension oftime is also sought, the specific days for which it is sought and the basis for such request.
2. FOR OTHER CLAIMS:
a A detailed factual statement of the claim providing all necessary dates, locations and items of work affected by the claim.
b. The date on which actions resulting in the claim occurred or conditions resulting in the claim became evident.
c. A copy ofthe "Notice ofPotential Claim" filed for the specific claim by the Contractor pursuant to this Sub-Section.
d. The name, function, and activity of each Department official, or employee, involved in, or knowledgeable about facts that gave rise to such claim.
e. The name, function, and activity of each Contractor or Subcontractor official, or employee, involved in, or knowledgeable about facts that gave rise to such claim.
f. The specific provisions ofthe Contract which support th!:' claim, and a statement of the reasons why such provisions support the claim.
g. The identification of any pertinent documents, and the substance of any material oral communications relating to such claim.
h. A statement as to whether the additional compensation or extension of time sought is based on the provisions of the Contract or an alleged breach of Contract.
I. If an extension of time is also sought, the specific days for which it is sought and the basis for such claim as determined by an analysis of the construction schedule.
j. The amount of additional compensation sought and a breakdown of that amount into the categories specified as payable under Sub-Section 105.13.A.6. above.
E. REQUIRED CERTI.FICATION OF CLAIMS: When submitting the claim, the Contractor shall certify in writing, under oath in accordance with the formalities required by Georgia law, as to the following:
1. That the claim is made in good faith.
2. That supportive data are accurate and complete to the Contractor's best knowledge and belief that the amount of the claim accurately reflects what the Contractor in good faith believes to be the Department's liability.
The Contractor shall use the CERTIFICATE OF CLAIM form, which can be obtained from the Department, in complying with these requirements.
10

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
F. AUDITING OF CLAIMS: All claims filed against the Department shall be subject to audit at any time following the filing of such claim, whether or not such claim is part of a suit pending in the courts of this State. The audit may be performed by employees ofthe Department or by an independent auditor appointed by the Department. The audit may begin on ten days notice to the Contractor, Subcontract.or, or Supplier. The Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier shall make a good faith effort to cooperate with the auditors. Failure ofthe Contractor, Subcontractor, or Supplier to maintain and retain sufficient records to allow the Department's auditor to verify the claim shall constitute a waiver of that portion of such claim that cannot be verified and shall bar recovery thereunder. Without limiting the generality ofthe foregoing, and as a minimum, the auditors shall have available to them the following documents: 1. Daily time sheets and foreman's daily reports. 2. Union agreements, if any. 3. Insurance, welfare, and benefits records. 4. Payroll register. 5. Earnings records. 6. Payroll tax returns. 7. Material invoices, purchase orders, and all material and supply acquisition contracts. 8. Material cost distribution worksheet. 9. Equipment records (list of company equipment, rates, etc.) 10. Vendor rental agreements, and subcontractor invoices. 11. Subcontractor payment certificates. 12. Canceled checks (payroll and vendors). 13. Job cost report. 14. Job payroll ledger. 15. General ledger, general journal, (if used) and all subsidiary ledgers and journals together with all supporting documentation pertinent to entries made in these ledgers and journals. 16. Cash Disbursements journal. 17. Financial statements for all years reflecting the operations on this project. 18. Income tax returns for all years reflecting the operations on this project. 19. Depreciation records on all company equipment whether such records are maintained by the company involved, its accountant, or others.
11

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
20. Ifa source other than depreciation records is used to deveiop costs for the Contractor's internal purposes in est.ablishing the actual cost ofowning and operating equipment, all such other source documents.
21. All documents which reflect the Contractor's actual profit and overhead during the years this Project was being performed and for each of the five years prior to the commencement of this Project.
22. All documents related to the preparation of the Contractor's bid including the final calculations on which the bid was based unless such documents are placed in escrow under other provisions ofthe Contract.
23. All documents which relate to each and every claim together with all documents which support the amount of damages as to each claim.
24. Worksheets used to prepare the claim establishing the cost components for items of the claim including, but not limited to, labor, benefits and insurance, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and all documents which est.ablish the time periods, individuals involved, the hours and the rates for the individuals.
G. REMEDIES EXCLUSIVE: The parties agree that the Department shall have no liability to the Contractor for expenses, costs, or items of damage other than those which are specifically identified as payable under this Sub-Section. In the event any legal action is instituted against the Department by the Contractor on account of any claim for additional compensation, whether on account of delay, acceleration, breach of contract, or otherwise, the Contractor agrees that the Department's liability will be limited to those items which are specifically identified as payable in this Sub-Section.
May 31, 1994
SECTION 106 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
106.10.C. Retain this section as written and add the following:
The Contractor shall provide a survey and sketch for all contractor furnished material pits and haul road routes in accordance with the following: The pit boundaries and haul road routes shall be selected and staked at 200 ft. intervals or as required by the Engineer. Minimum work shall include measurement of pit boundaries and haul road routes using a chain or stadia and measurement of angles or bearings using a transit or a Brunton Compass. Pit boundaries and haul road routes shall be adequately marked and referenced to a centerline station number on the project.
12

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

SECTION 106 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS

April 2, 1993

Retain as written and add the following:

106.13 OUT OF STATE MATERIALS PAYMENT: Materials payments to Contractors who elect to have materials fabricated and stored outside the boundaries of the State of Georgia shall be made under the following guidelines.

The Contractor shall submit a written request t:o the Engineer for an inspection of Out-of-State materials. This request shall state that the Contractor agrees to reimburse the Department for the actual cost of travel, subsistence, and extra expense incurred by the Department in the execution of this inspection and any subsequent inspection that may be necessary. This request must be signed by a person legally responsible to bind the company and shall be notarized.

In the event the Contractor fails to reimburse the Department promptly for any of the costs established by this provision, the Contractor agrees that the amount of such costs may be deducted from amounts of money owing to the Contract.or on Monthly Estimates or Final Estimate.

The above requirements are not applicable to the fabrication and materials payment for structural steel, prestress beams, precast bridge units, and piling for bridge construction within the states which share a common border with the State of Georgia.

September 16, 1993
SECTION 107 - LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC
107.23 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS: Delete Subsection 107.23 as written and substitute the following:
A ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION: Erosion control measures must be installed, to the greatest practical extent, prior t:o clearing and grubbing. Particular care shall be exercised along stream banks, wetlands and other environmentally sensitive areas t:o insure that these areas are not adversely affected.
Construction equipment shall not cross streams, rivers, or other waterways except at temporary stream crossing structures approved by the Engineer.
Construction activities within wetland areas are prohibited except for those within the construction limits as shown on the Plans.
All sediment control devices installed on a project shall, as a minimum, be cleaned of sediment when one half the capacity, by height, depth or volume, has been reached.
B. BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION OVER WATERWAYS: Construction waste or debris, from bridge construction or demolition, shall be prevented from Qeing allowed to fall or be placed into wetlands, streams, rivers or lakes.
Excavation, dewatering, and cleaning of cofferdams shall be performed in such a manner as to prevent siltation. Pumping from cofferdams to a settling basin or a containment unit will be required if deemed necessary by the Engineer.

13

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Operations required within rivers or streams, i.e. jetting or spudding, shall be performed within silt containment areas, cofferdams, silt fence, sediment barriers or other devices to minimize migration of silt off the project. C. BORROW AND EXCESS MATERIAL PITS: Specific written environmental clearance from the Engineer will be required for any sites not included in the Plans as excess material or borrow areas. No work other than testing shall be started at any potential excess material or borrow site not shown on the plans prior to receiving said environmental clearance from the Engineer. The Engineer will require a written notice from the Contractor requesting environmental clearance studies, and written permission from the property owner at least six weeks prior to intended use of the site. The Department will not begin studies on such sites before a Notice to Proceed is issued. The Engineer will inform the Contractor in writing as to the granting or denial of environmental clearance. If denied, the Contractor may, at no expense to the Department, seek to obtain permits or pursue other remedies which might otherwise render the site(s) acceptable. Sites included in the Plans have environmental clearance and shall be used only for the purpose(s) specified in the plans or other contract documents. Should the Contractor wish to expand or utilize said sites for any purpose other than that provided for in the plans or other contract documents, specific written environmental clearance as noted above shall be obtained. D. CONTROL OF POLLUTANTS: Pollutants or potentially hazardous materials, such as fuels, lubricants, lead paint, chemicals or batteries, shall be transported, stored and utilized in a manner to prevent leakage or spillage into the environment. The Contractor shall also be responsible for proper and legal disposal of all such materials. Equipment, especially concrete or asphalt trucks, shall not be washed or cleaned-out on the Project except in areas where unused product contaminants can be prevented from entering waterways.
November 12, 1993
SECTION 108 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Retain Subsection 108.09 as written except as noted below: All references to "Registered Mail" are hereby revised to read "Registered or Certified Mail".
14

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
October 21, 1993
SECTION 109-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
109.01 MEASUREMENT AND QUANTITIES: Retain Subsection as written and insert the following after the third paragraph:
Where payment is to be made by the square yard for a specified thickness, the length will be measured on the surface along the centerline and the pay width shall be that width specified on the plans for the Final surface of the completed section. Intermediate courses shall be placed at a width sufficient to support successive courses with no detriment to the stability of the successive courses. The width of material required beyond the pay width will not be eligible for payment and shall be considered incidental to the work.
June 22, 1995
SECTION 109-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Delete Subsection 109.05 as written and substitute as follows:
109.05 EXTRA WORK: Extra work, as defined in Section 101.27, when ordered in accordance with Section 104.04, will be authorized in writing by the Engineer. The authorization will be in the form of a Supplemental Agreement or a Force Account.
A. SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT: In the case ofa Supplemental Agreement, the work to be done will be stipulated and agreed upon by both parties prior to any extra work being performed.
Payment based on Supplemental Agreements shall constitute full payment and settlement of all additional costs and expenses including delay and impact damages caused by, arising from or associated with The Work performed.
B. FORCE ACCOUNT: When no agreement is reached for Extra Work to be done at Lump Sum or Unit Prices, such work may be authorized by the Department to be done on a Force Account basis. A Force Account estimate which identifies all anticipated costs shall be prepared by the contractor on forms provided by the Engineer. Work shall not begin until the Force Account is approved. Payment for Force Account work will be in accordance with the following:
1. LABOR: For all labor, equipment operators and supervisors, excluding superintendents, in direct charge of the specific operations, the Contractor shall receive the rate of wage agreed upon in writing before beginning work for each and every hour that said labor, equipment operators and supervisors are actually engaged in such work.
The Contractor shall receive the actual costs paid to, or in behalf of, workers by reason of subsistence and travel allowances, health and welfare benefits, pension fund benefits, or other benefits, when such amounts are required by collective bargaining agreement or other employment contract generally applicable to the classes oflabor employed on The Work.
An amount equal to 15% of the sui of the above items will also be paid the Contractor.
15

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
2. BOND, INSURANCE, and TAX: For property damage, liability, and worker's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and Social Security taxes on the Force Account work, the Contractor shall receive the actual cost, to which cost no percentage will be added. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for such bond, insurance, and tax.
3. MATERIALS: For materials accepted by the Engineer and used, the Contractor shall receive the actual cost ofsuch material incorporated inro The Work, including Contractor paid transportation charges (exclusive ofmachinery rentals as hereinafter set forth), to which cost 10% will be added.
4. EQUIPMENT: For any machinery or special equipment (other than small tools) including fuel and lubricant, plus transportation costs, the use of which has been authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor shall receive the rental rates indicated below for the actual time that such equipment is in operation on The Work or the time, as indicated below, the equipment is directed to stand by.
Equipment rates shall be based on the latest edition ofthe Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment or Rental Rate Blue Book for Older Construction Equipment, whichever applies, as published by Dataquest, Inc. using all instructions and adjustments contained therein and as modified below.
Allowable Equipment Rates shall be established as defined below:
a. Allowable Hourly Equipment Rate = Monthly Rate/176 x Adjustment Factors x 70%.
b. Allowable Hourly Operating Cost= Hourly Operating Cost x 70%.
c. Allowable Rate Per Hour= Allowable Hourly Equipment Rate + Allowable Hourly Operating Cost.
d. Standby Rate = Allowable Hourly Equipment Rate x 35%
Note: The Monthly Rate is The Basic Machine Plus Any Attachments.
Standby rates shall apply when equipment is not in operation and is directed by the Engineer to standby for later use. In general, Standby rates shall apply when equipment is not in use, but will be needed again to complete The Work and the cost of moving the equipment will exceed the accumulated standby cost. Payment for standby time will not be made on any day the equipment operates for 8 or more hours. For equipment accumulating less than 8 hours operating time on any normal work day, standby payment will be limited to only that number of hours which, when added to the operating time for that day equals 8 hours. Standby payment will not be made on days that are not normally considered work days.
The Department will not approve any rates in excess of the rates as outlined above unless such excess rates are supported by an acceptable breakdown of cost.
Payable time periods will not include (1) time elapsed while equipment is broken down, (2) time spent in repairing equipment, or (3) time elapsed after the Engineer has advised the Contractor the equipment is no longer needed.
If a piece of equipment is needed which is not included in the above Blue Book rental rates, reasonable rates shall be agreed upon in writing before the equipment is used. All equipment charges by persons or firms other than the Contractor shall be supported by invoices.
16

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Transportation charges for each piece of equipment to and from the site of the Work will be paid provided: (1) the equipment is obtained from the nearest approved source, (2) the return charges do not exceed the delivery charges, (3) haul rates do not exceed the established rates of licensed haulers, and (4) such charges are restricted to those units of equipment not already available and not on or near the Project.
No additional compensation will be made for equipment repair.
5. MISCELLANEOUS: No additional allowance will be made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no specific allowance is herein provided.
6. COMPENSATION: The Contractor's representative and The Engineer shall compare records and agree on the cost ofwork done as ordered on a Force Account basis at the end of each day on forms provided by the Department.
7. SUBCONTRACT FORCE ACCOUNT WORK: For work performed by an approved Subcontractor or Second-tier Subcontractor, all provisions of this Section (109.05) that apply to the Prime Contractor in respect to labor, materials and equipment shall govern. The prime Contractor shall coordinate the work of his Subcontractor. The prime Contractor will be allowed an amount to cover administrative cost equal to 5% of the Subcontractor's amount earned but not to exceed $5,000.00 per Subcontractor. Markup for Second-tier Subcontract work will not be allowed.
Should it become necessary for the Contractor or Subcontractor to hire a firm to perform a specialized type of work or service which the prime Contractor or Subcontractor is not qualified to perform, payment will be made at reasonable invoice cost. To each invoice cost a markup to cover administrative cost equal to 5% of the total invoice but not to exceed $5,000.00 will be allowed the Contractor or Subcontractor but not both.
8. STATEMENTS: No payment will be made for work performed on a Force Account basis until the Contractor has furnished the Engineer with duplicate itemized statements of the cost of such Force Account work detailed as follows:
a. Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate, and extension for each laborer, equipment operator, and supervisor, excluding superintendents.
b. Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment.
c. Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions.
d. Transportation ofmaterials.
e. Cost of property damage, liability, and worker's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social security tax.
Statements shall be accompanied and supported by invoices for all materials used and transportation charges. However, ifmaterials used on the Force Account work are not purchased spedfically for such work but are taken from the Contractor's stock, then, in lieu of the invoices, the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were taken from his stock, that the quantity claimed was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the Contractor.
17

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Payment based on Force Account records shall constitute full payment and settlement of all additional costs and expenses including delay and impact damages caused by, arising from or associated with The Work performed.

SECTION 109 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
SUBSECTION 109.07.A.6.: Delete the first paragraph in its entirety.

July 28, 1995

June 22, 1995
SECTION 109 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
109.08.B. INTEREST: Delete as written and substitute the following:
B. INTEREST: In the event the Contractor fails to execute the Standard Release Form as prepared by the Treasurer because he disputes the amount ofthe final payment as stated therein, the amount due the Contractor shall be deemed by the Contractor and the Departmentto be an unliquidated sum and no interest shall accrue or be payable on the sum finally determined to be due to the Contractor for any period prior to final determination of such sum, whether such determination be by agreement of the Contractor and the Department or by final judgement of the proper court in the event of litigation between the Department and the Contractor. The Contractor specifically waives and renounces any and all rights it may have under Section 13-6-13 ofthe Official Code of Georgia and agrees that in the event suit is brought by the Contractor against the Department for any sum claimed by the Contractor under the Contract, for delay damages resulting from a breach of contract, for any breach of contract or for any extra or additional work, no interest shall be awarded on any sum found to be due from the Department to the Contractor in the final judgement entered in such suit. All final judgements shall draw interest at the legal rate, as specified by law. Also, the Contractor agrees that notwithstanding any provision or provisions ofChapter 11 ofTitle 13 ofthe Official Code of Georgia that the provisions ofthis contract control as to when and how the Contractor shall be paid for The Work. Further, the Contractor waives and renounces any and all rights it may have under Chapter 11 of Title 13 of the Official Code of Georgia.

June 22, 1995
SECTION 109 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Add the following Subsection:
109.10 INTEREST: In the event any lawsuit is filed against the Department alleging the Contractor is due additional money because of claims or for any breach of contract, the Contractor hereby waives and renounces any right it may have under O.C.G.A. Section 13-6-13 to prejudgment interest. Also, the Contractor agrees that notwithstanding any provision or provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 13 of the Official Code of Georgia that the provisions of this contract control as to when and how the Contractor shall be paid for The Work. Further, the Contractor waives and renounces any and all rights it may have under Chapter 11 of Title 13 of the Official Code of Georgia.

18

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
May 5, 1993
SECTION 151 - MOBILIZATION
Delete as written and substitute the following:
151.01 DESCRIPTION: When this item is listed as a pay item in the Proposal, it shall consist of preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the Project site; and all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various items on the Project site.
151.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT: Partial Payment will be made as follows:
A. On the first regular payment, 50% of the amount bid for Mobilization, or 3% of the original Contract amount, whichever is less, will be paid.
B. When 5% ofthe original Contract amount is earned, 100% of the amount bid for Mobilization, or 3% ofthe original Contract amount, whichever is less, minus any previous payments, will be paid on the next progress payment.
C. Payment of any amount bid for Mobilization in excess of 3% of the original Contract amount will be paid upon the completion of all work on the Project.
D. The total sum of all payments shall not exceed the original Contract amount bid for this item. Payment shall include all costs for mobilization, demobilization and remobilization, as required to complete the work.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 151. Mobilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lump Sum
April 15, 1993
SECTION 152 - FIELD LABORATORY BUILDING
Retain Subsection 152.03 as written and add the following:
For Portland Cement Concrete Plants, the Contractor shall provide a plant laboratory building and testing and curing equipment meeting the following minimum requirements:
A. LABORATORY BUILDING:
1. Three-hundred square feet of combined office/work space.
2. Heating and air conditioning equipment capable of maintaining an interior temperature of 70F.
3. Separate office space with sufficient area to house a desk and at least 2 chairs.
4. A work table at least 30 inches wide, 60 inches long and 36 inches high for use in the preparation of concrete cylinders for testing.
19

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
5. An outside work area of at least 10 feet by 10 feet consisting of a concrete slab constructed level and true with a light broom finish.
B. TESTING AND CURING EQIBPMENT: 1. Concrete cylinder capping equipment including molds, melting pot with ventilation and accessories, and a sufficient supply ,of capping compound all meeting applicable ASTM Specifications. 2 Concrete cylinder compression testing machine with a minimum capacity of 250,000 lbs. meeting applicable ASTM Specifications. 3. Concrete cylinder curing tanks capable of maintaining 200 cylinders at 73F :t 3 for the curing period of 28 days. 4. Concrete cylinder warm water curing tank capable of maintaining 18 cylinders at 95 :t 5 for the curing period of 24 hours.
All equipment shall be maintained in good condition by the Contractor and shall be subject to approval by the Engineer.
June 12, 1996
SECTION 153 - FIELD ENGINEER'S OFFICE
Retain Subsection 153.03.N. as written and add the following: 8. A sign completed in the format as shown in Fig. 153-1 shall be installed at the Department of Transportation project office at a location plainly visible from the Project roadway. Fabrication and installation of the sign shall be in accordance with Sections 636, 910, 911, 912, and 913 of the Current Specifications. If the Project Office is not located adjacent to the project roadway, a second sign meeting the requirements of this specification shall be installed on the Project as directed by the Engineer along with a sufficient n:umber of Guide Signs directing the traveling public to the Project Office. Guide signs shall be 24" high by 42" wide with 4" high lettering and shall include a directional arrow. The guide sign shall have a white legend with a blue background. See Figures 153-2 and 153-3 for details. The Contractor shall submit a signage plan for this work to the Engineer for approval prior to installing the signs.
20

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

2'4 llADIJC Va" IIMON Ye'' 801tOE1t
S[II. "C" SCII. "II"

r SCR. "C"

- - 1 ~ , - -....- - m - - - .

_13"

CON7s-~ACV@~ ~

--20" SUPERINJEi!Qli:rJ'il'

TEB.~PHO~li: 3

L~=.=s.=,2_4_=-=H-R=-=E-=ME=-R=G-E=-O=O-=CY=1=iE3=L=~P=H-=O=-M=~-=-l=-8-=00=--7=-2=2--=66-=17=-;':;4;.5;1-113-: .,.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 7 r - - - - - - - - - - - - e 4

2" SEIi. "C"'
r S[R. -c
2" SDI. "C"
r SER. "C"

SIGN SULL MAW: a.,oc LECDIO #ID 80RDC1t WITH STMIDMO IITCRSTATE WtltE ltULECTEIIIZtO MCICCROUND IS[[ SECTIONS Ul,ffl,911,912, #ID tt3 OF THE CEORGIA ST/llfDMO SPECIF'ICATIONSI

Figure 153-1

r V.3.5"

.3.5"

IfiEi"l3'!E- 26"~

5.5"
24 .. D@ii' PHJ~CT ;::

l

- ., @!FIFI~ 4""

7 5

5.5"

I ~ I 15" 19"1-

k--42''-----I

PROJECT OFFICE GUIDE SIGN DETAIL
Figure 153-2

" BORDER
11/2" RADIUS
4" SER. "B" 6" x 9" ARROW 4" SER. "C"

r r 2.5"

2.5"

l'-26"--V,9'~

5.5"
24 ,. DOT Pft@J~C~

l ="31- @!FIFI~ 12" -;vr5.5" j'..E...-:----5,,"""":l-19="

42"

PROJECT OFFICE GUIDE SIGN DETAIL
Figure 153-3

1/2" BORDER 1" RADIUS
4" SER. "B" 9" x 6" ARROW 4" SER. "C"

21

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Retain Subsection 153.03.0. as written and add the following: An aut.omatic answering system capable of, as a minimum, providing a greeting message, recording incoming messages, and providing remote activation, shall be provided.
Add Subsection 153.03.P. P. COPIER: All Type 8 Field Offices shall be equipped with a black and white plain paper copier, with
paper and all chemicals or cassettes necessary for operation. The Copier shall be furnished in good operating condition and shall be maintained throughout the life of the Contract. The Copier shall remain the property of the Contract.or.
January 6, 1995
SECTION 158 - TRAINING PROGRAM
Delete paragraphs one and two as written and substitute the following: This training specification is in implementation of 28 U.S.C. 140(a). As a part of the Contractor's Equal Employment Opportunity Affirmative Action Program, training shall be provided as specified herein.
July 10, 1995
SECTION 161 - CONTROL OF SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
Modify as follows: Delete the third paragraph ofSubsection 161.01 and substitute the following: The erosion control features installed by the Contract.or shall be effectively maintained by the Contractor to contain erosion and sediment within the limits of the rights of way and t.o control the discharges of storm-water from disturbed areas so that all local, state, and federal requirements on water quality are met. Water Quality testing will be done by the Department. Retain the existing Subsection 161.04 and add the following after 161.04.D: E. Schedule for payment oflump sum Erosion Control, including temporary grass and mulch items.
Delete Subsection 161.06 and substitute the following: 161.06 MEASUREMENT: Control ofSoil Erosion and Sedimentation will not be measured separately for payment.
161.07 PAYMENT
A. When no pay item is shown in the Contract, all of the requirements of Section 161 and the Erosion Control Plan shall be in full effect. The cost of complying with these requirements and the cost of Temporary Grass and Temporary Mulch will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the overall bid submitted.
22

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
B. When listed as a pay item in the Contract, payment will be made at the Lump Sum price bid, which payment shall be full compensation for Control of Soil Erosion and Sedimentation including temporary grass, temporary mulch and other work described under Section 163, on the Plans and on the Standards that is not paid for separately. Payment will be made according to the Approved Erosion Control Schedule as set forth in Section 161.04.E., not to exceed 100 (%) percent of the lump sum price bid.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 161 Erosion Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lump Sum
August 29, 1995
SECTION 163 - MISCELLANEOUS EROSION CONTROL ITEMS
Delete Subsection 163.05 and substitute the following:
163.05 PAYMENT:
SILT CONTROL GATES: Silt control gates ofthe type specified will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per each, which payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all material and labor; for constructing the concrete apron as shown on the Plans; for all excavation and backfill necessary to place the apron, for cleaning and maintaining the gate for the total time the gate is required, and for removal of the gate.
TEMPORARY SLOPE DRAINS: Temporary slope drains will be paid for by the linear foot which payment shall be full compensation for all materials, construction, maintenance, removal (if required), inlet spillways, and velocity dissipaters, outlet aprons, etc.
Temporary drain inletsand pipe slope drains when removed will remain the property of the Contractor and may be reused or removed from the Project as the Contractor desires. Reused pipe or inlets will be paid for on the same basis as new pipe or inlets.
SEDIMENT BASIN: This item measured in accordance with Subsection 163.04 Measurement will be paid for by the Unit, per each, for the type specified on the Plans, which price and payment shall be full compensation for all work and supervision necessary to construct, maintain, and remove sediment basin, including final cleaning up.
DIVERSION CHANNEL: This item will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the price bid for the drainage structure or for other contract items.
TEMPORARY GRASS AND TEMPORARY MULCH: These items will not be paid for separately but shall be payed in accordance with Section 161-CONTROL OF SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION.
BALED STRAW EROSION CHECKS: Baled straw erosion checks, complete in place and accepted will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for constructing, maintaining and removing, when so directed, the straw checks.
When the Contractor elects to substitute Type "B" Silt Fence for Baled Straw Erosion Checks, or when the Engineer directs such substitution, payment will be made at the bid price per Linear Foot for Baled Straw Erosion Checks.
23

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

In the event that temporary erosion control measures are required due to -the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the Work as scheduled, such work shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Department as described in Subsection 107.13.

Erosion control work on approved borrow pits or approved haul roads to borrow pits measured for payment will consist of only those items specifically provided for in the Plans and determined not to be maintenance work as stated in Subsection 106.10.D. If the Contractor secures his own pit(s), erosion control measures will be at his expense. If a pit is approved and the Contractor elects to use another pit, the Department will pay only up to the contract amount.

The items in this Section except temporary grass and temporary mulch will be paid for on a partial payment basis as follows: When the item is first installed and put into operation the Contractor will be paid 75% of the Contract Price for the Item installed. The remaining 25% will be paid at the time the Engineer instructs the Contractor that the item is no longer required and is to remain in place or when the item is satisfactorily removed, whichever is applicable. Temporary devices may be left in place at the discretion of the engineer at no change in cost. Payment for temporary grass and temporary mulch is included in Section 161 - Control of Soil Erosion and Sedimentation.

163.06 PAYMENT:

Payment will be made under:

Item No. 163.

Construct, Maintain, and Remove Silt Control Gate Type__ . . . . . per Each

Item No. 163.

Construct, Maintain, and Remove Temporary Pipe Slope Drains .... : ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Linear Foot

Item No. 163.

Construct, Maintain and Remove (Temporary Erosion Control Structure) .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Unit to be Established

Item No. 163.

Construct, Maintain, and Remove Baled Straw Erosion Check ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Linear Foot

Item No. 163.

Construct, Maintain, and Remove Sediment Basin, Type __ . . . . . per Each

Item No. 700. Agricultural Lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Ton

September 16, 1993
SECTION 201 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING RIGHT OF WAY
Retain Section 201 Clearing and Grubbing Right ofWay as written, except as follows: Delete the first sentence of second paragraph ofSubsection 201.02.E.2 and substitute the following: When the Right of Way, or any portion thereof, lies within an area where burning is restricted by a Federal, State, or local code, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to abide by such code.

24

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Delete Subsection 201.02.E.3., and substitute the following:

3. SOLID WASTE MATERIAL: All solid waste material shall either be placed in embankment,

provided such material is satisfactory for embankment construction, or deposited in an approved

solid waste disposal site.



The classification of non-regulated and regulated solid waste materials are defined by the Environmental Protection Division (EPD) of the Georgia Department of Natural Resources (GDNR) rules and regulations. The disposition of these materials shall be in accordance with the following procedures.

a. Non-regulated Solid Waste Material:

(1) Excess material defined as soil, rock, brick, concrete with and without reinforcement and cured asphalt may be placed within the Right of Way, provided there is available room. These materials shall be placed in accordance with Section 208 and as directed by the Engineer.

(2) Common fill defined as soil, rock, brick, concrete with and without reinforcement, may be placed outside the Right ofWay, provided the material is placed in uniform layers not over three feet thick and distributed to avoid pockets.

Voids sha11 be filled with finer material. The last layer of fi]] shall be covered with a minimum oftwo feet of soil. The fill shall be constructed in accordance with Section 208, except it shall be compacted to at least 90% of the maximum laboratory dry density.

(3) Materials that may be recycled or reused such as asphaltic concrete, Portland cement concrete, plastic, metal, and other materials that qualify under EPD rules and regulations may be reclaimed for sale or use by the Contractor.

b. Regulated Material

(1) Inert waste defined as organic debris such as stumps, limbs and leaves, cured asphalt disposed off the R/W, and items listed in 3.a.(2) above if not properly layered and compacted require an inert landfill permit for disposal in accordance with GDNR/.Environmental Protection Division (EPD) rules, or, the material must be taken to a permitted solid waste landfill.

(2) Other construction/demolition and non-hazardous solid waste not specifically listed as non-regulated or regulated inert waste, such as forms, barrels, plastic, and other byproducts of construction must be taken to a construction/demolition landfill or a municipal solid waste landfill, whichever is appropriate.

(3) Oils, solvents, fuels, untreated lead paint residue and other solid waste classified as hazardous waste shall be disposed of through a properly licensed hazardous waste disposal facility.

25

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The cost of disposal of such waste shall be included in the bid price of other pay items. Removal of municipal solid waste discovered during construction or shown on the Plans shall be in accordance with Section 215. Delete Subsection 201.03 as written and substitute the following: 201.03 MEASUREMENT: Clearing and Grubbing will not be measured separately for payment. The area will be considered as the full Right of Way width for the length of the Project including all slope and construction easement areas shown on the Plans.
August 27, 1993
SECTION 208 - EMBANKMENTS
Retain Subsection 208.02 as written and add the following: 208.02.E. POND SAND EMBANKMENT: Pond sand meeting the requirements of Section 813 of the Standard Specifications may be used as embankment material subject to the following limitations:
1. Approval of pond sand will be on a stockpile basis only. 2. Pond sand will not be approved for Type I or Normal Backfill materials, or backfill for
mechanically stabilized walls. 3. Pond sand, when used as fill, shall be encapsulated with two feet of soil on the slopes and three
feet of soil on top. 4. Use of pond sand is further restricted from sidehill fills or fill widenings where any of the
following conditions exist: a. The proposed fi]l slope is steeper than 2:1. b. The thickness of the proposed fill, as measured perpendicularly from the new fi]l line to the
existing ground slope/fill slope, is less than seven feet (including two feet of soil cover) at its least thickness. c. The fill height exceeds thirty feet.
26

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
September 23, 1993
SECTION 210 - GRADING COMPLETE
Delete Section 210 as written and substitute the following:
210.01 DESCRIPTION: This Work shall consist of the excavation of all materials of whatever nature including undesirable material (removal and replacement) and borrow if required; all necessary hauling; formation ofembankments; shoulder construction; subgrade construction; ditch excavation; finishing and dressing and disposal of any undesirable or surplus material. It shall include all necessary clearing and grubbing, in accordance with Sections 201 and 202, required to complete the Work unless these items have been established as pay items in the contract. It shall also include the removal and disposal of miscellaneous roadway items, including but not limited to curbs, drainage structures and pavements, unless established as separate contract items. The completed grading work shall conform to the horizontal and vertical alignment and typical cross sections shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
210.02 MATERIALS: The materials required for the grading construction shall conform to the requirements of the applicable portions of Sections 204,205,206,207,208, and 209.
210.03 CONSTRUCTION: Construction shall be in accordance with the appropriate portions of Sections 201,202,204,205,206,207,208, and 209 ofthe Standard Specifications. The Work shall be accomplished using equipment approved by the Engineer, which will not damage base, pavement or other appurtenances to be retained.
Prior to placing any base material, the subgrade shall be finished in accordance with Subsection 209.03.
When the Engineer determines that the existing material in areas where fills are to be placed is undesirable, the Engineer may require the Contractor to remove the undesirable material and replace it with suitable material. Replacement materials shall be compacted in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 208. In cut areas, where the material below the template line is undesirable for subgrade or shoulders, it shall be undercut to a depth established by the Engineer and replaced with suitable material. Replacement materials shall be compacted as specified herein.
210.04 MEASUREMENT:
A. GRADING COMPLETE: The work under this item will not be measured separately for payment.
B. GRADING PER MILE: The Work under this item will be measured in linear miles along the centerline of the road or the median, including ramps, when shown on the Plans.
C. UNDERCUT EXCAVATION: For undercut excavation directed by the Engineer and not addressed in the Plans, the quantity for payment will be the product of the length, width, and depth of excavation. Replacement material will not be measured for payment.
For undercut excavation required by the Plans, there will be no separate measurement for payment.
210.05 PAYMENT:
A. GRADING COMPLETE: Payment for this item, complete and accepted, will be made at the Lump Sum Price bid which payment shall be full compensation for all work and materials specified in this Section.
27

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
B. GRADING PER MILE: Payment for this item will be made at the contract unit price per Linear Mile complete in place and accepted, which price shall be full compensation for furnishing and performing the work specified in this Section.
C. UNDERCUT EXCAVATION: Payment for undercut of areas not shown in the Plans and when directed by the Engineer will be made at the rate of $4.00 per Cubic Yard for quantities up to 1000 Cubic Yards. Quantities in excess of 1000 Cubic Yards will be considered Extra Work as defined in Subsection 109.05 ofthe current Specifications and will be paid for accordingly. Payment shall be full compensation for excavating and disposal of undesirable material, and supplying, placing and compacting replacement material.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 210, Grading Complete ............................................... Lump Sum Item No. 210, Grading Per Mile ........................................... per Linear Mile Item No. 210, Undercut Excavation ........................................ per Cubic Yard
September 27, 1993
SECTION 215 - REMOVAL OF SANITARY LANDFILL AND REMOVAL OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS DISCOVERED
DURING CONSTRUCTION OR SHOWN ON THE PLANS
Delete Section 215 as written and substitute the following:
SECTION 215 - REMOVAL OF SOLID WASTE
215.01 DESCRIPTION: This work consists of excavating, removing, and disposing of Solid Waste discovered during construction or shown on the Plans. Removal of such materials shall be in accordance with this Specification, Plan Details, and as directed by the Engineer.
Solid Waste is defined as discarded putrescible (i.e. liable to rot) and nonputrescible wastes such as trash, garbage, animal carcasses, debris, and other materials not natural to the area.
Any materials classified as hazardous will require special handling in accordance with Sub-Section 107.22,HAZARJJOUSAND/OR TOXIC WASTE.
215.02 MATERIALS:
A. SOIL COVER MATERIALS: Soil materials used for covering exposed areas of a removal site may be any clean earth material (free of contaminatipn) approved by the Engineer.
B. ODOR CONTROL CHEMICALS: Acceptable odor control chemicals used for Solid Waste removal are listed on Georgia Department of Transportation Qualified Products List (QPL) -64. Similar or equal chemicals may be substituted when approved by the Engineer.
28

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
215.03 CONSTRUCTION:
A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS: All work shall be performed in accordance with this Specification and in strict compliance with any Federal, State, or local code or ordinance pertaining to the removal of solid waste. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to verify the accuracy and existence of all applicable codes, ordinances or other regulations.
B. SITE INFORMATION: The Department will make any existing boring logs for sites shown on the Plans available to prospective bidders upon request. This information may be obtained by contacting the Geotechnical Engineering Bureau of the Office ofMaterials and Research at (404) 363-7549.
C. SITE CATEGORIES: For the purpose of this Specification, Solid Waste removal sites will be designated as those "Shown on the Plans" or those "Discovered During Construction".
D. REMOVAUDISPOSAL PROCEDURES:
1. SITES SHOWN ON THE PLANS: The Contractor shall give the Engineer two weeks notice prior to removal ofany Solid Waste material. The Engineer will notify the Local Governing Authority of the proposed work and tentative time schedules.
Once excavation ofthe Solid Waste begins, the Contractor shall give the work constant attention. All Solid Waste material to be removed shall be excavated so as to leave a minimum of exposed surface. The material shall be excavated to the full depth and width of the cut in one continuous operation. All working faces of the cut shall be left as near vertical as practicable, but yet sloped enough to permit the safe placement of a layer of soil over the exposed area as required in paragraph five of this Subsection.
All Solid Waste shall be transported to a permitted municipal solid waste landfill. A listing of municipal solid waste landfills may be obtained by contacting the Georgia Environmental Protection Division, Land Protection Compliance Program at (404) 362-2696. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to receive permission for disposal at a permitted municipal solid waste landfill and for gaining the Engineer's approval of the site to which the material will be transferred.
The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy ofthe report of disposal from the municipal solid waste landfill for each load of Solid Waste removed from the project.
All trucks, when hauling material from the removal site, shall be filled to less than full capacity to prevent any spillage. In addition, each truck body shall be completely covered with a waterprooftarpaulin, large enough to extend down over the sides and end of the bed far enough to secure the material in transit, and shall be fastened securely.
At the end of each day's work, the Contractor shall cover all exposed areas of the removal site and the disposal area with a six inch layer of clean earth. The cost of this work shall be included in the overall bid submitted.
Spraying of odor control chemicals on the exposed Solid Waste and on hauling vehicles will also be required as outlined in Subsection 215.03.E.
During removal of Solid Waste from a specified site, the Engineer may direct that the area be overexcavated based on site conditions. In the event this is necessary, the overexcavation will be measured and paid for in accordance with Subsections 215.04 and 215.05, respectively.
29

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Upon completion of removal operations, Solid Waste removal areas shall be backfilled in accordance with the requirements for embankment construction outlined in Section 208-EMBANKMENTS ofthe current Specifications. The cost ofthis work shall be included in the applicable bid prices for Unclassified and Borrow.
2. SOLID WASTE SITES DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION: Solid Waste sites discovered during construction by the Contract.or, which are not noted in project documents or in Plan sheets, shall be reported immediately to the Engineer and all work in the vicinity shall cease until an appropriate disposition can be determined, including a satisfactory plan for payment. Such sites may include Solid Waste and other materials not natural to the area such as exposed or buried drums. Once approval to proceed is given by the Engineer, the work shall be conducted under the provisions ofSubsection 109.05-EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. The Contractor shall also be responsible for appropriate removal, disposal and backfill, in accordance with this Specification and Subsection 107.22-HAZARDOUS AND/OR TOXIC WASTE.
E. ODOR CONTROL: The Contractor will be responsible for controlling objectional odors from the exposed Solid Waste at the removal site and in transit to the permitted disposal area. An effective odor control chemical selected from QPL-64, or an approved equivalent, shall be used for this purpose. The Engineer, with concurrence of the Local Governing Authority will determine the acceptability of the odor control chemical, the concentration of solution for application, and the frequency of application to exposed Solid Waste in the removal area and in the hauling vehicles.
A quantity ofodor control chemical sufficient to treat the Solid Waste for a minimum three days shall be kept on hand during the removal operations. During the last three days of removal, the Engineer may permit the Contract.or to reduce the inventory ofodor chemical on hand to avoid any unnecessary additional expense.
The cost ofspray material and the labor and equipment necessary to control objectionable odors shall be included in the overall bid submitted.
F. WORKER PROTECTION: It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide effective engineering and work practice controls to insure adequate protection of employee health and safety.
215.04 MEASUREMENT: Measurement of the work performed under this item will be as follows:
A. SITES SHOWN ON THE PLANS: Removal of Solid Waste from sites shown in the Plans will be measured by the cubic yard. The volume of material measured for payment will be based on cross section measurements using the average end area method. Excavation outside the neat lines shown on the Plans will not be measured for payment unless such work is directed and authorized by the Engineer.
B. SITES DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION: All work for Solid Waste removal sites discovered during construction will be measured in accordance with Sub-Section 109.05-EXTRAAND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK, of the current Specifications.
C. OVEREXCAVATION OF SOLID WASTE: Overexcavation ofSolid Waste t.o depths below those shown on the Plans will be measured by the cubic yard. Volume calculations will be as described in Subsection 215.04.A.
30

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
215.05 PAYMENT: Payment for work performed under this item will be as follows:
A. SITES SHOWN ON THE PLANS: Removal ofSolidWaste from sites shown on the Plans will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price bid per Cubic Yard, which shall be full compensation for excavating the Solid Waste material; hauling and proper disposal of hazardous materials; proper closure of the remaining landfill site; construction of any necessary haul roads; furnishing chemicals and spraying the removal site, trucks and contents as required; disposal at a permitted municipal solid waste landfill and for all fencing, labor, equipment, tools, superintendence, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
B. SITES DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION: Payment for removal of Solid Waste from sites discovered during construction will be in accordance with Sub-Section 109.05 of the current Specifications.
C. OVEREXCAVATION OF SOLID WASTE: When the Engineer requires removal ofSolid Waste beyond the limits shown on the Plans, payment for removal and disposal will be made as follows:
1. Solid Waste removed from within the neat cross sections shown on the Plans, and to the depth of three (3) feet below those cross sections, will be paid for at the Unit Price bid per Cubic Yard for the removal of Solid Waste.
2. Solid Waste removed to depths below the three (3) feet specified above will be paid for as follows:
a. OVER THREE (3) FEET BUT NOT OVER TEN (10) FEET EXTRA DEPTH: Excavated material that falls within this range will be paid for at the rate of 110 percent of the Unit Price bid per Cubic Yard for that portion of the material over three (3) feet but not over ten (10) feet extra depth.
b. DEPTHS EXCEEDING TEN (10) FEET: Ifthe extra depth exceeds ten (10) feet, the work shall cease in that area and the Engineer will request an investigation by the Office of Materials and Research. If excavation below the ten (10) foot level is necessary, work shall not resume until a satisfactory plan for payment has been established.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 215 Removal of Solid Waste ........................................ Per Cubic Yard
November 17, 1993
SECTION 217 - REMOVAL OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS
217.01 DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of excavating, removing, and disposing of all or a portion of an underground storage tank system (UST) discovered during construction or shown on the Plans. Removal ofsuch materials shall be in accordance with this Specification, Plan details and as directed by the Engineer.
An underground storage tank system is defined as any tank that has at least ten percent of its volume underground, including the pipes and pumps connected to the tank. The tanks may be used to store petroleum products or hazardous chemicals. Tanks used for the following are specifically excluded from Georgia EPD Rules (Chapter 391-3-15), and EPA regulation 40 CFR Part 280:
31

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
A. Farm or residential tanks of 1,100 gallons or less capacity used for storing motor fuel for noncommercial uses;
B. Tanks used for storing heating oil for consumptive use of the premises where stored;
C. Pipeline facilities;
Tanks excluded from Georgia EPD Rules (Chapter 391-3-15), and EPA regulation 40 CFR Part 280 must be removed in accordance with the American Petroleum Institute's Recommended Practice 1604 (API 1604).
Any materials classified as hazardous will require special handling in accordance with Sub-Section 107.22-HAZARDOUS AND I OR TOXIC WASTE.
217.02 MATERIALS:
A. SOIL BACKFILL: Soil materials used for backfilling a UST removal site may be any earth material which has been approved by the Engineer.
217.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS: Removal and disposal of UST systems shall be in accordance with the American Petroleum Institute's Recommended Practice 1604 (API 1604), Georgia EPD Rules (Chapter 391-3-15), and EPA regulation 40 CFR Part 280. In addition to these requirements, all work shall be performed in strict compliance with any Federal, State, or local codes or ordinances pertaining to the removal of underground storage tank systems. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to verify the accuracy and existence of all applicable codes, ordinances or other regulations.
B. UST CATEGORIES: UST systems, for the purpose of this Specification, will be categorized as either those shown on the Plans or those discovered during construction.
1. UST SHOWN ON THE PLANS: UST systems shown on the Plans will be considered a normal part ofthe Contract and will be measured and paid for in accordance with Subsections 217.04 and 217.05, respectively.
Prior to beginning any work on UST systems shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with two weeks notice, in writing, so that inspection of the work can be coordinated with the Office of Materials and Research and the District's UST Tank Pull Inspector.
When approval to proceed has been granted by the Engineer and the UST Tank Pull Inspector is present on site to monitor the UST removal, the work may proceed in accordance with the requirements outlined in Subsection 217.03.A.
The Contractor will be liable for improper removal and disposal ofUST systems. All necessary precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent spilling the contents ofthe tank during the removal process, as well as handling and transporting the tank to the permitted disposal area. If a spill occurs, the Contractor shall take immediate action to contain the spill and remove and dispose of the contaminated soil at no additional cost to the Department. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is negligent in the containment and/or remediation of such spills, the Department will hire outside forces to perform the containment and remediation work. The cost of this work will be deducted from the Contractor's payments.
32

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The tank and tank contents and any contaminated soils shall be disposed of in accordance with EPD rules. Documentation of proper disposal of these items shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the day following disposal. Once the tank and its contents have been satisfactorily removed, the Contractor shall take soil samples from the bottom ofthe tank pit at the frequency and depths specified in the EPD rules. If, however, the soils in the tank pit are visually contaminated, additional excavation (overexcavation) will be required to remove the contaminated soils. The depths of overexcavation shall be to the limits of contamination or a maximum depth of four (4) feet, whichever occurs first. After overexcavation is complete, soil samples shall be taken as specified above. If water is present in the pit after tank removal or overexcavation, a water sample shall be taken.
The Contractor shall submit the soil and/or water samples to a laboratory approved by the Engineer for testing and furnish the Engineer with a completed test report and certification that the tests were performed in accordance with the EPD Rules. This documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer not later than 30 days after the date the samples were taken.
Backfilling of the tank pit area shall begin immediately after soil and water samples have been secured.
Backfill material for tank pit areas within the construction limits shall be placed and compacted in accordance with Section 208-EMBANKMENTS. Tank pit areas on the Rights-Of-Way outside the construction limits will not require any special placement procedure or compaction testing. The area shall, however, be left fairly level, smooth and dressed to the satisfaction of the engineer.
2. UST- DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION. If an underground storage tank (UST) system is discovered during construction, the Contractor shall notify the engineer immediately. All work in the vicinity of the UST shall cease until arrangements for the proper closure (removal and disposal) have been made by the Contractor.
Once approval to proceed has been given by the Engineer, all work shall be in accordance with paragraphs three through eight of Subsection 217.03.B.l. Measurement and payment for UST systems discovered on construction shall be in accordance with Subsections 217.04.B and 217.05.B, respectively.
217.04 MEASUREMENT: Measurement of the work performed under this item will be as follows:
A. UST- SHOWN ON PLANS: UST systems shown on the Plans will be measured on a per Each basis.
B. UST - DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION: All work for UST systems discovered during construction will be measured in accordance with Subsection 109.05 of the Current Specifications.
C. OVEREXCAVATION OF CONTAMINATED SOIL: Overexcavation of contaminated soil for UST systems shown on the Plans will be measured by the cubic yard. The volume of material measured for payment will be the difference in the tank pit volume based on neat line plan dimensions, minus the volume ofthe completed excavation area as determined from cross-sections using the average end area method. Excavation outside plan dimensions or those established by the Engineer will not be measured for payment.
Disposal of contaminated soil will not be measured separately.
33

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
217.05 PAYMENT: Payment for the work performed under this item will be as follows:
A: UST - SHOWN ON PLANS: UST systems shown on the Plans and removed under this item will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per Each. Such payment shall be full compensation for all excavation, testing, hauling, handling in accordance with Georgia Environmental Protection Division Rules, backfilling, compaction, fencing, and all other incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work, including removal and proper disposal of contaminated soil, tank and tank contents.
B. UST-DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION: Payment for removal of UST systems discovered during construction will be in accordance with Sub-Section 109.05 of the Current Specifications.
C. OVEREXCAVATION OF CONTAMINATED SOIL: Overexcavation of contaminated soil will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per Cubic Yard. Such payment shall be full compensation for all removal, hauling, proper disposal, backfilling, and compaction.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 217 - Removal of underground storage tank-Station No. _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . per Each
Item No. 217 - Overexcavation of contaminated soil .............................. per Cubic Yard

SECTION 300 - GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BASE AND
SUBBASE COURSES
Delete Subsection 300.03.H. in its entirety.

October 3, 1995

June 24, 1993
SECTION 303 - TOPSOIL, SAND-CLAY, OR CHERT CONSTRUCTION
Subsection 303.07, PAYMENT, is modified as follows:
Item No. 303. Topsoil or Sand-Clay Base and Shoulder Course, Class _ _ per Cubic Yard or per Square Yard, is revised to read:
Item No. 303. Topsoil, Sand-Clay or Chert Base and Shoulder Course, Class,_ _ _ _ ..................................................... per Cubic Yard
Item No. 303. Topsoil, Sand-Clay or Chert Base and Shoulder Course, Class_ _ _ _ ..................................................... per Square Yard

34

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
December 30, 1992
SECTION 400 - HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
400.05.0.2. SPREADING OPERATION: Delete the eighth paragraph in this Subsection and substitute the following:
Mixture which is segregated, non-conforming to temperature, containing a deficiency or excess ofasphalt cement or otherwise unsuitable for placement on the roadway, shall not be used in the Work. Any mixture which after placement on the roadway is determined by the Engineer to have unacceptable levels ofblemishes caused by segregation, streaking or pulling and tearing or having any other unacceptable characteristics, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable mixture at the Contract.or's expense. The Contractor shall take whatever measures necessary to prevent continual placement of mixture which has these deficiencies.
Retain Subsection 400.07 ACCEPTANCE PLANS as written and add the following:
G. SEGREGATED MIXTURE: For this Specification, segregation is defined as areas of non-uniform distribution ofcoarse and fine aggregate particles in an asphalt pavement. The Contractor shall follow whatever production, storage, loading, placing and handling procedures, make any needed plant modifications and/or provide whatever auxiliary equipment necessary to prevent placement of mixture which yields a segregated mat. When segregation of the mixture is evident in the finished mat, specific actions will be taken by the Department dependent on the degree of segregation which is apparent. The degree ofsegregation and the subsequent actions which the Department will follow are as described below.
1. UNQUESTIONABLY UNACCEPTABLE SEGREGATION: When the Engineer recognizes the degree of segregation in the finished mat as being unquestionably unacceptable the following measures will be placed into effect:
a. Work shall be automatically suspended until positive corrective action is taken by the Contractor. Also, the Department will evaluate the segregated areas to determine the extent of any needed corrective work to the in-place mat.
b. The investigation by the Department will include but not necessarily be limited to the taking ofsix-inch cores from typical visually unacceptable segregated areas for extraction and gradation analysis. Determination of the extent of any needed corrective work to the in-place mat will be in accordance with 400.07.G.3. below.
c. Work will be allowed to continue only after the Contractor submits a written plan of measures and/or actions which will be taken to prevent further segregation and the plan is approved by the Department.
d. When work resumes, the Contractor will be allowed to place a test section not to exceed 500 tons of the affected mixture, for evaluation by the Department. However, if after a few loads it is apparent that the corrective actions taken were not adequate, the measures described beginning with Step La. above will be followed. Likewise, if after 500 tons it is apparent that the problem has been solved, work will be allowed to continue.
35

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
2. UNACCEPI'ABLE SEGREGATION SUSPECTED: When the Engineer observes segregation in the finished mat and suspects that it may be unacceptable the following measures will be placed into effect. a. The Contractor may elect to continue work at his own risk; however, an immediate investigation will be initiated by the Department to determine the severity of the apparent segregation. Also, the Contractor shall immediately and continually adjust his operation until the visually apparent segregated areas are eliminated from the finished mat. b. The investigation by the Department will include but not necessarily be limited to the taking of six-inch cores from typical areas of suspect segregation and testing for compliance with the Mixture Control Tolerances in Section 828. c. When these tolerances are exceeded, work will be suspended for corrective action as outlined in 400.07.G.l. above.
3. CORRECTIVE WORK: Any segregated area found to vary 10% or more on the Control Sieves from the approved Job Mix Formula will be subject to removal and replacement at the Contractor's expense. The control sieves for each mix type are as shown in Subsection 400.07.A. For subsurface mixtures, the removal and replacement may be limited to the actual segregated areas or at the full lane width within the limits ofindividual segregated areas, at the Contractor's discretion and as approved by the Engineer. For surface mixes, the removal and replacement shall not be less than the full width of the affected lane and ten feet in length. All surface tolerance requirements will apply to the corrected areas for both subsurface and surface mixes.
November 13, 1995 SECTION 400 - HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 400.07 ACCEPTANCE PLANS: Retain as written and add the following: As applicable to this specification, new construction is defined as any section of roadway more than one-halfmile in length which is not longitudinally adjacent to the existing roadway. If more than one lane is added, and any ofthe lanes are longitudinally adjacent to the existing lane, each lane should be tested under the criteria for a resurfacing project.
36

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
March 17, 1995
SECTION 401 - COLD MIX PATCHING MATERIALS FOR TEMPORARY PATCHING
Retain this section as written with the following exception:
COMPOSITION OF MIXTURES: Delete the first paragraph under this section and replace as follows:
Bituminous cold mixtures shall be uniform mixtures ofaggregate, asphaltic material and, if it is required, mineral filler. The constituents shall be proportioned so as to produce mixtures meeting the requirements given in the Composition Table. Group I aggregate, Group II aggregate, or a blend of both may be used. Aggregat.e meeting gradation requirement for size 89 aggregat.e in Section 800 of the Georgia Department ofTransportation Standard Specifications may be used in lieu of composite blends at the discretion of the Engineer.

August 31, 1995

SECTION 402 - HOT MIX RECYCLED ASPHALTIC CONCRETE

402.01 DESCRIPTION: Delete the first paragraph in this Subsection as written and substitute the following:

This work shall consist ofproducing and placing hot mix asphaltic concrete which incorporates Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP), Reclaimed Asphalt Shingles (RAS), virgin aggregate, hydrated lime, and neat asphalt cement.

402.02 MATERIALS: Change existing Subsection 402.02.B to 402.02.C and change existing Subsection 402.02.C to 402.02.D and insert the following:

402.02.B. RAS MATERIAL: The RAS materials will be produced as a by-product of the manufacturing process for roofing shingles. The use of discarded shingles or shingle scrap from the re-roofing of commercial or residential buildings will be prohibited.

The amount of RAS material used in the recycled mixture shall be limited to a maximum of five (5) percent ofthe total mixture weight. The RAS material shall be shredded prior to being incorporated into the mix so that 100% of the shredded pieces are less than inch in any dimension.

Other than as specifically stated in this Subsection, the use of RAS material shall conform to the same

requirements as RAP material described herein.



37

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
March 24; 1995
SECTION 402 - HOT MIX RECYCLED ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
402.02.A. RAP MATERIALS: Delete the first paragraph as written and substitute the following:
402.02 MATERIALS:
A. RAP MATERIAL: The RAP materials will be from the existing roadway, from the Contractor's RAP stockpile which has been approved by the Department, or from a stockpile belonging to the Department. If RAP materials belonging to the Department are used, the location of any such stockpiles shall be as indicated on the Plans. Any RAP materials that contain alluvial gravel will not be allowed in any mixture except for mixtures used in shoulder construction. The percentage ofRAP allowed in recycled mixes shall be limited such that the overall amount of alluvial gravel shall not exceed 5% ofthe total mix. The percentage of alluvial gravel in the RAP will be determined through petrographic analysis or available records.
April 15, 1993
SECTION 430 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Delete Subsection 430.03 as written and substitute the following:
430.03 EQUIPMENT AND PLANT LABORATORY
A: EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall provide all equipment and the tools necessary for performing all parts ofthe Work. The equipment shall be of such capacity that the paver will operate at a constant rate of production with starting and stopping held to a minimum. The Engineer may limit the rate of production or the size of the batch if any piece of equipment does not keep pace with the other operations, or if poor workmanship results.
Scales for weighing concrete materials and water measuring devices shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to use. Tolerances shall be %1.0% throughout the operating range. Admixtures shall be measured to an accuracy of% 3.0%.
All equipment that operates entirely or partially on the pavement shall be equipped so that only rubber-tired wheels or flat steel wheels come in contact with the pavement. No concrete or shoulder paving equipment shall operate on the pavement until the concrete slab has attained an age of 14 days or a compressive strength of 2500 psi. For movement on and off the pavement, a ramp of compacted earth or other suitable material shall be constructed to prevent undue stress in the pavement slab. Equipment that exceeds legal load limits will not be allowed on the pavement.
Paving equipment may be either slip-form or fixed form type.
B. PLANT LABORATORY: The Contractor shall provide a plant laboratory in accordance with Section 152 of the Supplemental Specifications.
38

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Delete Subsection 430.04.F.2. FINISHING as written and substitute the following:
2. FINISHING: After the concrete has been struck off and consolidated, it shall be smoothed and trued by an approved float or finishing machine that minimizes or eliminates hand finishing. Normally, hand finishing will not be permitted except under the following conditions:
a. Areas of irregular dimensions where operations of the mechanical equipment is impractical, may be finished by hand methods.
b. In the event ofbreakdown of mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish only that concrete already deposited on grade when the breakdown occurred.
c. Abnormal circumstances of short duration with approval ofthe Engineer.
The final finish shall produce a pavement surface that is true to grade and uniform in appearance and free of irregular, rough, or porous areas.
The surface within 6 inches ofthe pavement edge shall show no more than 0.25 inch deviation in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot straightedge in both transverse and longitudinal directions.
The surface finish of the mainline shall be produced by mechanical equipment for transverse grooving of plastic concrete. This equipment shall utilize rectangular shaped steel tines. Tines used in a continuous operation shall be ofthe same size and of uniform length. The width of tines shall not be less than 0.08 inch, nor greater than 0.130 inch. The spacing between tines shall be approximately 0.50 inch.
The pavement surface shall be subject to tests for determination of texture depth. The method of test, GDT-72, shall be conducted at locations selected by the Engineer. Mainline and ramp areas proven to have a surface texture depth ofless than 0.018 inch shall be transversely saw-grooved to meet the average depth requirement of 0.035 inch or greater. Saw grooves shall be of the following approximate dimensions: width- 0.125 inch; depth- 0.188 inch; and spacing - 0.75 inch center-to-center..
Ramps, acceleration lanes, and deceleration lanes may be textured by hand tools which result in surface texture meeting the mainline requirements. Irregular sections may by finished by methods that produce a minimum average surface texture of 0.025 inch as determined by GDT72.
430.04.F.3. BRIDGE APPROACH RIDE QUALITY: Delete as written and substitute the following:
3. SMOOTHNESS:
a. PROFILOGRAPH TEST AND EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall include in the Contract Unit Bid Price all cost for furnishing and operating a Rainhart (Model 860) Profilograph for measurement ofpavement profile deviations. The operator and profilograph shall be certified by the Department prior to commencement of paving operations. The evaluation of equipment and operators for certification will be conducted at the Office of Materials and Research, Forest Park, Georgia. The certification process will include a mechanical check of the profilograph functions and satisfactory completion of a written examination by the operator. Requests for certification shall be made by the Contractor in writing to the Office of Materials and Research at least two weeks prior to need.
39

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
b. PROFILE REQUIREMENTS: The mainline riding surface shall produce a profile index value not exceeding 7.0 inches per mile on each 0.25 mile segment of each travel lane. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with procedures outlined in GDT-78. A profile index value will be determined for each tracing, for each 0.25 mile segment. Individual bumps or depressions exceeding the blanking band by Diore than 0.20 inch shall be corrected at no additional expense to the Department. If a profile index value of 7.0 inches per mile per lane for any segment is exceeded, the paving operation shall be suspended until corrective action, approved by the Engineer, is taken by the Contractor.
Ramps, acceleration and deceleration lanes shall be tested in accordance with GDT-78 to produce an average profile index value not to exceed 12 inches per mile for the entire section length. In addition, individual bumps or depressions exceeding 0.20 inch from the blanking band shall be corrected at no additional expense to the Department.
Pavement profiles shall be taken four feet from and parallel to the new pavement edges for pavements greater than sixteen feet in width, and up to twenty four feet in width. Pavement six to sixteen feet in width shall be tested parallel to and at the centerline of the pavement section. The 0.25 mile record segments will begin at the first day's placement and continue until project completion except as noted herein. Pavement sections less than 700 feet in length approaching a bridge will be combined with the previous 0.25 mile segment for determination of profile index. Sections 700 feet or greater approaching a bridge will be calculated as a separate record segment. This exception also applies to sections at project limits.
A separate profile index value will be determined in accordance with GDT-78 for the one hundred feet (100') of roadway approaching each end of a bridge up to and including the joint with the approach slab. The profile index from the right and left wheelpaths will be averaged for each 100 ft. segment for each lane for each approach. The average profile index value shall not exceed 30.
c. PROFILE EVALUATION: The Contractor shall perform and evaluate profiles from the first day's placement before further paving continues. Upon completion and evaluation of this test run, the Engineer may require equipment adjustments if necessary to improve smoothness before paving continues.
A report form, furnished by the Engineer, shall be completed by the Contractor and attached to each day's profilograph tracings. Each trace shall include the following information: A) Project Number, B) Beginning and ending station numbers, C) 500 foot paving stations, D) Traffic direction, E) Lane number, F) Date paved and tested and G) All construction joint locations. The Contractor's certified operator shall obtain and evaluate traces to be submitted to the Engineer and provide results no later than the end of the second work day following placement.
d. CORRECTIVE ACTION: For mainline pavement, 0.25 mile segments not meeting the profile index requirement shall be corrected by ~ne of the following methods:
(1) Grind the entire lane surface of the 0.25 mile segment to a profile index value not exceeding 7.0 inches per mile utilizing equipment meeting requirements specified in Section 431.
(2) When roughness is isolated to a small area of the segment, this area may be ground provided that no more than 50 feet offull lane width grinding is required to produce a profile index value not exceeding 7.0. If more than 50 feet of grinding is required, grinding of the complete 0.25 mile segment shall be made in accordance with method (1).
40

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
For ramps, acceleration and deceleration lanes, sections not meeting the profile index requirement shall be corrected with equipment specified in Section 431 to a profile index not exceeding 12 inches per mile with no individual bumps exceeding 0.20 inch from the blanking band.
One hundred foot bridge approach sections not meeting the profile index requirement shall be corrected. Corrective work shall consist of grinding in accordance with Section 431. Bumps with a baseline of five feet or less may be corrected with a bump grinder.
All ground areas including individual bumps shall include the full lane width. Pavement segments containing corrective slab replacements shall be retested for final acceptance.
e. RETESTING: Segments not meeting the profile index criteria of this Specification shall be corrected at no additional expense to the Department and be subjected to retesting, after correction, with the Rainhart Profilograph. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the Contractor as specified.
f. VERIFICATION: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to all profile testing. Verification ofresults will be made by the Engineer through observation of profile testing and by randomly selecting a minimum of one out of every 10 consecutive record segment profiles to compute the profile index for comparison with Contractor results. At the discretion of the Engineer, profilograph tests may be conducted by the Department at any time to verify Contractor results. Record segments may be tested by the Department if the Engineer determines that the Contractor test results are inaccurate. If this occurs, the Contractor will be charged for this work at a rate of $250.00 for each trace mile, with a minimum charge of $500.00.
g. ACCEPTANCE: Acceptance for pavement smoothness will be made only after the Engineer determines that the Work was satisfactorily performed in accordance with these and all other applicable Specifications and that the completed pavement, including all necessary corrective work, meets the applicable profile index value requirements.
January 14, 1994
SECTION 430 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ( NOTE: THIS 430 SPECIFICATION IS APPLICABLE TO CONCRETE PAVING PROJECTS WITH QUANTITIES OF 50,000 SQUARE YARDS OR LESS OR AS STIPULATED IN THE PLANS )
Delete Section 430 above as written and substitute SECTION 439-PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT (SPECIAL) included in this book.
41

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
March 19, 1996 SECTION 432 - MILL ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT 432.03 CONSTRUCTION: Delete the third paragraph of this Subsection as written and substitute the following: Longitudinal vertical edges in excess of 2 inches produced by the removal process and left exposed to traffic shall be beveled back a minimum of 3 inches for each 2 inches depth of removal by an approved method. Transverse edges produced by the removal process at the end of milled sections shall be provided a 10-foot taper to produce a smooth transition surface. Vertical edges at other areas, such as bridge approach slabs, drainage structures, and utility appurtenances, in excess of inch which are left open to traversing vehicles shall be protected by a temporary asphaltic concrete tie-in (paper joint). The temporary tie-in shall be placed at a minimum taper rate of 6 to 1 horizontal to vertical distance.
October 26, 1995 SECTION 432 - MILL ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT Delete Subsection 432.07 and substitute: 432.07 PAYMENT: Milling asphaltic concrete pavement, measured as defined above, will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price bid per square yard. The price bid for this item shall include the credit value of all Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) recovered, and no adjustment in the unit price for this item or other items will be considered for variations in the amount ofRAP actually recovered. Such payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all equipment, milling, hauling, and stockpiling of milled material as specified and for satisfactorily performing the Work. Payment will be made under: Item No. 432. Mill Asphaltic Concrete Pavement, _ _In Depth ................ per Square Yard
January 14, 1994 SECTION 439 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT (SPECIAL) 439.01 DESCRIPTION: This Work shall consist ofconstructing a pavement composed of Portland Cement Concrete, with or without reinforcement as specified, on a prepared subgrade or subbase course in accordance with these Specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the Plans or established by the Engineer.
42

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
439.02 MATERIALS: The materials to be used and the Specifications for them are as follows:
Portland Cement ........................................................ 830.01 Portland-Pozzolan Cement ............................................... 830.03 Water ................................................................. 880.01 Fine Aggregate, Size No. 10 .............................................. 801.02 Coarse Aggregate, Class A or B Crushed Stone or Gravel, Sizes as Specified ..... 800.01 Steel Bars for Reinforcement ............................................. 853.01 Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ..................................... 853.06 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ........................ 853.07 Dowel Bars and Bar Coatings ............................................. 853.08 Curing Agents .......................................................... 832 Air Entraining Admixtures ............................................... 831.01 Fly Ash and Slag ........................................................ 831.03 Joint Fillers and Sealers ................................................. 833 Low Modulus Silicone Sealant for Roadway Construction Joints ............... 833.06 Epoxy Adhesive for Repairing Cracks ...................................... 886.01 Chemical Admixtures .................................................... 831.02
A. FLY ASH: Fly ash may be used as an additive in concrete to promote workability and plasticity. Fly Ash may be used as a partial replacement for Portland Cement in concrete provided the following limits are met:
1. The quantity of cement replaced shall be no more than 15 percent by weight.
2. Cement shall be replaced by fly ash at the rate of 1.25 to 2.0 pounds of fly ash to 1.0 pound of cement.
3. The fly ash mix shall conform to the provisions of Subsection 439.05.
4. Type IP cement will not be permitted in fly ash mixes.
B. GRANULATED IRON BLAST-FURNACE SLAG: When high early strengths are not desired, granulated slag may be used as a partial replacement for Portland Cement in concrete provided the following requirements are met:
1. The quantity ofcement replaced shall be no more than 50 percent by weight provided that the 5-dayforecastofthe National Weather Service expected low temperature is not less than 60 degrees F. If the 5 day expected low temperature is not less than 40 degrees F, the quantity of cement replaced shall be no more than 30 percent by weight. If the 5 day expected low temperature is less than 40 degrees F, partial replacement of the Portland Cement will not be permitted.
2. Cement shall be replaced by slag at the rate of 1.0 pound of slag to 1.0 pound of cement.
3. The granulated slag mix shall conform to the provisions of Subsection 439.05.
4. Type IP cement or fly ash will not be permitted in slag mixes.
43

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
439.03 EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall provide all equipment and the tools necessary for performing all parts of the Work. The Engineer may limit the rate of production or the size of the batch if any piece ofequipment does not keep pace with the other operations, or if poor workmanship results. Ramp screeds and hand finishing tools may be used in lieu of conventional mainline paving equipment.
Scales for weighing concrete materials and water measuring devices shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to use. Tolerances shall be ::t 1.0% throughout the operating range. Admixtures shall be measured to an accuracy of ::t 3.0%.
No concrete or shoulder paving equipment shall operate on the pavement until the concrete slab has attained an age of 14 days or a compressive strength of2,500 psi. For movement on and off the pavement, a ramp of compacted earth or other suitable material shall be constructed to prevent undue stress in the pavement slab. Equipment that exceeds legal load limits will not be allowed on the pavement.
439.04 CONSTRUCTION:
A. PREPARATION OF THE ROADBED: All the roadbed preparations required by the Plans and Specifications shall be completed in advance of the concrete pavement placement operation.
B. CONDITION OF SUBGRADE AND SUBBASE: The full width of the subgrade and subbase shall be prepared in accordance with applicable Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining that the surface immediately under the concrete pavement will not contribute to deficient pavement thicknesses or excessive yield losses. High areas shall be trimmed to the proper elevation. The subbase shall be capable of supporting paving equipment without rutting or bogging.
C. SETTING FORMS: The foundation under forms shall be compacted and true to grade so that the form, when set, will be firmly in contact for its whole length and at the specified grade. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of concrete;
D. PLACING CONCRETE: The concrete shall be deposited on the grade in such a manner as to require as little rehandling as possible. Unless truck mixers, truck agitators, or non-agitating hauling equipment are equipped for discharge of concrete without segregation, the concrete shall be unloaded into an approved spreading device and mechanically spread on the grade. Placing shall be continuous between transverse joints without the use of intermediate bulkheads. Necessary hand spreading shall be done with shovels, not rakes. Workmen will not be allowed to walk in the freshly mixed concrete with shoes coated with earth or foreign substances. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated on both sides ofall joint assemblies. Vibration shall not continue long enough to produce puddling or the accumulation of excessive grout on the surface. Any grout accumulation shall not be used in construction of expansion joints. Concrete shall be deposited near formed joints and shall not be dumped or discharged onto a joint assembly unless the concrete is centered on the joint assembly.
E. CONSOLIDATION AND FINISHING: The sequence of operations shall be continuous from placement to final finish.
44

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION . STATE OF GEORGIA
1. CONSOLIDATION: Vibration shall be full width and depth of the pavement except vibrators shall not misalign load transfer devices nor contact the forms or foundation. The operating frequency shall exceed 7,000 rpm for spud vibrators, 5,000 rpm for tube vibrators, and 3,500 rpm for surface pan vibrators. Hand-held vibrators may be used. The operating frequency shall not be less than 4,500 impulses per minute. The intensity shall be sufficient to visibly affect the mass of concrete having a 1-inch slump through a radius of at least 18 inches. Uniform and satisfactory consolidation and density shall be obtained throughout the pavement or the operation shall cease until methods or equipment are furnished which will produce pavement conforming to the Specifications. A standby vibratory unit shall be immediately available for use in the event of a malfunction of the primary units.
2. FINISHING: After the concrete has been consolidated and struck off, it shall be smoothed and trued. Approved hand floats may be used for this operation. The surface within 6 inches of the pavement edge shall show no more than inch deviation in 10 feet when tested with a 10foot straightedge in both transverse and longitudinal directions.
The final surface finish shall be uniform in appearance and free of irregularities and porous areas. The final surface finish shall be produced utilizing mechanical or hand operated equipment for grooving plastic concrete. Texturizing equipment shall utilize rectangular shaped spring steel tines. Tines shall be of the same size and of uniform length. The spacing between tines shall be approximately inch. Width of tines shall not be less than 0.080 inch or greater than 0.130 inch.
The pavement surface shall be subject t.o tests for determination of texture depth. The method of test, GDT 72, shall be conducted at locations selected by the Engineer. Areas proven t.o have a surface texture depth ofless than 0.018 inch shall be transversely saw-grooved t.o meet an average depth requirement of 0.035 inch or greater. Saw grooves shall be of the following approximate dimensions: width, 1/8 inch; depth, 3/16 inch; and spacing, inch center-t.ocenter.
3. SMOOTHNESS:
a. PROFILOGRAPH TEST AND EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall include in the Contract Unit Bid Price, all cost for furnishing and operating a Rainhart (Model 860) Profilograph for measurement ofpavement profile deviations. The operat.or and profilograph shall be certified by the Department prior t.o commencement of paving operations. The evaluation of equipment and operators for certification will be conducted at the Office of Materials and Research, Forest Park, Georgia. The certification process will include a mechanical check of the profilograph functions and satisfactory completion of a written examination by the operat.or. Requests for certification shall be made by the Contract.or in writing t.o the Office of Materials and Research at least two weeks prior t.o need.
b. PROFILE REQUIREMENTS: The mainline riding surface shall produce a profile index value not exceeding 7.0 inches per mile on each 0.25 mile segment of each travel lane. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with procedures outlined in GDT-78. A profile index value will be determined for each tracing, for each 0.25 mile segment. Individual bumps or depressions exceeding the blanking band by more than 0.20 inch shall be corrected at no additional expense t.o the Department. If a profile index value of 7.0 inches per mile per lane for any segment is exceeded, the paving operation shall be suspended until corrective action, approved by the Engineer, is taken by the Contractor.
45

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Ramps, acceleration and deceleration lanes shall be tested in accordance with GDT-78 to produce an average profile index value not to exceed 12 inches per mile for the entire section length. In addition, individual bumps or depressions exceeding 0.20 inch from the blanking band shall be corrected at no additional expense to the Department.
Pavement profiles shall be taken four feet from and parallel to the new pavement edges for pavements greater than sixteen feet in width, up to twenty four feet in..width. Pavement six to sixteen feet in width shall be tested parallel to and at the centerline of the pavement section. The 0.25 mile record segments will begin at the first day's placement and continue until project completion except as noted herein. Pavement sections less than 700 feet in length approaching a bridge will be combined with the previous 0.25 mile segment for determination of profile index. Sections 700 feet or greater approaching a bridge will be calculated as a separate record segment. This exception also applies to sections at project limits.
A separate profile index value will be determined in accordance with GDT-78 for the one hundred feet (100') ofroadway approaching each end of a bridge up to and including the joint with the approach slab. The profile index from the right and left wheelpaths will be averaged for each 100 ft. segment for each lane for each approach. The average profile index value shall not exceed 30.
For Projects which include Weigh-in-Motion Truck Scales, the following pavement tolerances shall apply: For the 600-foot approach pavement to the weigh-in-motion scales and for 200 feet of pavement beyond the scales, the Rainhart Profilograph readings shall not exceed 5. In addition, rolling straightedge measurements shall show no deviation in excess of 1/16 inch in 10 feet.
c. PROFILE EVALUATION: The Contractor shall perform and evaluate profiles from the first day's placement before further paving continues. Upon completion and evaluation of this test run, the Engineer may require equipment adjustments if necessary to improve smoothness before paving continues.
A report form, furnished by the Engineer, shall be completed by the Contractor and attached to each day's Profilograph tracings. Each trace will include the following information: Project Number, Beginning and ending station numbers, 500 foot paving stations, Traffic direction, Lane number, Date paved and tested and All construction joint locations. The Contractor's certified operator shall obtain and evaluate traces to be submitted to the Engineer and provide results no later than the end of the second work day following placement.
d. CORRECTIVE ACTION: For mainline pavement, 0.25 mile segments not meeting the. profile index requirement shall be corrected by one of the following methods:
(1) Grind the entire lane surface of the 0.25 mile segment to a profile index value not exceeding 7.0 inches per mile utilizing equipment meeting requirements specified in Section 431.
(2) When roughness is isolated to a small area of the segment, this area may be ground provided that no more than 50 feet of full lane width grinding is required to produce a profile index value not exceeding 7.0. Ifmore than 50 feet ofgrinding is required, grinding of the complete 0.25 mile segment shall be made in accordance with method (1).
46

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

For ramps, acceleration and deceleration lanes, sections not meeting the profile index requirement shall be corrected with equipment specified in Section 431 to a profile index not exceeding 12 inches per mile with no individual bumps exceeding 0.20 inch from the blanking band.

One hundred foot bridge approach sections and pavement at Weigh-in-Motion scale sections not meeting the profile index requirement shall be corrected. Corrective work shall consist ofgrinding in accordance with Section 431. Bumps with a baseline of five feet or less may be corrected with a bump grinder.

All ground areas including individual bumps shall include the full lane width. Pavement segments containing corrective slab replacements shall be retested for final acceptance.

e. RETESTING: Segments not meeting the profile index criteria of this Specification shall be corrected at no additional expense to the Department and be subjected to retesting, after correction, with the Rainhart Profilograph. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the Contractor as specified.

f. VERIFICATION: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to all profile testing.

Verification ofresults will be made by the Engineer through observation of profile testing and

by randomly selectinga minimum of one out of every 10 consecutive record segment profiles

to compute the profile index for comparison with Contractor results. At the discretion of the

Engineer, profilograph tests may be conducted by the Department at any time to verify

Contractor results. Record segments may be tested by the Department if the Engineer

determines that the Contractor test results are inaccurate. If this occurs, the Contractor will

be charged for this work at a rate of $250.00 for each trace mile, with a minimum charge of

$500.00.

.

g. ACCEPTANCE: Acceptance for pavement smoothness will be made only after the Engineer determines that the Work was satisfactorily performed in accordance with these and all other applicable Specifications and that the completed pavement, including all necessary corrective work, meets the applicable profile index value requirements.

4. PROTECTION AGAINST RAIN: The concrete shall be properly protected against the effects of rain before the concrete is hardened. The Contractor shall have available at all times materials for the protection of the surface of the concrete. Protective materials shall consist ofcovering material, such as burlap or cotton mats, curing paper, or plastic sheeting material for the protection of the surface of the pavement. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering.

F. REMOVAL OF FORMS: Unless otherwise provided, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has set for at least 12 hours. Forms shall be removed carefully so as to avoid damages to the pavement. After the forms have been removed, the sides of the slab shall be immediately cured in accordance with prescribed methods in Subsection 439.04.I, CURING CONCRETE.

G. NIGHT WORK: Adequate lighting shall be provided for all Work performed at night. The concreting operation shall cease in adequate time to permit finishing and sawing during daylight hours, unless sufficient lighting is provided for satisfactory completion of the Work.

47

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
H. JOINTS: Joints shall be of the design, configuration, and at the locations shown on the Plans or as required by the Specifications.
Any plain concrete pavement which has uncontrolled cracking occurring during construction shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the Engineer with no additional cost to the Department. Where random cracks are chipped out for sealing, non-rigid epoxy meeting the requirements of Subsection 886.01, shall be used on cracks not under expansion-contraction influence. Continuous cracks under movement shall be sealed with sealant meeting the requirements of Subsection 833.06.
When it is necessary t.o remove and replace a section ofpavement, the pavement shall be removed and replaced for an area not less than 6 feet in length nor less than full width of the lane involved. Sections t.o be removed shall be sawed t.o vertical face and the concrete replaced as a construction joint with dowels. Dowels to be used in the saw-cut construction joint shall be deformed bars of the size specified for contraction joints on the Plans.
The drilled holes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all contaminants and the dowels of specified type and size shall then be set into the hardened concrete face of the existing pavement with a Type VIII epoxy bonding compound meeting the requirements of Section 886 of the Specifications.
Undamaged and properly positioned dowels in existing construction or contraction joints may be utilized in slab replacement areas. The protruding portion of dowels shall be coated with a thin film of heavy grease. When slab replacements are required on both sides of an existing construction or contraction joint, slab replacement may be continuous from saw-cut construction joint t.o saw-cut construction joint. Dowels ofthe type and size specified for contraction joints shall be provided. When epoxy coated dowels are used, a thin coat of heavy grease shall be uniformly applied to dowels prior to concrete placement. When placement is continuous across transverse contraction joint location, saw-cuts t.o provide planes of weakness shall be provided in accordance with requirements of this Specification and the Standard for contraction joints. All joints shall be sealed in accordance with the Plans.
1. LONGITUDINAL JOINTS: Longitudinal joints shall contain unpainted and uncoated deformed steel bars of the specified size and length and placed perpendicular to the joint by an approved mechanical device or rigidly secured in place by approved supports.
a LONGITUDINAL FORMED JOINTS: Longitudinal formed joints shall be constructed by an approved device while the concrete is in a plastic state. The Contractor shall employ methods and equipment that ensure that joint reinforcement is properly located and not disrupted during construction.
b. LONGITUDINAL SAWED JOINTS: Longitudinal sawed joints shall be cut with a suitable mechanical saw. Joint sawing shall commence no later than 3 days after concrete is placed, and before any traffic or equipment is allowed on the pavement.
2. TRANSVERSE JOINTS: Transverse joints shall consist of construction joints, contraction joints, or expansion joints constructed at required locations. Transverse joints in partial width or adjoining lanes shall be constructed t.o abut the like joint of adjacent lanes unless otherwise specified on the Plans.
48

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Transverse joints in Plain Portland Cement Concrete that require load transfer devices shall contain either plastic coated or epoxy coated dowels. Dowel bars shall be secured in place by approved supporting assemblies before concrete placement. Assemblies shall be capable of maintaining dowels in position with minimal movement during concrete placement. Assemblies shall be secured in position on the subbase in a manner that will hold the assembly in position without disruption throughout construction. Dowel bars shall be placed t.o a vertical and horizontal tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch of the Plan position. Dowel bar misalignment shall not exceed 3/8 inch per foot in the horizontal, vertical or oblique planes. Dowel assemblies that are determined to be displaced from the Plan position in excess of these tolerances shall be removed and replaced in accordance with procedures outlined herein. When epoxy coated dowels are used, the entire surface shall be uniformly coated with a thin film of heavy waterproof grease. Positive means of identifying dowel bar assembly locations shall be provided to ensure accurate positioning of transverse sawed joints.
a. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Transverse construction joints shall be constructed when there is an interruption ofmore than one hour in the concreting operations. Transverse construction joints shall not be constructed within 10 feet of an expansion joint, contraction joint, or transverse plane of weakness. If necessary, an unanticipated construction joint shall be moved back to the last Planned joint and the excess concrete removed and disposed of as directed.
Construction joints shall be formed by securing in place a removable bulkhead or header board. The board shall conform to the full cross section of the pavement and it shall be secured flush with the subbase and parallel to the normal transverse joints. The board shall be slotted or drilled to accommodate reinforcement as required by the Plans.
The roll of laitance and grout that usually forms in front of the paver shall not be used adjacent to transverse construction joints. Concrete adjacent to transverse construction joints shall be consolidated full width and depth with mechanical hand type spud vibrat.ors. One auxiliary vibrator shall be available for use in the event of mechanical malfunctions.
The Contractor shall furnish work bridges, personnel, string lines, straightedges, lighting, and other equipment and tools necessary to string line and correct variations of the concrete surface within 30 feet on either side of transverse construction joints before the final finish is applied to the concrete. The surface shall be string lined longitudinally and surface deviations of more than 1/8 inch in 15 feet in any direction shall be corrected while the concrete is in a plastic condition.
b. CONTRACTION JOINTS: Plain Portland Cement Concrete Pavement shall contain planes ofweakness created by cutting joints in the pavement surface. The planes of weakness shall be in accordance with the details shown on the Plans..
Transverse contraction joints shall be sawed before uncontrolled cracking occurs. Sawing shall commence as soon as the concrete has sufficiently hardened t.o permit sawing without surface raveling and usually starting after about four hours and not later than 24 hours after placement. The sawing operation shall continue both day and night regardless of weather conditions.
c. EXPANSION JOINTS: Transverse expansion joints will be required at locations shown on the Plans. Expansion joints may be formed by securing in place a removable bulkhead that conforms to the full cross section of the pavement. The bulkhead shall be sufficient to construct a vertical expansion wall without offsets, indentations, or burrs.
49

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Expansion joint filler shall consist ofmaterials required by the Plans. Preformed joint filler shall be furnished and installed in lengths equal to the pavement width or equal to the width of one lane. Damaged or repaired joint fillers shall not be used.

The expansion joint filler shall be positioned in the joint in a vertical position and at the proper grade. An approved installing bar, or other device, shall be used, if required, to secure expansion joint filler at the proper grade and alignment.

3. SEALING JOINTS: Joints are to be cleaned and sealed in accordance with Section 442 and the Plans. They shall be filled with joint sealing material before the pavement is opened to traffic, and as soon after completion of the curing period as feasible.

I.

CURING CONCRETE: Immediately after the finishing operations have been completed and as

soon as marring ofthe concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the concrete shall be cured in

accordance with one or more ofthe following methods:

1. IMPERVIOUS MEMBRANE METHOD: The entire surface of the pavement shall be uniformly sprayed with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing ofthe surface and before the concrete has set, or if the pavement is cured initially with cotton mats, burlap, or cotton fabric, it may be applied upon removal of the mats. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall.

Curing compound shall be applied under pressure at the rate of one gallon to not more than 150 square feet by mechanical sprayers. The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type. At the time of use, the compound shall be thoroughly mixed with white pigments uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application, the compound shall be stirred continuously by effective mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted. Curing compound shall not be applied to the inside faces of joints to be sealed. Should the membrane film become damaged from any cause within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound.

2. WHITE POLYETHYLENE SHEETING: The top surface and sides of the pavement shall be entirely covered with polyethylene sheeting. The units used shall be lapped at least 18 inches. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted down to remain in intimate contact with the sunace covered. The sheeting, as prepared for use, shall have such dimension that each unit, as laid, will extend beyond the edges of the slab at least twice the thickness of the pavement. Unless otherwise specified, the covering shall be maintained in place for 72 hours after the concrete has been placed.

3. BURLAP, COTTON FABRIC, OR OTHER METHODS: Methods. of curing with burlap, cotton fabrics, or other materials may be approved provided the method ensures that the section remains wet for the duration specified by the Engineer.

4. COLD WEATHER CURING: All concrete which is frozen before the time of initial set shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Department. Concrete which has set but is exposed to freezing temperatures within 24 hours from the time of placement shall be protected with polyethylene or canvas in a manner that will ensure the internal temperature of the concrete is maintained above freezing for a minimum period of 24 hours after the concrete is placed. Other means of protection, such as hay, straw, or grass, and the duration of the protection, shall be approved by the Engineer.

50

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

J.

OPENING TO TRAFFIC: The pavement slab shall not be opened to traffic, except for joint sealing

vehicles, until the concrete has attained an age of 14 days unless the Contractor can show by

representative compressive tests that the slab has attained a compressive strength of2,500 psi.

The Contractor shall erect and maintain suitable barricades and employ watchmen to exclude traffic from the newly constructed pavement for the period herein prescribed, but these barriers shall be so arranged as not to interfere in any way with or impede public traffic on any lane intended to be open. Necessazy signs shall be maintained by the Contractor clearly indicating the lanes open to the public. When it is necessary to provide for traffic across the pavement, the Contractor shall, without additional compensation, construct suitable and substantial crossings to bridge over the concrete which will be adequate for the traffic and satisfactory to the Engineer. All pavement damaged by traffic or other causes before it is finally accepted, shall be repaired and replaced without additional compensation to the Contractor, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall protect the pavement against both public traffic and that of his own employees and agents.

439.05 QUALITY OF CONCRETE: The typical section sheet in the Plans will specify classifications of concrete for specific uses. This Specification establishes minimum requirements for these classifications of concrete relative to concrete design approval, concrete mix design proportions, batching control responsibilities, and acceptance of hardened concrete based upon compressive strength development.

Portland Cement Concrete shall be produced by combining authorized proportions of approved materials in homogeneous uniform batches in accordance with construction methods specified herein. Concrete produced in a stationazy central mix plant shall be mixed for a minimum of 60 seconds after all materials have entered the drum. Mix time may be reduced if the Contractor can show through representative test that concrete meets requirements ofASTM C 94, Requirements for Uniformity, but in no case shall the mix time be less than 50 seconds.

Transit mixed concrete shall meet the requirements of Subsection 500.05 of the Standard Specifications.

A. COMPOSITION OF CONCRETE: The Contractor shall submit for approval a concrete mix design that has been prepared by a qualified testing laboratory.

As an alternate, concrete mix proportions with commonly used materials may be submitted for approval without preparation by a laboratory. In this event, the Office of Materials and Research may approve proportions based upon past performance record of the particular combination of materials. Designs shall be transmitted to the Engineer for approval by the Office of Materials and Research a minimum of35 days prior to proposed use. The concrete mix designs shall conform to the foUowing requirements:

1. COARSE AGGREGATE: Coarse aggregate for Plain Portland Cement Concrete Pavement may be either Size No. 457, 456, 467, 57, 56, or 67. Coarse aggregate for Continuous Reinforced Concrete Pavement shall be either Size No. 57, 56, or 67. Size No. 457,456, or 467 shall be separated in individual stockpiles of Size No. 4 and either Size No. 57, 56, or 67 and be blended in accordance with approved proportions.

2. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate shall meet requirements for Size No. 10. Aggregate from different sources shaU be stored in separate stockpiles. When two sizes or sources of fine aggregate are used to produce the proper gradation, blending shall be in accordance with approved design proportions.

51

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

3. MIX DESIGN CRITERIA: Concrete mix designs shall be proportional based upon the following requirements:

Class No. 3 Class HES

MIN.CEMENT CONTENT PER CUBIC YARD CONCRETE (CWT)

DESIGN

MAX. WATER- AIR

CEMENT RATIO CONTENT

(LBS./LB.)

RANGE(%)

MIN. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS (PSI)

5.64

0.53

4.0 to 5.5 3,000

6.58

0.47

4.0 to 5.5 3,500

4. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: The demonstrated laboratory compressive strength at 28 days shall be a minimum of 4,000 psi for Class No. 3 Concrete and the minimum laboratory compressive strength for Class HES Concrete shall be 3,000 psi at 72 hours.
Compressive strength evaluation for design- acceptance will be based upon test results of at least six cylinders prepared and tested in accordance with AASHTO T 126 and T 22.
B. FIELD ADJUSTMENTS ON CONCIIBTE MIXES: The Contractor shall be responsible for making all determinations of aggregate surface moisture and applying free moisture corrections to the approved mix design. The Engineer will verify that such corrections are properly made.
The Contractor may adjust the approved proportions ofthe fine and coarse aggregate and water as desired, provided:
1. The cement factor is not decreased.
2. The water-cement ratio is not increased.
3. Adjustments produce concrete proportions in accordance with this Specification.
4. Proper notification is given the Engineer prior to use.
C. CONCRETE MIX TOLERANCES: Variations in consistency and air content of concrete must be within the following limits:
1. CONSISTENCY: Slump of concrete shall be determined immediately prior to placement by GDT 27. Concrete for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement will not be accepted which has a slump value greater than 3 inches.
2. AIR CONTENT: The air content of the concrete will be determined immediately prior to placement by the applicable method of test GDT 26, GDT 28, or GDT 32. No concrete will be accepted which has an air content beyond the following limits:
Lower acceptance limit: 3.0 percent Upper acceptance limit: 6.5 percent

52

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

D. ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE STRENGTH:

1. CLASS NO. 3: Portland Cement Concrete Pavement will be accepted with regard to concrete strength based upon compressive strength development at 28 days. The minimum acceptable compressive strength value shall be 3,000 psi.

Specimens for field acceptance shall be fabricated and cured in accordance with AASHTO T 23. At the completion of specified curing, cylinders will be tested in accordance with AASHTO T 22. The test frequency shall be as outlined in the Department's Sampling and Testing Manual.

2. CLASS HES: High Early Strength Pavement may be accepted with regard to concrete strength based upon compressive strength development at 72 hours. The minimum acceptable compressive strength value shall be 3,000 psi (72 hours). When concrete is determined potentially defective on the basis of 72 hour strength test and the concrete is retained for subsequent judgement of acceptability, acceptance will be based upon results of tests conducted at 28 days. In this event, the minimum acceptance strength value shall be 3,500 psi (28 days). Specimens fabricated for strength determination at 72 hours will be cured for 72 hours under conditions similar to those under which the pavement is cured. Specimens fabricated for evaluation at 28 days shall be cured in accordance with AASHTO T 23. All specimens shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T 22. The test frequency shall be as established in the Department's Sampling and Testing Manual.

E. DEPTH MEASUREMENT: Areas of the pavement will be subjected to depth measurements to ensure Plan and Specification compliance. Areas to be examined will be designated by the Engineer. Areas that are deficient in excess of inch may be removed and replaced or a reduction in payment may be established by the Engineer. Disposition of slab depth deficiencies shall be as directed by the Engineer.

439.06 MEASUREMENT: Portland Cement Concrete Pavement (Special) complete, in-place and accepted, will be measured by the Square Yard.

439.07 PAYMENT: The Contract Unit Price per square yard of Concrete Pavement will be the basis for payment of all Concrete Pavement that is completed and accepted. Such payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all materials, including reinforcements, dowels, and joint materials, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete the work.

Payment will be made under:

Item No. 439. Item No. 439 Item No. 439. Item No. 439.

Plain Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, Class No. 3, Concrete_ _ _ _ _Inch Thick . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . per Square Yard
Plain Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, Class HES, Concrete_ _ _ _ _Inch Thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Square Yard
Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement, Class No. 3 Concrete_ _ _ _ _Inch Thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Square Yard Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavement, Class HES Concrete_ _ _ _~Inch Thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Square Yard

53

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
September 30, 1994
SECTION 500-CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Retain Section 500 as written except as follows: Add the following to Subsection 500.02: Granulated Iron Blast-Furnace Slag ................................................. 831.03.B Add the following to Subsection 500.03.B just before the Concrete Mix Table:
5. GRANULATED IRON BLAST-FURNACE SLAG: When high-early strengths are not desired, Granqlated Iron Blast-Furnace Slag may be used as a partial replacement for Portland Cement in all concrete, provided the following limits are met: a. The quantity of cement replaced shall be no more than 50% by weight. b. Cement shall be replaced by slag at the rate of 1.0 pound of slag to 1.0 pound of cement. c. The slag mix shall conform to the provisions of Subsections 500.03 and 500.04. d. Water-cement ratio shall be calculated based on the total cementious material in the mix including Granulated Iron Blast-Furnace Slag. e. Type IP cement or fly ash will not be permitted in slag mixes.
Change Note 1, just after the Concrete Mix Table in Subsection 500.03 to read as follows: 1. Portland Cement may be partially replaced with fly ash as provided in Subsection 500.03.B.4 or with Granulated Iron Blast-Furnace Slag as provided in Subsection 500.03.B.5.
May 26, 1993
SECTION 500 - CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Retain Subsection 500.10.B as written and add the following paragraph: 3. Unless early cylinder breaks indicate otherwise, no section of a concrete box culvert shall be backfilled until the last placed concrete in that section has reached a minimum age of 14 days. If early cylinder breaks indicate design strength has been achieved, sections of culverts may be backfilled when the last placed concrete has reached a minimum age of 7 days.
54

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
May 6, 1994
SECTION 500 - CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Retain Section 500 as written except as follows: Delete Subsection 500.11.C.7, paragraph two, and substitute the following:
Payment for Parapets will be included in the Lump Sum Price bid for Superstructure Concrete. Delete Subsection 500.18 paragraph one, and substitute the following: 500.18 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: This work will be measured for payment either per cubic yard, per Lump quantity, or per Linear Foot whichever is shown in the Plans. This work will be paid for at the Contract Price per cubic yard, per Lump Sum, or per Linear Foot, each complete in place and accepted. Delete Subsection 500.18.C, paragraph one, and substitute the following: C. PER LUMP SUM BASIS: The quantity of concrete shall conform to that required by the Plan
dimensions. Measurement will be made as a unit, complete in place including diaphragms, sidewalks, and concrete parapets, but exclusive of the concrete in concrete handrailing, barriers and in Prestressed Bridge Members. Add the following item to "Payment will be made under": Item No. 500-Concrete Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per Linear Foot
December 16, 1993
SECTION 501 - STEEL STRUCTURES
Delete the last sentence in Subsection 501.01 and add a second paragraph to read as follows: Each heat number, from which structural steel is furnished for fabrication of main members, must be sampled and tested by the Department. In order to facilitate this testing, the Contractor shall insure that one piece from each heat of main member structural steel is shipped to the place of fabrication with sufficient extra length to permit a properly oriented representative sample (4" x 12" x thickness) to be taken. This may require that the extra length pieces be four inches or twelve inches longer, depending on testing orientation requirements. Delete the second paragraph in Subsection 501.03.B.9
55

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
August 3, 1993
SECTION 501 - STEEL STRUCTURES
Retain Subsection 501.05A as written and add the following between paragraphs 7 and 8 on page 472.
In the case of field testing the Contractor must provide a continuous walkway between the center most line ofstringers from one ofthe approach fills to the farthest row of splices. Cross-walks connecting with the centerline walkway shall be provided at each butt welded splice or bolted connection on each row of stringers. Working platforms may rest on the top side of the bottom flange with supporting braces fitting flush against the web. A minimum of eighteen (18) inches of clearance must be provided on each side of the welded splice or bolted connection. In no case shall the top ofthe working platform be more than three (3) inches above the top side of the bottom flange.
All walkways and working platforms shall be properly constructed of sound materials. If they are constructed of wood the wood shall be free of excessive knots or knots that could cause an unsafe condition. All walkways shall be a minimum of twenty (20) inches in width and of sufficient length to permit each end to rest on a fixed part or member of the bridge. Walkways must have a vertical support at least every ten (10) feet. All working platforms must be a minimum of thirty-six (36) inches in width and of sufficient length to permit each end to rest on a fixed part or member of the bridge.
In cases where the Contractor has already decked from the end bent out to the splices, it will not be necessary to have a separate walkway unless the deck reinforcement steel has been put in place. The Contractor must not allow deck forms to be placed within eighteen (18) inches of splices until the welds or bolted connections have been inspected and accepted.
March 13, 1992
SECTION 520 - PILING
Retain as written and add the following to the end ofSubsection 520.03.H.4:
All Steel H-Piling designated by the nomenclature "BP' in the Standard and Supplemental Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Plans shall be designated as Steel H-Piling, "HP".
March 4, 1996
SECTION 535 - PAINTING STRUCTURES
Delete Section 535 and Substitute the following:
535.01 DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of painting new and existing steel structures, steel H-piling and metal shell piling, and steel swaybracing, and the application of Special Protective Coatings to piling and swaybracing, all complete in place. It also includes the protection of traffic and property.
535.02 MATERIALS: All materials shall meet the requirements of the following Specification:
Paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 870
56

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
535.03 EQUIPMENT:
A. BRUSHING: Brushes shall preferably be round or oval in cross section. If flat brushes are used, their maximum width shall be 4 inches. On surfaces inaccessible to brushes, paint shall be applied with sheepskin daubers made for the purpose.
B. SPRAYING:
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Ifthe spray method is used, the equipment may be of the air, cold airless, or hot circulating airless type, and will be subject to the Engineer's approval. Provisions shall be made for constant agitation of the paint. Equipment shall also include a mechanical device for thoroughly mixing all paints in the shipping containers before the paints are removed.
2. AIR SPRAY: When this air method is used, the system shall have suitable water traps in the air lines.
3. COLD AIRLESS SPRAY: When this hydraulic method is used, water traps will not be required in the air lines, but their use will be permitted.
C. ROLLING: Rollers shall be ofa kind suitable to the type of paint being applied and to the work areas involved, and they will be subject to the Engineer's approval. Worn rollers shall not be used. Suitable pans for dipping the rollers into the paint shall be provided.
On surfaces inaccessible to rollers the paint shall be applied with sheepskin daubers made for the purpose.
Rollers shall not be used to apply pile paints, swaybracing paints, or Special Protective Coatings to piling and swaybracing.
D. INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The system applicator shall have wet and dry film gauges, surface thermometers, sling psychrometer, and an abrasive blasting finish gauge. When field cleaning and painting, the Contractor will furnish a lift truck, bucket truck or snooper truck to the satisfaction of the Engineer in order to facilitate inspection of all steel during the cleaning and painting operation.
535.04 CONSTRUCTION:
A. CLEANING AND PAINTING NEW STEEL STRUCTURES:
1. CLEANING OF SURFACES:
a. CLEANING: All steel H-piling, metal shell piling, and steel swaybracing that are to receive special protective coatings shall be field blast cleaned before painting. The extent of cleaning for members that receive a No. 2P coating shall be SSPC-SP6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. Blast Cleaning for 1 P Coatings shall be SSPC-SP7
All structural steel metal surfaces to be painted or weathering structural steel to be unpainted shall be thoroughly shop cleaned. The extent of-cleaning shall be SSPC-SP6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. In addition to the shop cleaning, unpainted weathering steel shall be field cleaned to the SSPC-SP6 finish. See Plans for additional notes concerning field cleaning of unpainted steel.
57

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
b. FIELD CLEANING: Stufaces which will be in contact after field welded or bolted connections are made shall be free of paint and metal spatters. They shall be cleaned as noted in Subsection 535.04.A.l.a. above prior to the welding or bolting. The remainder of the structural steel shall be similarly cleaned, but this work may be delayed until concreting work is completed and the main painting operation is ready to begin. Straightening of metal shall be done in accordance with Subsection 501.06 prior to cleaning. Each span or unit of work will require the Engineer's inspection and approval before painting is started. . 2. WEATHER CONDITIONS: Systems IV and V (alkyd) shall be applied only when the temperature ofthe air and surface are above 40F with a maximum permitted surface temperature of 140F. System VI (waterborne) shall be applied only when the temperature of the air and surface are above 50F. The relative humidity shall be below 85%, and the surface temperature of the steel shall be at least 5F above dew point. Paint shall not be applied to surfaces which are damp or otherwise unsatisfactory. Metal shall not be painted when its temperature is sufficiently high to cause separation of the oil in the alkyd paint, nor shall painting in open yards or on erected structures be done when the metal is sufficiently hot to cause the paint to blister or produce a porous paint film. Metal shall not be painted when freezing weather is forecast or expected in the time which would occur before paint has dried. 3. NUMBER OF COATS AND COLORS: a. COATS: Generally, all new structural metal shall be painted with one shop prime coat, one field touch-up coat, and two field weather coats. However, where exposure conditions are severe, one additional prime coat may be required. b. COLORS: The type and color of paint coats shall be as required by the System number shown on the Plans. Ifsucceeding coats are of the same type and color, one of the underlying coats shall be tinted as required by the Specifications. c. PROPER DRYING: Each coat shall be thoroughly dry and cured before the next coat is applied. A minimum of 24 hours shall elapse between coats, and longer periods may be required, depending upon the weather conditions and the type of paint being applied. 4. THINNING OF PAINT: Paints shall not be thinned or diluted in any way.
58

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
5. PAINTING OF SURFACES: a. METHOD OF APPLICATION: Paints shall be thoroughly mixed with mechanical devices in the shipping containers before the paint is removed. Painting shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. Paint may be applied by either brushing, spraying, or rolling method, except that rollers shall not be used as specified in Subsection 535.03.C. Paint shall be of the proper formulation to match the method of application, that is, the formulation shall be either the brush, roller, airless spray, or the air spray type. When the brush or roller method is used, the paint shall be manipulated under the brush or roller to produce a uniform, even coating in close contact with the metal or the previous coat. The paint shall be worked into all comers and crevices and sufficient paint shall be kept on rollers and their application overlapped such that unsightly or mottled areas will be avoided.
59

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

TABLE OF PAINT SYSTEMS, APPLICATION METHODS AND MINIMUM REQUIRED DRY FILM THICKNESS IN MILS

No. of Coats

PAINT SYSTEMS Color of Coats

thickness, mils

SYSTEM IV Primer Touch-Up 2nd Coat 3rd Coat

Total thickness= 5.0

Red

2

Red

*

Buff

2

Green

1

SYSTEMV
Primer Touch-Up 2nd Coat 3rd Coat 4th Coat

Total thickness = 6.5

Red (T)

2

Red

*

Red

2

Buff

1.5

Green

1

SYSTEMVI

Total thickness= 9.0

Primer

Brown

3

Touch-Up

Brown

*

2nd Coat

Buff or White

3

3rd Coat

Green

3

(T) = Tinted
* = 2.0 for Touch-Up Coats

Use the Paint Nos. shown below when the method of application is by:

Roller

Airless Spray Hydraulic

Air Spray

ORDINARY EXPOSURE - Green SYSTEM IV (Lead Free)

1A

1A

1A

X

1A

1A

1A

X

2A

2A

2A

X

3B

3B

3B

X

HEAVY EXPOSURE - Green SYSTEM V (Lead Free)

1A

1A

1A

X

1A

1A

1A

X

1A

1A

1A

X

2A

2A

2A

X

3B

3B

3B

X

60

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
ORDINARY EXPOSURE - Green SYSTEM VI (Waterborne) shall be one of the proprietary waterborne systems listed in QPL 73. The method of application may be by brush, roller, airless spray or air spray, according to the manufacturer's recommendations.
b. SHOP PAINTING OF SPECIAL SURFACES:
(1) CONCRETE CONTACT AREAS: Unless otherwise specified, surfaces which will be in contact with plastic concrete shall not be shop painted. However, steel surfaces, including non-galvanized handrail posts, non-embedded armored joints, etc., which will be in contact with previously poured and hardened concrete, shall be given two coats of primer.
(2) INACCESSIBLE AREAS: Surfaces not in contact with concrete, but which will be inaccessible after assembly or installation shall be painted before assembly with two coats of primer.
(3) CONNECTION AREAS: Surfaces which will be in contact with one another after welded or bolted connections are made shall not be shop painted. Areas adjacent to field welds shall not be shop painted.
(4) MACHINE-FINISHED SURFACE: Certain machine-finished surfaces as noted in Subsection 501.03.B.ll. shall be either shop painted or coated with the material as noted therein.
(5) ADVERTISING: No advertising of any type will be permitted on any structural steel.
(6) PLATES IN CONTACT WITH ELASTOMERIC PADS: Plates which are to be in contact with elastomeric bearing pads shall be given one coat of the shop primer specified on the Plans, as follows: All surfaces and edges which will be exposed after the erection of all components shall be painted. The primer paint shall be omitted by the shop from any areas to be welded and from the area bearing against the elastomeric pad. The blocked~out, no-paint area shall be dimensioned and located to an accuracy of plus or minus inch of the theoretical location and size of the elastomeric pad.
c. HANDLING OF SHOP PAINTED STEEL: Steel shall not be handled or loaded until the shop paint is dry.
d. FIELD PAINTING:
(1) IMMEDIATELY BEFORE ERECTION: Steel surfaces, including non-galvanized handrail posts, non-embedded armored joints, etc., which will be in contact with previously poured and hardened concrete, shall be touched up as required with primer before installation, or given two coats of primer if this item was omitted at the shop. Installation shall not be made until the paint has thoroughly dried.
(2) IMMEDIATELY AFTER ERECTION: After steel erection is completed, unprimed surfaces of connection areas requiring paint shall be cleaned as specified above in Subsection 535.04Al., and primed with the paint specified in the System number shown on the Plans. Connection areas include welded or bolted splices, beam and diaphragm connections, and bracing connections. Welded connections shall not be primed until inspection work (radiographic or magnetic particle), nor until the weld metal has been cleaned in accordance with the governing Specifications.
61

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
(3) IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONCRETING: After concreting work is completed, the cleaning specified above in Subsection 535.04.A.1. shall be done. All shipping and erection marks and the heads of all bolt.s and all other surfaces from which the prime coat has become worn off or otherwise defective shall be thoroughly covered with one coat of touch-up primer paint and allowed to dry thoroughly.
The exposed edges of flanges of rolled beams and of built-up girders, the edges of angles and stiffeners, and the exposed edges of plates such as gusset plates, splice plates, and cover plates shall be painted with an additional coat of primer during the touch-up operation. It is the intent of these Specifications that all such sharp, exposed edges have two full coats of the primer paint, including the shop coat.
(4) CRACKS AND CAVITIES:
(a) When System IV or System Vis indicated on the Plans, all small cracks and cavities which are not sealed watertight by the first field coat shall be filled with a pasty mixture ofZinc Hydroxy Phosphite and linseed oil before the second field coat is applied.
(b) When System VI is indicated on the Plans, all small cracks and cavities which are not sealed watertight by the first field coat shall be filled with a pasty mixture recommended and supplied by the manufacturer, before the second field coat is applied.
e. DEFECTIVE WORK: All applied paint which does not meet the requirements of these Specifications shall be removed or corrected by approved means. All paint which is applied on improperly cleaned surfaces shall be removed, and these surfaces shall be cleaned and repainted to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
6. PAINT SYSTEMS: Generally, one of the Systems shown in Table 535.04.A.5. will be required by the Plans. In the absence of Plan requirements, System VI shall be used.
If the minimum required total dry film thickness specified for the particular paint system is not obtained after the application of the proper number coats and colors, additional coats will be required at the Contractor's expense.
7. STRUCTURES OVER OR UNDER RAILROADS: Contractor's work on structures over and under railroads will be in accordance with 535.04.B.l.b.
B. CLEANING AND PAINTING EXISTING STEEL STRUCTURES:
1. CLEANING OF SURFACES:
a. GENERAL CLEANING: The following requirements shall apply to the blast cleaning of all steel structures. Pedestrian, vehicular and other traffic upon or underneath or adjacent to the structure shall be protected. All portions of the structure (superstructure, substructure, and highway appurtenances) that could be damaged by the blast cleaning operations shall be protected by covering or shielding.
62

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to vehicles, persons, or property, resulting from cleaning operations.
During blast cleaning operations, the Contractor shall make provisions for protecting existing traffic from hazards resulting from blast cleaning operations. These provisions shall include a system that protects from direct blasting, and prevents abrasive materials and debris from falling in the traveled portions of the pavement or railroad track ballast or spreading debris onto any area where a traffic hazard would be created. Any activity that affects traffic to the point of disrupting flow shall be suspended or performed behind screens.
Whenever the intended purposes ofthe protective devices are not being accomplished, work shall be suspended until effective corrections are made. In addition, any abrasive material and debris deposited on the pavement, shoulders, or slope paving in the work area shall be removed before those areas are reopened to traffic.
The blasting abrasives shall be low dusting mineral abrasives which contain a minimum of ten percent (10%) by weight G-80 steel grit blended homogeneously throughout the blasting abrasive or 100% steel grit. Alternate abrasive mixtures proposed by the Contractor must be approved by the Office of Materials and Research before use. Abrasives shall contain no more than 100 ppm of any corrosive compound such as sulfate or chloride. Abrasives shall not contain EPA characteristic compounds such as lead, chromium, or arsenic which can be detected by the EPA Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP). The mineral abrasive used to blend with steel grit will be listed in the Department's Qualified Products Manual.
Prior to blast cleaning a beam or girder, accumulated dust and debris shall be removed from the top of the bottom flange.
After cleaning steel surfaces and before applying paint, the Contractor shall clean the deck, piers, railing, other adjoining parts of the structure, and the slope paving of all sand, dust, or other foreign matter. All fins, tears, slivers, and burred or sharp edges that are present or appear on any steel member shall be removed by grinding.
Railings, name plates, and all other interfering parts shall be removed, if required, so that all surfaces may be cleaned and painted. After painting has been completed, they shall be replaced satisfactorily.
Each span or unit ofwork will require the Engineer's inspection and approval before painting is started.
The extent of removal of old paint will be in accordance with (3) below, unless the method described by (1) or (2) is required by the Special Provisions or Plans.
(1) PARTIAL REMOVAL OF PAINT: This work shall be in accordance with Section 535 Painting Structures (Encapsulation of Lead Based Paint Systems).
(2) COMPLETE REMOVAL OF FIELD WEATHER COATS: The entire field weather coats shall be removed to hard, tight primer.
(3) REMOVAL OF ALL COATS TO BARE METAL: All paint shall be removed by blast-cleaning or other approved means to clean, bare metal. The extent of cleaning shall be Steel Structure Painting Council (SSPC)-SP6, Commercial Blast Cleaning with an anchor pattern between 1.0 and 2.0 mils, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
63

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The Contractor shall clean only as much metal as can be painted before it becomes rusted. Surfaces which become rusty after cleaning shall be cleaned again before they are painted.
b. STRUCTURES UNDER OR OVER RAILROADS: The following requirements apply to cleaning of all steel structures under or over railroads. When cleaning and painting of steel structures involves work on, over or below the railroad right-of-way, or property of a railroad company (Railroad), the requirements herein shall apply and be adhered to by the Contractor. Additional requirements, including railroad flagging and insurance coverage, are contained in a separate Special Provision for Protection ofRailway Interests.
The Contractor shall comply with the Railroad's general rules, regulations, and requirements including those relating to safety, fall protection, and personal protective equipment.
Pedestrian, vehicular, rail traffic, trains and other traffic upon or underneath or adjacent to the structure shall be protected. All portions of the structure (superstructure, substructure, and highway appurtenances) that could be damaged by the blast cleaning operations shall be protected by covering or shielding.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to vehicles, persons, or property, resulting from cleaning operations.
(1) BRIDGE CARRYING ROADWAY OVER RAILROAD TRACKS: Whenever work is required within the Railroad Construction Clearance Limits, all working platforms, scaffolding, containment systems, and all other equipment necessary to complete the work shall be mobile and capable of complete removal from the clearance limits. The Railroad Construction Clearance Limits are the horizontal limits of 15 feet from the centerline of a single track, or 15 feet from the centerline of the most outside tracks of multiple tracks, and the vertical limit is the existing vertical clearance from the top of rail to the underside of the bridge. All equipment shall be able to be moved outside the Railroad Construction Clearance Limits upon notification from the Railroad flagman to clear the track for the rail traffic. During the time that the track is to remain open to rail traffic, no ropes; hoses, tarps, booms, or other equipment or items shall be allowed to hang from the bridge or otherwise infringe upon the clearance limits.
The Contractor shall closely coordinate the work with the Railroad and take special precaution and care so that there will be no interference with or delay to Railroad operations, including train, signal, and communication services, or damage to the facilities or property of the Railroad or any tenants. Ground cloths must be weighted or anchored to withstand the suction effect of passing trains. The spent material shall be covered or contained to withstand the suction effects of a passing train. All equipment including ropes, hoses, tarps, booms, etc. must be restrained so as not to infringe on clearances surrounding an active track. Consideration shall be taken for wind billowing of draped tarpaulins adjacent to an active track or sag due to the weight of collected spent materials.
(2) BRIDGE CARRYING RAILROAD TRACKS OVER ROADWAY: Whenever work is required on the railroad bridge, all working platforms, scaffolding, containment systems, and all other equipment necessary to complete the work shall be mobile and capable of complete removal from the bridge. There shall be no attachment of rigging or other items to the bridge rails or barriers at the sides of the bridge. All equipment and spent material shall be able to be moved off the Railroad bridge upon notification from the Railroad flagman to clear the track for the rail traffic. During the time that the track is to remain open to rail traffic, no ropes, hoses, tarps, booms, or other equipment or items shall be allowed to remain on the bridge.
64

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

The Contractor shall closely coordinate the work with the Railroad and take special
precaution and care so that there will be no interference with or delay to Railroad operations,
including train, signal, and communication services, or damage to the facilities or property
of the Railroad or any tenants.

c. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: Contractor certification is required to perform work on this item. Structural steel painting supervisors representing Contractors shall be certified by either attending a Department Structural Steel Painting Workshop or by being Steel Structure Painting Council (SSPC) certified for hazardous paint removal in accordance with the SSPC-QP2 Contractor Certification Program. Structural Steel Painting Supervisors shall be on site during any lead paint removal or spent materials activities on a project.

No lead paint removal shall be performed by a Contractor or Subcontractor before a Project Bridge Repainting Preconstruction Conference is held, nor shall lead paint removal be performed by a Contractor or Subcontractor which is not certified as described above.

d. HAZARDOUS WASTE HANDLING: The Contractor is directed to Section 107 of the Standard Specifications which requires the Contractor to be responsible for the work site, and for conformance to all Federal, State, and local laws relating to pollution control and worker protection, particularly, the Contractor shall be familiar with and in full compliance with the provisions of the laws concerning the management of hazardous waste and worker protection.

Disposal of hazardous spent material is only allowed at a licensed hazardous waste disposal

facility. The waste shall be transported to the facility by EPA approved licensed waste haulers.

The disposal facility may require a sample of spent material for confirmation testing prior to

receiving shipment. Each truck load ofhazardous waste shall be documented by an EPA ''Uniform

Hazardous Waste Manifest".



The Contractor is directly and solely responsible for complying with the requirements of these hazardous waste laws in performing the work.

The Contractor will be required to obtain a separate United States Environmental Protection Agency, Generator I.D. Number, for each bridge where hazardous spent material is produced, as determined by TCLP. The generator I.D. Number must be obtained from the Georgia Environmental Protection Division, Hazardous Waste Management at (404) 656-2833. This number must be obtained within 30 days of receiving the TCLP results. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the Generator I.D. Number to the Project Engineer and to the Office of Maintenance, Bridge Inspection Unit, No. 2 Capitol Square, Atlanta, Georgia 30334.

e. HEALTH AND SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY: It is the responsibility ofthe Contractor to provide effective engineering and work practice controls to insure adequate protection of employee health and safety.

Prior to beginning work the Contractor sh~l:

(1) Certify to the Engineer that all personnel involved with lead paint removal operations (including rigging and material handling personnel) have received training and understand the applicable parts of OSHA Standards 29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926 including any amendments. This certification must be signed by all personnel involved with lead paint removal.

65

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
(2) Provide test results from an OSHA Certified Laboratory showing blood lead levels of all employees that may receive some type oflead exposure during the project; and, a medical monitoring schedule to verify acceptable blood lead levels during and/or after project has been completed.
f. BLAST CLEANING CONTAINMENT REQUIREMENTS: Prior to commencing work at each bridge, the Contractor must submit drawings ofthe proposed containment system to the Engineer for approval.
The Contractor shall also submit the design of the systems to be employed, including an analysis of the load which will be added to the existing structure by the containment system and blast waste. The load analysis shall be performed and stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia and experienced in bridges. The analysis shall assure that the system will not induce a load on the bridge which will create an overstress condition or otherwise affect the structural integrity ofthe bridge.
In no case shall the containment system or equipment encroach upon the minimum bridge clearances shown on the Plans, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer for approval, an Emergency Contingency Plan for clean up of any spills which result from failure of the containment system, spent materials recovery system, or storage containers.
The Contractor shall contain the paint chips, abrasive particles, and dust or debris, here after referred to as "spent material", resulting from the cleaning and blasting operations.
The Contractor shall submit tarpaulin data sheets to the Engineer for approval. Tarpaulins shall be made ofan airtight material and shall be tightly secured at the seams. Burlap or open weave materials will not be allowed.
The degree of containment shall be in accordance with the 1992 Edition of the SSPC Guide 61 (CON), Class 3. The containment materials and support structure may be flexible or rigid. All
seams and joints must be fully sealed by taping or overlapping all tarps a: minimum of 24 inches.
The entryway shall be overlapped by at least 3 feet.
Negative pressure shall be employed as verified through the concave nature of the containment materials while taking into account wind effects, or by using smoke or other visible means inside or outside the containment to observe air flow.
Air exhausting from the containment shall be filtered with a properly sized dust collector, bag house or other approved method. During abrasive blasting operations, the crossdraft and downdraft air movement within the containment must be in accordance with all applicable OSHA regulations.
The spent material shall be collected daily and stored in waste disposal containers located at the bridge or at another storage site approved by the Engineer. The waste containers used shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be so located as not to cause a potential traffic hazard. Waste containers shall be stored in a fenced secured area, not located in a storm water runoff course or standing water. The Contractor shall label all waste containers in compliance with the hazardous waste laws. The waste shall not be disposed of until authorized by the Engineer.
66

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The collected spent materials shall be tested, treated and disposed of in accordance with Subsection 535.04.B.l.g of this Specification.
(1) BRIDGE OVER WATERWAYS: The following additional requirements apply to all bridges over waterways. There shall be no scum on the surface of the water outside a 200 foot limit of the bridge. A floating boom shall be stretched across the waterway at or before this 200 foot limit, on the downstream and/or down wind side of the bridge to contain any floating spent material. Ifany floating residue is found outside this 200 foot limit, the protection will be considered inadequate and further containment measures will be required. If the wind velocity is sufficient to blow the residue outside the 200 foot limit, the blast cleaning operation will be temporarily suspended by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide a flotation device, in the water located directly underneath the area being blast cleaned, to collect the spent material. Ifthe stream is too shallow for a barge, the Contractor shall erect a temporary platform or tarpaulin arrangement to collect the spent material. The proposed method for collecting the spent material shall be submitted, in writing, to the Engineer for approval.
(2) ALTERNATE METHOD FOR TOTAL CONTAINMENT: The Contractor may propose an alternate method for achieving total containment of the dust and spent materials generated during the blast cleaning of the structural steel. The Department reserves the right to disapprove any proposed alternate method that does not satisfy all the concerns of the Department in the safe removal and containment oflead based paint from bridge structures. The evaluation and approval procedure will proceed in two phases.
Phase 1. The Contractor shall submit a detailed written proposal describing the alternate containment and blasting method. This description must be specific in terms of materials and equipment to be used, noise levels expected from the equipment and worker safety and health information. References must be supplied where the alternate method has been previously used. The Department will review the information submitted and may either reject the proposal or issue a conditional approval.
Phase 2. If a conditional approval is granted, the Contractor may demonstrate the alternate method for containment and blast cleaning on a trial basis. The Department will evaluate the effectiveness of all dust and spent m,aterials, worker safety and health concerns and noise levels. If any of these evaluations find the method unacceptable, the Department reserves the right to reject the alternate method and require the work to be done in accordance with this Specification. If the alternate method is approved for use, no additional payment above the established contract unit price will be made.
g. HANDLING OF SPENT MATERIALS: The spent material collected and stored in the waste containers will be sampled by the Contractor or the Contractor's agent, and tested by a certified independent laboratory in accordance with the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP). Collection, storage, sampling, and testing shall be performed in accordance with SSPC Guide 71 (DIS), Section 5. A copy of all TCLP results shall be forwarded to the Department. If the TCLP toxicity test results do not classify the spent material as a hazardous waste, then the Contractor shall uniformly blend twenty percent Portland Cement with the spent material and solidify the mixture before disposing of it at a licensed solid waste landfill. The cost of treatment and disposal of non-hazardous spent material shall be considered incidental to the pay item.
67

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
If the TCLP toxicity test results do classify the spent material as a hazardous waste, the Contractor shall submit a request for treatment on-site in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency and Environmental Protection Division guidelines. This treatment request must be submitted a minimum of thirty days prior to treatment. Treatment shall be the same as described for non-hazardous spent material above. Hazardous waste material may be treated off-site if the treatment is performed by a licensed hazardous waste treatment facility in accordance with EPA and EPD guidelines. A copy of all manifests and other pertinent documents shall be forwarded to the Department.
After solidification ofthe spent material, the waste will be sampled and tested by the Contractor or his agent in accordance with the TCLP toxicity test. If the spent material is classified as a non-hazardous waste by this test, it shall be disposed ofby the Contractor at a licensed Subtitle D or C Landfill. The cost of disposal shall be considered incidental to the pay item.
Ifafter treatment, the spent material is classified as a hazardous waste by the TCLP test, it shall be disposed ofby the Contractor at a licensed hazardous waste disposal facility. Hazardous waste disposal shall be paid for as specified under Subsection 535.05.B. of the Specification.
EPA and EPD rules require notification and certification of treated spent abrasives. This notification shall include the following:
1. Name and address of facility receiving the shipment.
2. Description ofthe waste as initially generated, including the applicable EPA Hazardous Waste Number(s) and treatability group(s).
3. Treatment standards applicable to the waste at the initial point of generation.
4. Certification must be signed by an authorized Contractor representative.
h. CONTAINMENT OF PAINT OVERSPRAY: During the repainting operation, containments shall be used to prevent paint overspray.
2. WEATHER CONDITIONS FOR CLEANING AND PAINTING STEEL STRUCTURES: The requirements of Subsection 535.04.A.2 specified above for new steel structures shall apply to existing steel structures.
3. NUMBER OF COATS AND COLORS:
a. COATS AND COLORS: Only steel which has undergone complete removal of all coats and which has a surface cleanliness conforming to SSPC SP-6 may be coated with System VI. This steel shall be given one full prime coat and two weather coats, all of the color and type required by the Special Provisions or Plans. If succeeding coats are of the same type and color, one of the underlying coats shall be tinted as required by the Specifications.
4. THINNING PAINT: The requirements of Subsection 535.04.A.4 specified above for new steel structures shall apply to existing steel structures.
5. PAINTING OF SURFACES:
a. METHOD OF APPLICATION: The requirements of Subsection 535.04.A.5.a. specified above for new steel structures shall apply to existing steel structures.
68

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
b. CRACKS AND CAVITIES: The requirements of Subsection 535.04.A.5.d (4) specified above for new steel structures shall apply to existing steel structures.
c. PAINT THICKNESS: The minimum required dry film thicknesses and the additional coats specified above in Subsection 535.04.A.5 for new steel structures shall apply to existing steel structures. However, when new paint is applied over existing sound paint, the required wet film thickness of the new coats shall be that required by the Special Provisions or Plans.
d. DEFECTIVE WORK: The requirements of Subsection 535.04.A.5.e. specified above for new steel structures shall apply to existing steel structures.
C. CLEANING AND PAINTING NEW STEEL H-PILING, METAL SHELL PILING, AND STEEL SWAYBRACING:
1. CLEANING: Cleaning shall be done as specified above in Subsection 535.04.A.l.
2. WEATHER CONDITIONS: Except as specified below, paint shall be applied in accordance with Subsection 535.04.A.2.
However, ifthe hot circulating airless spray method of application is used, paint may be applied when the temperature ofthe metal is 35F or higher, and without regard to the relative humidity, providing there is no moisture on the metal.
Painting in open yards or on erected structures shall not be done when the metal is sufficiently hot to cause the paint to blister or produce a porous film.
Metal shall not be painted when freezing weather is forecast or expected in the time which would occur before the paint has dried.
3. NUMBER OF COATS AND COLOR: Only when so shown on the Plans shall steel swaybracing, steel H-Piling, and metal shell piling be painted with the No. 1 P system, described in Subsection 870.06.A. Otherwise these components shall be coated with a No. 2 P !System.
No. 1 P systems formulated as a first application primer and a separate finish coat shall be applied so that the primer component is the first coat. Successive coats may consist of application ofprimer or finish coat except that the final coat shall be the component approved as a finish coat. Containers shall be clearly labeled as primer or finish coat.
4. PROPER DRYING: Each coat shall thoroughly dry before the next coat is applied.
5. THINNING PAINT: Pile paints shall not be thinned or diluted in any way.
6. PAINTING:
a. METHOD OF APPLICATION: The black paints noted in Subsection 535.04.C.3. may be applied by either the brushing or spraying methods. When a brush is used, paint shall be applied in a manner to plaster or trowel the steel surfaces with a thick application, brushing it out only as required to obtain uniform thickness but without any special attempt to brush out for neatness. Paint shall be worked into all comers and crevices.
b. RATE OF APPLICATION: Each coat of either paint type shall be applied at a minimum rate ofone gallon per 60 square feet of surface area, but in all cases the total dry film thickness of all coats shall be as specified below.
69

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
c. THICKNESS OF PAINT: The final dry film thickness of the completed work shall be a minimum of 25 mils. Any additional coats required to achieve the minimum mil thickness specified shall be applied at the Contractor's expense.
d. EXTENT OF PAINTING: Exposed piling shall be coated with a No. 2 P system. All piling in the stream bed and within 10 feet of the top of the stream bank shall be coated with the No. 2 P system from five feet below the stream bed to the bottom of the concrete cap. End bent piles shall be coated two feet below the bottom of the cap or concrete encased as defined in Subsection 520.04.
Test piles located in permanent surface water shall be coated with a No. 2 P system in accordance with the Specifications, before driving, a sufficient distance to ensure that the coated portion will extend five feet below the stream bed or bottom.
D. SPECIAL PROTECTIVE COATINGS FOR STEEL PILING AND SWAYBRACING AND CONCRETE PILING: Special Protective Coatings shall consist of a No. 2 P coating unless a No. 1 Pis required by the Plans. Application shall be to the extent specified in Subsection 520.04.
The material shall be applied in a minimum of two coats by brushing. The second coat shall be applied at right angles to the first coat. The elapsed time between coats shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. The finished film shall be free ofholidays and pinholes, and it shall exhibit complete coverage ofthe underlying surface.
Where welding is involved, the material shall not be applied until the weld has been placed and cleaned. Where swaybracing members are required to be welded to piles and painted in advance, the coating the shall be burned off at the weld location, and the burned area shall be thoroughly cleaned by scraping and power operated wire brushing before welding. After the weld has been made and cleaned, the area shall be recoated as provided in these Specifications.
Preparation ofsurfaces (including sandblasting), preparation of material, coverage, wet and dry film thicknesses, temperature considerations, use ofprimers, and drying and curing time all shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Piles painted in advance shall not be driven until the second coat has thoroughly dried and completely cured.
After application, any areas damaged to the extent that the protection has lost its effectiveness, as determined by the Engineer, shall be coated again.
E. PROTECTION: The Contractor shall protect the structure, adjoining property, and the public from danger and damage due to cleaning and painting. This shall include the protection of all traffic pedestrian, vehicular, and marine - on or underneath the structures being painted. It shall also include the protection of all parts of all structures, including slope paving, from disfigurement from paint and other painting materials.
Slope paving stained during painting of any structure shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall furnish all signs, warning lights, barricades, enclosures, and watchmen as required by the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices or by the Engineer.
535.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
A. NEW STEEL STRUCTURES: The cost of painting new steel structures shall be included in the Contract Price for Structural Steel, and no separate payment will be made.
70

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

B. EXISTING STEEL STRUCTURES: The cleaning and painting of existing steel bridge structures will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for the following item: "Painting Existing Steel Structure Station or Bridge I.D. No. _ _ _ _". This pay item includes payment for all equipment (including
a "flotation device" or temporary platform on waterway bridges), work platform, materials and work necessary for removal of lead-based paint and for the containment, collection and storage of spent materials, water, and slurry generated by abrasive blasting. Any treated spent materials that are designated as hazardous waste in accordance with the TCLP Toxicity test shall be disposed of as hazardous waste materials and shall be paid for under a force account basis. The Engineer wi11 reimburse the Contractor, based upon invoices from the licensed hauler and disposal facility. An additional amount equal to three percent of the total invoices wi11 be paid as administrative costs incurred by the Contractor. The cost of collecting the spent material, loading into containers, on-site treatment, furnishing the containers and loading the containers into the licensed hauling unit wi11 not be paid for and will be considered incidental to the force account.

The disposal of all other spent materials collected shall be considered incidental to the pay item "Painting Existing Steel Structures".

C. PILING AND STEEL SWAYBRACING: The cost ofplacing Special Protective Coatings or of painting any type ofpiling shall be included in the Contract Price for Piling, and no separate payment wi11 be made.

The cost of placing Special Protective Coatings or of painting steel swaybracing shall be included in the Contract Price for Structural Steel, and no separate payment wi11 be made.

D. PAYMENT: Payment, as specified above, will be full compensation for all costs direct and indirect, of complying with the requirements of this Specification.

Payment will be made under:

Item No. 535. Painting Existing Steel Structures,

Station No.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Lump Sum

Item No. 535. Painting Existing Steel Structures, Bridge I.D. No.___ ............................................. per Lump Sum

Item No. 535. Painting Existing Steel Structures Railroad Special, Station No. _ _ _ _ ................................. per lump sum

Item No. 535. Painting Existing Steel Structures Railroad Special, Bridge I.D. No. _ _ _ _ ............................. per Lump Sum

May 8, 1990
SECTION 543 - BRIDGE COMPLETE
543.01 DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist ofthe Construction of Bridge Complete as set forth in the Contract between the Department and the Contractor. It shall include furnishing and placing all components of the bridge from the bottom of the cap to the uppermost part of the superstructure.
543.02 MATERIALS: All materials shall meet the requirements of the applicable Materials Sections of the Standard Specifications. Material references can be found in the appropriate Section of the Specifications pertain~ng to the item of work involved.
71

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

543.03 PLANS: Bridges constructed under this Section shall be in accordance with the drawings.

The Contractor may submit for approval an Alternate Design, which shall be only for that portion of the structure from the uppermost part of the superstructure to the bottom of the cap. This design shall be in accordance with the latestAASHTO Specifications, including the latest Interim Specifications. The design live load shall be HS20-44, including impact. The Contractor shall submit 3 copies of Plans bearing a Professional Engineer's Stamp of Approval, along with 2 copies of complete design notes for those elements ofthe structure which are a part ofthe Alternate Design, to the Bridge Engineer for review and approval. Bridge Plans developed and published by industry organizations, FHWA and other States may be accept.able without design notes. The Bridge Engineer will be the sole judge as to the acceptability of the Design Notes and the Plans. The Contractor maybe required to submit additional copies of the Plans. Construction and ordering of Materials shall not proceed until the Plans have been approved in writing by the Bridge Engineer.

In the event that the Contractor's design is not accepted by the Bridge Engineer, the Contractor will be required to construct the bridge in accordance with the Contract Plans.

543.04 CONSTRUCTION: Prestressed Concrete Pile Order Lengths: Order lengths of prestressed concrete piles shall be as shown on the Plans as Estimated Pile Lengths. On bridges having more than four bents, the estimated pile lengths shown on the Plans shall apply to the first four bents constructed. The Engineer will adjust the Pile Order Lengths for the remaining bents based on the driving of the piles for the first four bents constructed. As an alternative, the Contractor may drive a test pile in a permanent pile location to determine order lengths. No additional compensation will be made for the test pile.

543.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:

A. GENERAL: The construction of the Bridge Complete to the bottom of the substructure caps will be measured for payment based on a Lump Sum basis for Bridge Complete and Accepted in place. This shall include the payment for the superstructure as well as the substructure caps. This does not include the cost of piling shown on the Plans to be embedded in the substructure caps.

Where foundation conditions require the use of a concrete bent other than a trestle pile bent, concrete and reinforcement steel below the bottom of the substructure cap will be measured and paid for in accordance with the Standard Specifications.

B. PAYMENT: This work will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and completing the Item in accordance with these Specifications.

C. PARTIAL PAYMENT: Statements for Partial Payment will be as follows:

ITEM

.PAYMENT

Caps, Each

20% of Item 543 divided by number of caps

Superstructure, per span

80% of Item 543 divided by number of spans

Payment will be made under:

Item No. 543-1100 Construction of Bridge Complete to Bottom of Cap .......... per Lump Sum

72

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
November 15, 1995
SECTION 550 - STORM DRAIN PIPE, PIPE-ARCH CULVERTS, AND SIDE DRAIN PIPE
Retain Section 550 as written except as follows: 550.01 DESCRIPTION: Delete the second sentence and substitute the following: The pipe shall be Reinforced or Nonreinforced Concrete Pipe, Corrugated Steel or Aluminum Pipe, Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe, Smooth Lined Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, or Ductile Iron Pipe. 550.02 MATERIALS: add the following:
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Wall Drain Pipe ............................. Section 846 550.03 CONSTRUCTION: add the following:
9. POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PROFILE WALL DRAIN PIPE: Pipe sections shall be laid in a prepared trench. If the pipe has a socket end the pipe shall be laid with the bell end pointing upstream. During the backfilling operation the Contractor shall prevent vertical or horizontal displacement of the pipe.
October 17, 1993
SECTION 550 - STORM DRAIN PIPE, PIPE-ARCH CULVERTS, AND SIDE DRAIN PIPE
Retain Subsection 550.04 as written and add the following: Elliptical Pipe: Elliptical pipe will be measured in Linear feet along the bottom centerline of the pipe. Retain Subsection 550.05 as written and add the following Pay Item: Item Number 550 Elliptical Pipe_ _ _inch wide x _ _ _inch high . . . . . . . . . . per Linear Foot
December 16, 1993
SECTION 581 - BEARINGS
Delete Subsection 581.02.E. as written and substitute the following: E. ELASTOMERIC MATERIAL: Elastomeric material used as the confined medium within the pot shall
be 100 percent virgin chloroprene (neoprene) meeting the requirements of Section 885 of the Standard Specifications. The elastomer shall be a minimum Grade 2 and shall have a durometer hardness of 50 :t 5.
73

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Sealing Rings for containing the elastomer in the pot bearings shall be as specified by the pot bearing manufacturer, and shall meet the following requirements: 1. Be made of brass or stainless steel. 2. Withstand and transmit all imposed loading. 3. Allow free movement of the piston. 4. Contain the elastomer within the pot under the maximum static and dynamic loading. 5. Prevent contamination ofthe elastomer with foreign matter.

February 20, 1995

SECTION 600 - CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH FLOWABLE FILL

600.01 DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Flowable Fill as an alternate to compacted soil as approved by the Engineer. Applications for this material include beddings, encasements and closures for tanks and pipe, and general backfill for trenches and abutments.

600.02 MATERIALS: All materials shall meet the requirements of the following Specifications:

*Fine Aggregate

.................................................. 801.02

Portland Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830.01

Fly Ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831.03
** Air Entraining Admixtures ......................................... 831.01

Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880.01

*Note - Gradation requirement is waived ** Note - High air generators or foaming agents may be used in lieu of conventional air
entraining admixtures and may be added at jobsite and mixed in accordance with
manufacturers' recommendation.

600.03 MIX DESIGN: Flowable Fill is a mixture ofPortland cement, fly ash, fine aggregate, air entraining admixture and water. Flowable fill contains a low cementious content for reduced strength development.

A. The Contractor shall submit mix designs for flowable fill to the Engineer for approval by the Office of Materials and Research. The following are suggested mix designs for excavatable and non-excavatable flowable fill:

74

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Cement Type I Fly Ash Water **Air ** 28 Day Compressive Strength ** Unit Weight (Wet)

Excavatable 75-100 lbs/yd3
*
15-35% Maximum 100 PSI 90-110 lbs/ft3

Non-Excavatable
75-150 lbs/yd3 150-600 lbs/yd3
*
5-15% Minimum 125 PSI 100-125 lbs/ft3

*Mix designs shall produce a consistency that will result in a flowable self-leveling product at time of placement.
** The requirements for percent air, compressive strength and unit weight are for laboratory designs only and are not intended for jobsite acceptance requirements.
600.04 MANUFACTURING: Flowable-fill will be manufactured at plants that qualify as approved sources in accordance with the Standard Operating Procedure for Ready-Mix concrete. Mixing and delivering shall be in accordance with Section 500.05 of the Standard Specifications or other methods approved by the Engineer. Revolution counter requirements are waived.
600.05 CONSTRUCTION: When used as backfill for pipe, where flotation or misalignment may occur, correct alignment will be assured by means of straps, soil anchors or other approved means of restraint.
Flowable fill shall be protected from freezing for a period of 36 hours after placement.
600.06 JOBSITE ACCEPTANCE: Acceptance of flowable fill will be based on documentation as outlined in Subsection 500.05.B.l of the Standard Specifications and a minimum temperature of flowable fill at the point of delivery of 50 F.
600.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: When not shown as a pay item in the Contract, flowable fill will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the bid price for the appropriate item.
When shown as a pay item in the Contract, flowable fill will be measured for payment in cubic yards inplace and accepted.
Payment will be made under:
Item No. 600. Flowable Fill ............................................... per Cubic Yard

October 20, 1993
SECTION 603 - RIP RAP
Retain Subsection 603.03.B.2 as written and add the following:
Recycled concrete meeting the requirements of Subsection 805.01 may be used in lieu of stone when shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. The use of recycled concrete will be limited to materials that do not contain any steel after processing. In addition, recycled concrete will not be permitted in aesthetically sensitive areas.

75

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
June 16, 1994
SECTION 632 - PORTABLE VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGNS
Retain this section as written and add the following:
All references in the Contract to "Portable Variable Message Signs" shall mean and be deemed to mean "Portable Changeable Message Signs" to conform to the terminology ofRevision 3 of Part VI of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD.)

December 15, 1995

SECTION 636 - HIGHWAY SIGNS

Retain Subsection 636.04 as written except as follows:

636.04 MEASUREMENT:

Delete the third paragraph and substitute the following:

Galvanized Steel Posts, Types 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, to be paid for shall be the actual number oflinear feet and fraction thereofofthe type specified, furnished, erected, completed and accepted.

Retain Subsection 636.05 as written except as follows:

636.05 PAYMENT:

Delete the following:

Item No. 636. Highway Signs, Aluminum Laminated Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . per Square Foot. Item No. 636. Highway Signs, Aluminum Laminated Panels,
Reflective Sheeting Type 2 ..................................... per Square foot

Add the following:

Item No. 636. Item No. 636. Item No. 636. Item No. 636 Item No. 636 Item No. 636 Item No. 636

Galvanized Steel Posts, Type 1 .................................. per Linear Foot Galvanized Steel Posts, Type 3 .................................. per Linear Foot Galvanized Steel Posts, Type 4 .................................. per Linear Foot Galvanized Steel Posts, Type 5 .................................. per Linear Foot Galvanized Steel Posts, Type 6 .................................. per Linear Foot Galvanized Steel Posts, Type 7 .................................. per Linear Foot Galvanized Steel Posts, Type 8 .................................. per Linear Foot

76

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
April 29, 1994
SECTION 638 - STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR OVERHEAD SIGNS
Retain Section 638 as written except as follows: Delete the second paragraph ofSubsection 638.02 and substitute the following:
Overhead signs shall be supported by one of eight different categories of structures classed and defined generally as follows: Retain Subsection 638.02 as written and add the following: Type VIII, Butterfly: A single rigid tube type horizontal structure extending in opposite directions from a single tubular support pole. Modify Subsection 638.05.D;paragraph (2) to read as follows: Anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall meet the requirements of AASHTO: M 314, Grade 55. Supplemental requirement S 1 ofAASHTO M 314 shall apply. Grade 105 will not be allowed. For Type II Cantilever, Type III Butterfly and Type VIII Butterfly Supports, the minimum number of anchor bolts shall be eight. Retain Subsection 638.09 as written and add the following: Item No. 638 Structural Support for Overhead Highway Sign, Type VIII - STA.._ _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lump Sum
August 1, 1995
SECTION 647-TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATIONS
647.01 DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of furnishing and erecting a traffic signal installation including all poles, bases, wires and miscellaneous materials required for completion of the installation. This work shall include all test periods, warranties and guarantees as designated in subsequent sections. The Contractor shall be required to apply for, obtain and pay for all utility services and pole attachment permits that are necessary for the signal operation required in the plans. The Contractor shall be required to maintain these utility services until final acceptance of the signal. Upon final acceptance, the Contractor shall be required to make an orderly and uninterrupted transfer of these services and permits to the local government or other jurisdiction that will be responsible for subsequent maintenance and operation.
77

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Payment items related to Section 647 are described in the following sections:

STRAIN POLES HIGHWAY LIGHTING LIGHTING STANDARDS AND LUMINAIRES WIRE, CABLE AND CONDUIT GRASSING TIMBER POLES SIGN BLANKS REFLECTORIZATION MATERIALS TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT

639 680 681 682 700 861.02 912 913 925

647.02 MATERIALS: All materials and equipment supplied shall conform to the requirements of the NEMA TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS PUBLICATION (CURRENT EDITION), THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (CURRENT EDITION), THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS AND BRIDGES, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, STATE OF GEORGIA (CURRENT EDITION), and any Supplemental Specifications or Special Provisions specially prepared for each project.

Materials used in this construction shall conform to the requirements of the following unless otherwise stipulated:

MATERIALS

GA.D.O.T. SPECIFICATION OR SPECIAL PROVISION NO.

PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE, CLASS "A" HIGHWAY LIGHTING COARSE AGGREGATE FINE AGGREGATE CEMENT CONCRETE CURING POLYURETHANE SEALANT FOR INDUCTION LOOPS STEEL BARS FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT GRAY IRON DRAINAGE CASTINGS PAINTS, (FIELD PAINTING) EPOXY RESIN ADHESIVE TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT METALLIC CONDUIT NON- METALLIC CONDUIT

500 680 800 801 832 833.09 853.01 854.01 870 886 925 923.02 923.03

Section 925 will detail specifications for the following signal equipment:

AUXILIARY CABINET EQUIPMENT BLANK-OUT SIGNS CABINET ASSEMBLY SIGNAL CONTROLLER DETECTOR UNITS (AMPLIFIERS) FLASH UNITS FLASHING BEACON ASSEMBLIES LOAD SWITCHES MONITORS (CONFLICT) PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTONS SIGNAL HEADS (VEHICLE & PEDESTRIAN)

78

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Signal equipment, components, supplies or materials used in the traffic signal installation, and not previously approved by the Department, may be sampled and tested in accordance with the Department's Standard Specifications, Supplemental Specification Sections 647 and 925 and the Sampling, Testing and Inspection Manual. This shall be accomplished by one or more of the following methods:

1. By the Department using the Department's own facilities;

2. By the supplier or manufacturer using their facilities with testing witnessed by an authorized

representative ofthe Department;



3. By the supplier or manufacturer through an independent testing laboratory certified by the

Department.

Where testing by the Department is required, the Contractor must supply the item to the Department. The acceptance ofmaterials tested shall not constitute a waiver ofwarranties and guarantees where these are required by the Specifications.

A. CERTIFICATION: For steel strain poles or steel poles with traffic signal mast arms, the Contractor shall instruct the supplier or manufacturer to submit a certification, including mill certificates, directly to the Department of Transportation's Office ofMaterials and Research, 15 Kennedy Drive, Forest Park, Georgia 30050, certifying that the items under consideration were manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications with specific reference to the project number and the Specification Sub-Section number. Copies of the transmittal letter shall be sent to the Contractor and Area Engineer by the supplier or manufacturer.

For traffic signal items such as signal heads, mounting hardware, controllers, cabinet assemblies, detectors, monitors, cable, load switches, blank-out signs, lane use signals, pre-formed cabinet bases and other related signal equipment, the Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of the catalog product numbers and descriptions to the Area Engineer with appropriate reference to project number and Specification Sub-Section number. The Area Engineer will forward this entire submission to the District Traffic Operations Engineer for his review and comments. The District Traffic Engineer will then transmit the entire submission to the State Traffic Operations Engineer for final evaluation. The State Traffic Operations Engineer will re-distribute the catalog information with his approval or disapproval and comments to all parties and thus relieve the need for site testing of these items by the Area Engineer or laboratory. Approval is required prior to the Contractor beginning work.

Catalog cuts will not be required if the signal items are purchased from the current statewide traffic signal equipment contract and conform to all contract Specifications. The transmittal procedure will be identical to the catalog cut method listed above except that the Contractor must submit a list of equipment with brand and model numbers and proof of purchase to the Area Engineer for final evaluation by the State Traffic Operations Engineer. Approval is required prior to the Contractor beginning work.

B. POLE DESIGN: The Contractor shall prepare shop drawings and related design calculations of the proposed signal strain pole and provide "bending moment at yield" for determination of foundation size in accordance with the signal strain pole foundation drawings. The drawings shall show all dimensions and material designations ofthe designs. The certification procedure for poles and anchor bolts is in Section 501 of the Standard Specifications..

647.03 CODES: All traffic signal equipment shall conform to the standards of the National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc (UL), and the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES), where applicable. Materials and quality shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC), the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards, the American Standards Association (ASA), the local power company rules and any local municipal ordinances which may apply. Differences in standards or codes requirements shall be resolved as determined by the Engineer.

79

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
647.04 EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY: All machinery such as trucks, derricks, bucket vehicles, saws, trenchers, etc. and other equipment necessary for the satisfactory and expeditious performance of the work shall be approved by the Engineer before its use in the installation process.
647.05 AUXILIARY CABINET EQUIPMENT: All auxiliary cabinet equipment or special purpose equipment shall be furnished complete with all necessary connecting harnesses and installed in the cabinet with which it is associated. No extraneous wiring shall be necessary to install the equipment. It shall be necessary only to connect the auxiliary equipment to its cable harness or insert it in premounted racks or sockets.
647.06 SIGNAL CONTROLLERS: Microprocessor controllers shall be furnished and installed at the locations shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The controller and all other auxiliary equipment shall be identified by serial number and model in such a way that these numbers can readily be checked to determine that they agree with previously approved catalog submittal. The controller, cabinet and all auxiliary equipment shall be assembled in such a manner as to provide the operational sequence shown on the plans and any future operations specified. All controller programming must be approved by the District Traffic Operations Engineer prior to initiating stop and go signal operation.
647.07 CABINET ASSEMBLY:
A. LOCATION: The cabinet shall be located so as to minimize inconvenience to pedestrians and provide maximum protection to maintenance personnel from vehicles when servicing the equipment. The cabinet shall be oriented so that the door to access the front panel of the controller opens away from the intersection. The cabinet shall not block a sidewalk or passageway and shall be located as far from the roadway or curb line as possible to prevent vehicular damage to the cabinet. To avoid potential conflicts due to proposed reconstruction projects, commercial driveways, etc., the cabinet may be relocated within the right-of-way at the discretion of the Engineer.
B. ERECTION: Traffic signal controller cabinets shall be level and installed at the locations shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. Cabinets shall be installed in conformance with the Standard Detail drawings and shall be pole or base mounted as indicated in the plans. Base mounted cabinets shall be sealed to their base. The sealant shall be a pliable substance which shall not melt or run at temperatures as high as 212F. The concrete bases shall be cast in place and shall conform to the Standard Detail drawings. Pre-fabricated bases may be used subject to approval by the Engineer.
C. WIRING: All field cabinet wiring shall be accomplished in a neat professional manner. All field cabinet wiring shall be cut to the proper length and neatly laced into the cabinet. Cabinet wiring shall conform to all applicable portions of the National Electrical Code and National Electrical Manufacturers' Association. Conductors between service terminals and the "AC+" terminals to signal light relays, buss terminals and the signal light neutral shall be No. 10 AWG wire minimum. Terminal connections to light neutral shall be No. 10 AWG wire minimum. Terminal connections to conductors shall be crimped with a ratchet type crimping tool which will not release until the crimping operation is completed. No splices will be permitted inside the controller cabinet, base or conduit. No solid wire will be allowed with the exception of grounding wire. The cabinets shall be supplied with cabinet wiring diagrams, schematic drawings, pin assignment charts and manuals for all circuits and components. These documents shall be stored in the cabinet in a resealable, waterproof container.
647.08 SIGNAL MONITORS: Signal monitors shall be mounted in a rack or on a shelf with appropriate connectors to attach to the wiring harness. The monitor card shall be programmed in accordance with the signal operation indicated in the signal plans before the installation is placed in stop and go operation. The signal monitor shall be configured and equipped to monitor reds. The red output for all unused or vacant load bays or output slots shall be jumpered to 120 V AC+.
80

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
647.09 FLASHING BEACON: The flashing beacon controller shall be furnished and installed at the locations shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. It shall be installed as a complete unit (solid state flasher and cabinet, with time clock if applicable) and shall conform to applicable portions of Section 647.07.
647.10 LOOP DETECTOR SYSTEMS: Installation and tests shall conform to NEMA Standards Publication TS 1-1983, Section 15, Inductive Loop Detectors and all subsequent revisions, except as shown on plans, details, notes and these Specifications (Section 647). Loop detectors shall be complete and fully operational prior to placing the signal in stop and go operation.
A. INSTALLATION OF LOOP DETECTORS: Unless otherwise shown on the plans or specified herein, each loop shall consist of a minimum of two (2) turns of conductor. No portion of the loop shall be located within 3 feet of any conductive material in the pavement such as manhole covers, water valves, grates, etc. Pull boxes, condulets and conduits shall be in place before beginning loop installations. The ambient surface temperature of the pavement in the shade shall be at least 40F before loop sealant will be allowed to be placed in sawcuts.
1. LOOP SAW CUTS: The loop shall be outlined on the pavement to conform to the specified configuration. The detector loop shall be installed in a sawed slot in the roadway surface to a depth that provides 2 inch minimum sealant cover. The slot width shall be at least inch for stranded No. 14 AWG loop wire THHN, THWN, XHHN or XLPE and at least 5/16 inch wide for polyethylene or PVC encased No. 14 AWG loop wire. To prevent sharp bends of the wire, a 1-1/4 inch diameter drilled hole or miter saw cuts shall be made in the pavement. Miter saw cuts at the intersection ofsaw cut.s shall overlap so that the slots have full depth and a smooth bottom. When installing the detector loop wire, the pavement shall be dry and the weather shall not include the threat ofimpending precipitation. The sawed slot shall be completely clean of dust and debris and thoroughly dry. Hot air may be used to dry the saw cut. The installation shall not proceed until slots are completely dry and free of any debris.
The loop wire shall be installed starting at the nearest pullbox or condulet, around the loop for the specified number of turns and back to the pullbox or condulet. Splices will not be permitted out.side the pullbox or condulet. The wire shall be depressed in the slot without the use of sharp object.s which might damage the tubing. The loop shall be held in place every five feet with one inch strips ofrubber, neoprene, flexible tubing or foam backer rod as approved by the Engineer. These hold down strips shall be left in place when the slot is filled with roadway loop embedding sealer. When using encased loop wire, the ends of the polyethylene tubing, encasing the wire, shall be given a waterproof seal immediately after placing the wire to prevent moisture from entering the tube. Where the loop wires cross pavement joints and cracks, the loop wires shall be protected using the method specified in the Miscellaneous Details in the project plans..
2. LOOP SEALING: After successful testing ofeach loop, the slot.s shall be filled with sealant to fully encase all the conductors and be at least two inches thick above the top conductor in the saw cut. The sealant shall be applied so that any subsequent expansion does not extend the sealant material above the surface ofthe pavement. Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed from the adjacent road surfaces without the use of solvents. Epoxy sealants shall not be used. Polyurethane sealants shall be on the current Qualified Products List as approved by the Office ofMaterialsand Research and conform to the Standard Specifications Sub-Section 833.09.
When the Engineer determines that the loop sealant has set sufficiently to accommodate vehicular traffic but the surface remains tacky, the sealer on the pavement surface must be dusted with cement dust before opening the roadway to traffic.
Any solvent.s used to clean loop installation equipment shall be disposed ofin accordance with the manufacturers Specifications and all local, state and federal regulations.
81

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
3. LOOP CONNECTIONS: All loop conduct.ors shall be connected to a cable which shall be run from the pull box or condulet near the edge of pavement to a detector hook-up panel and then to an individual detector channel in the amplifier or sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet, unless otherwise specified in the plans.,The shielded lead-in cable shall be continuous (no splices) from the pull box or condulet to the controller cabinet terminals. The ground wire or shield in the loop lead-in cable shall be grounded only at the cabinet.
A single loop to be operated on an individual detector channel or separate detector amplifier unit shall have a separate shielded loop lead-in between the pull box or condulet and the cabinet. If the plans specify that two (2) or more loops are to be operated on the same detector channel or detector amplifier unit, they shall be wired in series to their loop lead-in at the pull box or condulet. Series parallel connection may be used when series connection does not meet the manufacturer's specified operating range for the detector amplifier unit.
All splices shall be weather tight and waterproofand shall be made only after the detector system has been demonstrated under traffic conditions to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. TESTING LOOP DETECTOR INSTALLATION: After conductors are installed in the slots cut in the pavement and prior to sealing, each loop shall be tested by the Contractor. These tests shall be performed at the point where the loop wire is spliced to the shielded lead-in wire and again. at the point where this shielded lead-in wire enters the controller cabinet. In the event that there are no splice points, as in direct entry to controller cabinet, only the tests at the controller cabinet are required. The test results shall be recorded on the Loop Installation Data Sheet in this section. The Contractor may make copies of the data sheet as needed. These data sheets will be part ofthe project records, and a copy shall be placed in the controller cabinet.
The following five (5) tests will be required to evaluate each loop installation for acceptance prior to sealing the loop in the pavement:
1. Induced AC Voltage Test: A reading of 0.05 V or less on a digital voltmeter or no deflection on the pointer of an analog meter
2. Inductance: Inductance (I) is measured in microhenries (mh) and the total inductance is equal to the inductance of loop + inductance of the loop lead-in. Acceptable inductance shall be within 10% of the calculated value for a single loop with the following design criteria:
Standard (Bi-Pole) Loops:
6' x 6' (3 turns): I = 76 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in
6' x 18' (2 turns): I = 80 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in
6' x 30' (2 turns): I = 126 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in
6' x 40' (2 turns): I = 165 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet of loop lead-in
6' x 50' (2 turns): I = 205 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in
6' x 70' (2 turns): I = 285 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in
82

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Quadrupole (QP) Loops: 6' x 30' (2,4,2 turns): I = 269 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in cable 6' x 40' (2,4,2 turns): I = 349 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in cable 6' x 50' (2,4,4 turns): I = 429 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet of loop lead-in cable 6' x 60' (2,4,2 turns): I = 509 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in cable 6' x 70' (2,4,2 tu!'ns): I = 589 mH + 23 mH per 100 feet ofloop lead-in cable 3. Leak.age Resistance to Ground: A reading of 1 MO or more 4. Loop Resistance: The resistance reading on an ohmmeter is approximately within 10% of the calculated value: Acceptable Resistance (R) (de @ 68F) : ohms(O) No. 14 AWG wire: R = 13.32 0/mile (or) R = 2.523 x 103 0/ft. Approximately 8.6 Ohms per 1000 ft of No. 14 AWG wire No. 12 AWG wire: R = 5.2 0/mile (or) R = 1.587 x 103 0/ft. 5. Loop Q: Q at 50 kHz is greater than 5. Any out-of-range readings on any ofthe above tests shall be immediately reported to the Engineer. If any tests are found unacceptable, the loop shall be removed and new wire installed and the test procedure shall be repeated. These test results shall contain the type and model number of the equipment used, (must be ohmmeter having a high resistance scale ofRx 10 Kn or greater), the last calibration date of the equipment and the scale used. The loop shall also be checked with an appropriate impedance tester to determine the natural operating frequency and impedance. The completed units shall detect all motor vehicles. If the loop detection system does not meet the above requirements, no payment will be made for any work on the signal installation until corrections are completed.
83

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

LOOP INSTALLATION DATA SHEET

DATE:

PROJECT:

CONTRACTOR:

WEATHER:

APPROXIMATE TEMPERATURE:

PAVEMENT CONDITION - WET ( ), OR DRY ( )

LOCATION:

INSTALLATION OR PLAN SHEET NUMBER:

ROUTE NUMBERS OR NAMES:

LANE LOCATION OR LOOP#:

MATERIAL:

LOOP WIRE TYPE AND LENGTH:

LOOP LEAD-IN CABLE TYPE AND LENGTH:

SPLICE POINT:

CONDUIT LENGTH FROM CURB\E.P. TO SPLICE POINT:

CONDUIT LENGTH. FROM SPLICE POINT TO CABINET:

SEALANT TYPE AND BRAND:

INTERCONNECT WIRE TYPE AND LENGTH:

LOOP TESTS:

1. INDUCED VOLTAGE

2. INDUCTANCE

_ _,LL.Lmicrohenries

3. LEAKAGE RESISTANCE TO GROUND 4. LOOP RESISTANCE 5. LOOP Q (QUALITY)

_ _,LL.Lm,Pgohms _ _-'Jhms _ _Q

COMMENTS:

INSPECTOR & TITLE:

84

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
647.11 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON: The push button shall be installed with a pedestrian instruction sign as illustrated on the Department's Standard Detail sheets and shall conform to the plans. The pedestrian buttons shall be located as shown on the signal plan sheet, near the pedestrian crosswalk and shall face the direction ofthe pedestrian signal head that controls the pedestrian crossing movement. The buttons shall be located to be accessible to pedestrians and be approximately 42 inches above sidewalk or ground level.
647.12 CABLE: Cable shall be in accordance with Section 680 of the Standard Specifications and Section 925 of the Supplemental Specifications for the type wire or cable and also according to appropriate IMSA, NEMA or UL Specifications. The Contractor shall apply for and obtain any pole attachment permits that are required by any local utility company or pole owner to allow joint use for any signal cable, hardware or other auxiliary device.
Electrical cable shall be installed and connected to the proper equipment to produce an operating traffic signal system. All cable shall be stranded copper, except earth ground and stranded steel messenger cable. No aluminum cable will be allowed.
A. SIGNAL CABLE: Signal cables leaving a structure or weather head to enter a signal fixture shall be neatly tied to the messenger cable as illustrated on the Department's Standard Detail sheets.
A minimum 24 inch weather drip loop as shown in the Construction Detail sheets of the plans shall be made at the entrance to each signal head, at the entrance of a pole, and at the entrance of any overhead conduit and weather head.
All vehicle signal heads must be wired using a cable with a minimum of 7 conductors to accommodate future phasing unless otherwise approved by the District Traffic Operations Engineer.
B. INTERCONNECT CABLE: The interconnect cable (communication cable) shall provide the link between a master controller and the field controllers and sensors. The cable shall be suitable for aerial Oashed or self-supporting), duct (conduit) or direct earth burial installation. The minimum number ofconductor pairs shall be 6 and the minimum size shall be No. 19 AWG wire, unless shown otherwise in the plans. The color-code, polyethylene insulation, copper tape shielding, and polyethylene jacketing shall be in accordance with International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) Specifications, with a minimum rating of 600 V.
The Contractor shall make a written request if the Contractor desires to increase the number of pairs or use a larger size conductor, at no change in price at least two weeks before beginning the operation. Removal of any existing interconnect and messenger cable shall be incidental to the installation of the new cable.
1. INSTALLATION: The interconnect cable shall be supported on new or existing utility poles or signal poles, or installed underground in conduit or as direct burial as noted in the plans. Cables shall be pulled with a cable grip designed to provide a firm hold on the exterior covering of the cable. The cables shall be pulled with a minimum of dragging on the ground or pavement. Powdered soapstone, talc, or other approved inert lubricants shall be used to facilitate the pulling ofthe cable through conduit. When a separate messenger cable is used, the communications cable shall be spirally wrapped to the requirements of IMSA-20-2 Specifications. This shall be accomplished by using a lashing machine. For aerial installations, the Contractor may elect to use a self-supporting "Figure 8" type cable which meets the IMSA-20-4 Specifications (polyethylene jacket). In either case, the messenger is to be considered incidental to the installation of the communications cable and will not be paid for separately. For direct earth burial, the communications cable shall meet the requirements of IMSA 20-6 Specifications (PE jacket). Splices outside the signal cabinet shall be limited to the end of full reels of 5000 feet. However, up to two (2) additional splices may be allowed per mile of cable, if approved by the Engineer.
85

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Splice points shall be readily accessible without traffic control for lane closures and shall be made near support poles. The Contractor shall order and install the communications cable in lengths sufficient to complete all installations between controller cabinets with minimal splicing. Cable shall be looped in and out of control cabinets. The cable ends shall be taped to exclude moisture, and shall remain so until the terminals are attached. The Contractor shall take every precaution to ensure the cable is not damaged during storage and installation. The cable shall not be stepped on by workers or run over by any vehicles or equipment. The cable shall not be pulled along the ground or over or around obstructions. All cable shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before installation. 2. FIELD TEST: Upon completion of the cable run from one controller installation to the next controller installation, the Contractor shall conduct a test for continuity and isolation in the presence ofthe Engineer. The continuity test shall be performed for each conductor in the cable. Conductor resistance shall
not exceed 10 n per 1000 feet. The resistance shall be measured with an ohmmeter having a
minimum input impedance of 10 MnN. The resistance of each pair shall be recorded on the Interconnect Cable Data Sheet and furnished as project documentation. The isolation test for testing insulation resistance shall be performed for each conductor and cable shield in the system. The isolation test shall be measured with all conductors in the cable, except the test conductor, grounded. The measurement shall be made with a DC potential of not less than 360 V nor more than 550 V, applied for one minute. Insulation resistance for each cable conductor and the shield shall exceed 1000 Mn per mile. The insulation resistance of each conductor shall be recorded on the Interconnect Cable Data Sheet and furnished as project documentation. If any conductors fail the continuity or isolation test, the Contractor shall remove the installed cable, install new cable, and repeat the tests.
86

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
INTERCONNECT CABLE DATA SHEET PROJECT: DATE: WEATHER: LOCATION OF CONTROLLER CABINET: - - - - - - - - - - - -

TERMINI OF C A B L E : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

CONTRACTOR: TYPE WIRE: NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS: SPLICE POINT: TOTAL LENGTH OF CABLE: TESTS:
CONDUCTOR JACKET COLOR/DESCRIPTION 1. 2 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. SHIELD
INSPECTOR & TITLE:

CONTINUITY (OHMS)

ISOLATION (MEGOHMS)

87

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
C. MESSENGER CABLE, STRANDED: The cable shall conform to ASTM: A 475 Siemens-Martin grade or better with Class A coating.
The messenger strand shall be used to support all cable indicated on the plans as overhead cable. The messenger shall include the devices such as rings or lashing used to attach the cable. The messenger shall run from structure to structure without splicing. Prior to erecting messenger strand, the Contract.or shall determine the length ofsuspension strand required to span the distance between the poles, allowing a sufficient additional length of span wire to allow for sag. The maximum allowable sag shall be five percent ofone-halfofthe longest diagonal distance between signal poles. Attachment points for the messenger strand at the signal pole shall be calculated according to the plan detail sheet.
Messenger strands shall be so set that the height ofthe installed traffic signal heads shall conform to the clearances set forth on the Standard Detail drawings. Wood poles shall be drilled to receive thimble eye through bolts such that the span wire and eye bolt, at each connection, will form an approximate straight angle. In no case shall the messenger pull or strain on the eye bolt be at an angle greater than 10 degrees +/- from straight. Down-guy wires must be attached to guy hooks and shall never be attached directly to the eyebolt. Messenger strand clearances shall be in conformance with local utility company standards. All attachment points for stranded messenger cable shall be made with the appropriate size strand vises. Stranded steel messenger cable will not be paid for separately under this specification
D. UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR SIGNAL CIRCUITS: Underground cable for signal circuits shall consist ofcable, with or without conduit, as shown on the plans. When it is necessary to install cable under an existing pavement or surfaced shoulder, conduit, as specified, shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sub-Section 647.13.
1. CABLE IN CONDUIT: Cables in conduits shall be carefully pulled into place using approved methods so that the cable will be installed free from electrical or mechanical injury. Powdered soapstone, talc, or other approved inert lubricants shall be used in placing conductors in conduit. Conductors shall be handled and installed in such a manner as to prevent kinks, bends or other distortion which could cause damage to the conductor or outer covering. All cables within a single conduit shall be pulled at the same time. When cables are pulled through hand holes, in pole shaft.s, et.c., a pad offirm rubber or other suitable material shall be placed between the cable and the edges of the opening to prevent cable damage.
2. DIRECT BURIAL CABLE IN TRENCHES: Interconnect cable shall meet IMSA Specifications 20-5 or 20-6. Any other cable not placed in conduit shall be rated for direct burial applications. Cables shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. They shall be unreeled and laid alongside the trench and then laid in the trench. The cables will be allowed to "snake" slightly in the trench to allow for settling of earth. There shall be no crossovers of cable in the trench. All rocks, debris and any sharp objects shall be removed from the trench. After the installation has been inspected and approved by the Engineer, backfill shall be done in accordance with Sub-Section 647.13. Where cable is brought up into the base of the pole shafts, pull or junction boxes, a minimum of 18 inches of cable shall be left to enable the connections to be made outside the pole shaft.s, pull or junction boxes. Direct burial utilizing vibra plows will be acceptable. Depth of burial, when direct burial is utilized, shall be approved by the Engineer.
88

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
3. SPLICES: Splicing ofconductors shall be performed in accordance with the National Electric Code and materials shall be used that will be compatible with the sheath and insulation of the cable. Splices shall be made at the first opportunity, i.e. junction boxes, pull boxes, controller cabinet or pole bases unless otherwise shown on the plans. Straight or line splices shall be made with copper clad pressed sleeves, or an approved equivalent (see "Pull Box Splices" in Miscellaneous Construction details). Tee splices shall be made with a pressed sleeve, split or unsplit type, or an approved equivalent. Cable splicing in transformer base type poles may be accomplished with a premolded fused splice. After a conductor splice is made, it shall be insulated with a plastic, pressure sensitive, all weather 8.5 m electrical tape. The tape shall be applied half-lap to a thickness equal to 1-1/2 times the thickness of the factory applied insulation and sheath, and tapered offover the sheath neatly to a point approximately 3 inches from the conductor splice. All sharp points and edges of the connector shall be padded, and all voids filled with extra wraps of plastic tape. The tape shall not be stretched excessively nor in such manner as to cause creeping. For cable splicing injunction boxes, or poles mounted on structures, a heat-shrinkable self-sealing splice may be used in lieu of the above at the Contractor's option. All spliced joints shall be watertight.
4. UNDERGROUND CABLE SPLICES: Underground cable splices, if specified, shall be made with a pressed sleeve connector or equivalent, and a protective plastic case installed around the cable. Ends of the case shall be sealed with plastic tape, following which the case shall be poured full of an insulating compound, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. These splices shall be watertight and capable of satisfactory operation under continuous submersion in water.
E. AERIAL CABLE FOR SIGNAL CIRCUITS: Aerial cable for signal circuits shall consist of one or all of the following cables: loop lead-in (sensor and detector), signal wiring (controller) or interconnect cable (communications). These cables shall be supported on existing or Contractor installed signal or utility poles. Where interconnect cable is used in conjunction with messenger cable, as figure eight cable, it shall conform to the requirements ofIMSA-20-4 Specifications.
647.13 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS: All exposed conduit on poles shall be rigid, galvanized metal conduit. Ends of metallic conduit shall be reamed after threads are cut. Other conduit shall be reamed as necessary. All ends shall be cut square and shall butt solidly in the joints to form a smooth raceway for cables. Conduit joints shall be made in such a manner so as to form a watertight seal. Metallic conduit threads shall be coated with red or white lead, pipe compound or thermoplastic or teflon seal, and then be securely connected. Plastic conduit joints shall be made with the materials and in the manner recommended by the manufacturer of the conduit and approved by the Engineer.
Bushings shall be installed in conduit for protection of the conductors. Where the conduit is installed for future use, the ends of metallic conduit runs shall be properly threaded and capped. The ends of non-metallic conduit runs shall be satisfactorily plugged to prevent water or other foreign matter from entering the conduit system. The exposed ends of all conduits shall be sealed with a permanently malleable material. Empty conduit installed for future wire or cable shall have a pull string or cord inside that is impervious to moisture and rot and can withstand a load of 50 pounds without breaking. This pull cord must be secured at each open end and at each pull box.
All conduit on the exterior of poles shall be mounted with galvanized, two hole straps or clamps. Clamps shall be placed not more than three feet from any junction box, condulet, weather head and will be placed at five foot intervals elsewhere. The clamps shall be fastened with galvanized screws or lag bolts to wood poles Conduit will not be allowed on the outside of steel or concrete poles unless approved by the Engineer. A weather head shall be installed at the end of any exterior conduit run on a pole or other structure to prevent moisture or other matter from entering the conduit.
89

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
After installation, the Engineer will determine that the placement of conduits or fittings have not warped or otherwise distorted any condulets or terminal, control or junction boxes.
A. UNDERGROUND CONDIBT: Underground conduit shall consist of encased or direct burial conduit. The conduit shall be installed in a trench excavated to the dimensions and lines specified on the plans. Minimum finished cover, unless otherwise specified, shall be 18 inches, except under pavement where the minimum cover shall be 24 inches below the bottom of the pavement.
Before any excavation, 'the Contractor shall determine the location ofany electrical lines, drainage or utility facilities in the vicinity and shall conduct the work in such a manner as to avoid damage to same. Precautions shall be taken to insure that the conduit will be located to avoid conflict with proposed guardrail, sign posts, etc.
Conduit shall be laid in straight lines wherever possible. Where bends or sweeps are necessary, long sweep bends shall be used when feasible. A radius of six times the normal diameter ofthe conduit is the minimum that shall be used, unless otherwise specified.
Obstructions encountered when excavating trenches for underground conduit may require minor changes in locations ofconduit runs, pull boxes, etc. All such changes shall be subject to the approval ofthe Engineer. Where possible, a minimum of12 inches shall be provided between the finished lines ofconduit runs and utility facilities such as gas lines, water mains, and other underground facilities not associated with the electrical system. Where the conduit run is adjacent to concrete walls, piers, footings, etc., a minimum of 4 inches of undisturbed earth or firmly compacted soil shall be maintained between the conduit and the adjacent concrete or, when the conduit is encased, between the encasement and the adjacent concrete.
Unless specified on the plans, trenches shall not be excavated in existing pavement or surfaced shoulders to install conduit. When it is necessary to place conduit under an existing pavement, the conduit shall be installed by jacking, boring, or other approved means. When the plans specifically allow excavation ofa trench through an existing pavement or surfaced shoulder, the Contractor shall restore the pavement, shoulder surface, base and subgrade in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Removal and satisfactory disposal of existing pavement, shoulder surface, base and sub-grade and restoring them to their original condition will not be paid for directly but shall be included in the contract price for the items to which they pertain.
Unless otherwise specified, all trenches for conduit shall be cut on a slight grade (0.25% Min.) for drainage. Where it is not practical to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center, both directions, down to the ends. Pockets or traps where moisture may accumulate shall be avoided. The walls of the trench shall be essentially vertical. The bottom of the trench shall be tamped as necessary to produce a firm foundation for the conduit. The Contractor shall sheet and brace the trenches, when required, and shall adequately support all pipe and other structures exposed in trenches, ifsupport is necessary to prevent damage. Furnishing, installing and subsequent removal of sheeting, bracing, and supports will not be paid for directly, but shall be included in the contract prices for other items.
1. ENCASED CONDIBT: Encased conduit shall be placed in the locations shown on the plans and unless otherwise specified, shall be constructed in accordance with the following:
90

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

The encasement shall be constructed of Class A concrete meeting the applicable requirements of Section 500 ofthe Standard Specifications. The encasement or conduit under roadway pavements or surfaces shall extend six inches past the outer edge of paved shoulders, sidewalks, or curbs_ when no shoulder or sidewalk is present. The conduit shall extend at least six inches beyond the encasement. Three inches ofconcrete shall be placed in the bottom of the trench and the conduit placed thereon. The ends of the conduit shall be plugged temporarily to prevent the entrance of concrete or other foreign material. Concrete shall then be placed in the trench to a depth that will provide a minimum of three inches of concrete above the conduit. No conduit shall be encased with concrete until inspected and approved by the Engineer. Concrete encasement shall be cured in accordance with Sub-Section 500.12, except, the curing period may be reduced to 24 hours. Precast encasement will be permitted when approved by the Engineer.

2. DIRECT BURIAL CONDUIT: Direct burial conduit shall be installed as shown on the plans and shall consist of rigid galvanized steel, rigid aluminum, polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. Minimum coverage unless otherwise specified shall be 18 inches below top of finished ground or 24 inches below the bottom of the pavement.

When rock is encountered in the bottom of the trench, the conduit shall be installed on a bed of well compacted fine grain soil at least four inches thick.

3. BACKFILLING: Conduit shall be promptly backfilled after inspection and approval of the

Engineer, except for encased conduit which must complete a 24-hour cure period. Backfill soil

shall be free of rocks or other foreign matter. Backfilling shall be performed with approved

material in layers not exceeding six inches in loose depth, up to the original ground level. Each

layer shall be compacted to 100% of the maximum dry density as determined by Test Method

GDT: 7, 24 or 67, as outlined in the Department's SAMPLING, TESTING AND INSPECTION

MANUAL.



B. CONDUIT ON STRUCTURES: All conduit on the exterior of signal poles and other structures shall be rigid, galvanized metal conduit. The conduit for signal conductors shall be metallic for its entire length from the weather head on the pole to the interior of the cabinet. Conduits, condulets, hangers, expansion fittings, and accessories shall be installed on structures in accordance with the plans and, unless otherwise specified, in accordance with the following:

Conduit shall run parallel to beams, trusses, supports, pier caps, etc., in the most direct manner. Horizontal runs shall be installed on a slight grade, without forming low spots, in order that they may drain properly. Conduits shall be run with smooth, easy bends. They shall be held in boxes with locknuts and shall have bushings for protection of the conductors. When not specified in the plans or Special Provisions, the type and method for attachment to structures shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Project Engineer for submission to the District Traffic Operations Engineer for approval.

C. TESTING CONDUIT: After the installation of conduit is completed, it shall be tested by the Contractor with a mandrel in the presence ofthe Engineer. The mandrel shall have a diameter inch smaller than the conduit, and a length of 2 inches. All conduit which will not allow the mandrel to pass through shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If repairs cannot be made, the conduit shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Department.

After the mandrel test, all conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned in an approved manner, acceptable to the Engineer. When conduit is installed and wiring is to be done at a later date, the Contractor installing the conduit shall perform the mandrel test, ream the duct opening to remove burrs or foreign matter, thoroughly clean, and provide and install a weatherproof cap at each open end.

91

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
647.14 GROUNDING: The cabinets, controllers, poles, pull boxes and conduit shall be grounded to reduce any extraneous voltage to a level where it will not be harmful to personnel or equipment. All grounding circuits shall be permanent and continuous, with a current carrying capacity high enough and an impedance low enough to limit the potential above the ground to a safe level. The grounding shall be accomplished by bonding the grounding circuits to non-ferrous metal driven electrodes. The electrodes shall be a minimum of 5/8 inch in diameter, eight feet long, and driven straight into the ground. The ground lead shall be as short as possible and lead directly to a grounding source.
The maximum resistance between the ground electrode and the cabinet ground buss or other point in the grounding system shall not be more than 50. Connections between the ground electrodes and the ground wire shall be made by an exothermic weld. Screw type positive locking devices are acceptable where welds are not practical and when approved by the Engineer. All neutral conductors shall be connected to the cabinet buss-bar, and shall be grounded at each terminal point. The cabinet shall be grounded with a No. 6 AWG solid copper wire bonded between the buss-bar to the ground electrode. The No. 6 AWG solid copper wire shall have 4 inch minimum radius bends and shall be as short as possible to the cabinet buss-bar. Poles shall be grounded by permanently bonding the No. 6 AWG solid ground wire to a separate ground rod and/or both grounding the pole and the ground electrode. Pole mounted accessories shall then be grounded to the pole. Connections to underground metallic conduit or down guys shall not be deemed sufficient for grounding purposes. No snap-on connections will be permitted.
A. GROUND ROD: Ground rods shall be installed in or adjacent to the traffic signal pole bases or controller cabinet bases to shield and protect the grounding system. Any ground rod without protection must be buried at least 2 inches below the finished ground level. Ground rods shall also be placed in all pull boxes adjacent to signal poles as shown in the details.
Ground rods shall be 5/8 inches in diameter and shall be a minimum eight feet in length. Ground rods shall be copperweld. Single ground rods shall be driven vertically until the top of the rod is no more than 2 inches above the finished ground. A length of No. 6 AWG bare copper, solid wire shall be attached to the top of the ground rod with an exothermic weld or positive clamping device and connected to the grounding lug or cabinet chassis ground. When controller cabinets are mounted on timber poles, they are to be grounded by a length of No. 6 AWG solid copper wire attached to the ground rod with suitable ground rod clamps and the wire run up inside a minimum inch rigid conduit attached to the timber pole to the chassis ground in the controller cabinet.
When sufficient penetration cannot be obtained in the above manner, a ground rod system consisting of three or more parallel ground rods shall be placed a minimum of 6 feet center to center in a horizontal pattern with no more than 2 inches above the finished ground. This grounding system must produce a resistance of 5Q or less. These rods shall be joined and connected to the grounding nut of the traffic signal base with No. 6 AWG solid copper wire inside minimum inches rigi'd conduit when controller cabinets are mounted on the timber poles.
B. GROUNDING FOR POLES: All wood poles shall have a groundwire installed. It shall be installed in such a manner as to minimize damage from natural abuse and vandalism. The ground wire shall be a minimum No. 6 AWG solid copper wire bonded to the grounding electrode and extending upward to a point perpendicular to the :uppermost span. Wire staples, utilizing a maximum spacing of two feet, shall be used to secure the ground wire to the pole. All span wire shall be bonded to the pole ground using split bolt connectors. The pole ground may be utilized for a pole mount cabinet.
Grounding for signal strain poles shall conform to the Grounding Assembly Typical Erection Detail Sheet in the plans.
92

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
C. GROUNDING FOR CABINETS: All cabinet and cabinet conduits shall be permanently grounded to a multi-terminal main ground buss with a No. 6 AWG solid copper wire bonded between the buss and grounding electrode. The power company neutral, conduit grounds and grounds of all equipment housed in the cabinet shall be connected to the buss-bar.
Grounding to a permanent water system shall not be permitted in lieu of the driven ground rod. All grounding devices shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code and NEMA.
647.15 SIGNAL POLES: Instructions for materials certification of signal poles are listed in Section 647.02 with additional information in Section 925.35 and 925.36 of the Supplemental Specification for Traffic Signal Equipment.
A. STRAIN POLES: All signal strain poles shall conform to Section 639 of the Standard Specifications. All caissons or foundations shall conform to the detail sheet, Construction Detail for Strain Pole and Mast Arm Pole Foundations, in the plans and must be approved by the Office of Bridge and Structural Design without exception.
B. METAL POLES: The anchor bolts, reinforcing bars and ground rods shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 639 and 852 and shall be properly placed in the excavation. The anchor bolts shall be supported by a template providing the proper bolt circle for the pedestal or pole to be installed. The reinforcing bars shall be wired together and may be wired to the anchor bolts. Conduits in the base may be wired to the reinforcing bars for support and shall project the proper distance above and beyond the foundation.
Prior to pouring concrete for the foundation, the Contractor shall determine that the orientation of the anchor bolts is correct so that the tensile load is divided between at least two anchor bolts. The concrete shall be poured and vibrated in the presence of the Engineer.
Foundations for poles and pedestals and with the anchor type base shall conform to Sections 500 and 639 of the Standard Specification. Poles shall not be installed nor loaded without prior approval of the Engineer.
The Engineer may, at his option, require the taking of a test cylinder of concrete as it is being poured. The cylinder shall be properly cured and then tested by the GDOT Office of Materials and Research. Failure of the concrete to meet the requirements of the Specifications shall result in notification to the Contractor that the foundations are not acceptable and must be replaced.
After the poles are installed and the loading applied, they shall be inspected for plumb and, when applicable, for the proper horizontal position of the mast arm. The Contractor shall correct any deficiencies through the use of the leveling nuts on the anchor bolts, by adjustment of the mast arm, or both.
The Engineer shall also examine the pedestals and poles for damage to the paint or galvanizing and shall require the Contractor to restore the finish coating where necessary.
After the pole installation is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall finish the area between the base of the pole and the top of the foundation with a suitable grouting material.
After erection is completed, steel poles and arms not galvanized shall be thoroughly cleaned, touched up as required with I-d red or original type primer and then the remaining coats shall be applied in accordance with the requirements of System V (Heavy Exposure) Section 535 of the Standard Specifications, unless otherwise indicated on the plans.
93

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Ifthe finish on galvanized steel materials is scratched, chipped or otherwise damaged, the material will be rejected, or may, with the approval ofthe Engineer, be replaced as specified under Section 645 of the Standard Specifications.
Under no circumstances shall the Contractor add any holes or openings to any metal pole or mast arm without approval from the Engineer or Office of Bridge and Structural Design.
One pole at each intersection shall be provided with a service bracket for attachment of power service wire as specified on the detail sheet of the plans .
Poles to which controller cabinets are attached shall be installed with necessary mounting plates, bolts, nipples and a minimum of two 2-2 inch threaded openings at the top and bottom of the pole. Fittings shall be attached to the poles as specified by the manufacturer on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. They may include a cast iron or aluminum cap, a weather head with chase nipples and couplings, a galvanized elbow with bushing installed by cutting pole and welding in place around entire circumference, or a inch or 5/8 inch diameter by 8 feet. long copper clad ground rod attached to the pole by a tap screw or weld fitting of No. 6 AWG semi-hard drawn solid copper wire and a standard copper clad ground clamp
All spanwire attachments shall be made with a strandvise to an approved clevis device or another strandvise. All anchor bolts will be inspected and approved by the Office of Materials and Research and shall display the inspector's hammer stamp mark on the top of the bolt.
C. CONCRETE STRAIN POLES: Concrete strain poles shall meet the requirements of Section 639 of the Standard Specifications. In addition, concrete poles shall have threaded couplings to accept weather heads, pedestrian head mounting hardware or utility service points as shown in the construction details.
D. MAST ARMS: In addition to the requirements ofSections 636 and 915 of the Standard Specifications, mast arms shall accommodate traffic signal mounting hardware and shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommended procedures. The addition of holes by the Contractor is prohibited. All openings shall be sealed to prevent the incursion of pests. The final alignment and position of mast arms shall allow the signal heads to hang plumb and at the correct height without the use of extensions.
E. PEDESTRIAN PEDESTALS AND POLES: Pedestals and poles shall be installed as required and where required by the Specifications and plans. A minimum of four anchor bolts shall be secured in a concrete foundation as shown in the construction detail. All wiring shall be contained inside the pole and no conduit will be allowed outside the pole except for the wiring to the pedestrian pushbutton. The pedestal pole shall be plumb and have sufficient height to provide the vertical clearance from the pedestrian head to the ground line as shown on the plans. The vertical clearance shall be ten feet.
The supplier shall furnish a mill certificate showing the alloy and physical properties of the steel used in fabricating the anchor bolts. In addition, the bolts may be subjected to a test of their tensile and shear strengths.
F. TIMBER POLES: Timber poles shall meet Section 861 and 861.02 of the Standard Specifications. All signal support poles shall be Class II. Class IV poles may be used for aerial loop lead-in or communication cable if approved by the Engineer.
647.16 PULL BOXES: Pull boxes shall conform to Section 680.06 and to the Standard Detail drawings or plan detail sheet. Pull boxes shall be installed as required and where required by the Specifications and plans.
94

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Excavations for pull boxes shall include provisions for drains as specified. The aggregate for the drain shall not be placed until the excavation has been approved by the Engineer. Precast pull boxes shall be set in place, leveled and conduits installed as required. After approval by the Engineer the back-filling shall be done and the frame and cover installed. Ifmetal lids or covers are used, it is required that the lids be grounded.
647.17 TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEADS: Traffic signal heads shall be placed in accordance with the signal design and plan detail drawings. Any deviation from the plans must be in accordance with the MUTCD and have the approval ofthe Engineer.
All traffic signal heads placed over the roadway shall be installed to provide a minimum clearance of 17 feet and a maximum clearance of 19 feet. All signal heads on the same approach shall have the same vertical clearance. This may be accomplished through the use of extension mounting hardware. Any extension over 2.5 feet must be tethered at the bottom ofthe signal head using inch spanwire cable and a breakaway tether plate or fitting. This clearance shall be measured from the pavement to the lowest part ofthe assembly, including brackets and back plates. Traffic signals mounted on the side of wood or metallic poles shall be mounted with a minimum clearance of twelve feet above the sidewalk or pavement grade of the center of the highway whichever grade is higher.
The Contractor shall connect the signal cable to the wire in each signal head to provide the correct signal indication when the cables are connected to the controller cabinet back panel. Splicing of cables shall be allowed only in hand-holes at the bases of poles or overhead in junction boxes.
All optically programmable (O.P.) signal heads shall be installed as shown on the plans, standard detail sheet and as directed by the manufacturer's requirements. All O.P. heads shall be mounted securely and/or tethered to limit movement. Masking of the lamp for directing visibility shall be accomplished under the supervision of the Engineer.
647.18 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS: Pedestrian signal heads shall be installed on either wood, concrete or steel strain poles, wood or steel auxiliary poles, or metal pedestal poles. The pedestrian signal heads shall be installed as per the detail drawing and the intersection plan sheets and drawings. The vertical clearance from the bottom of the head to the ground level shall be 10 feet unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. In no case shall the vertical clearance be less than 7 feet.
A. PEDESTAL MOUNTS: Pedestal mounts shall be made with the lower supporting assembly consisting ofa four inch slip-fitter bracket with hollow aluminum arms with a minimum inside cross-sectional area equal to that of 1-1/2 inch pipe. Serrated locking devices which firmly and positively hold the signal heads in the required alignment shall be utilized.
B. POLE MOUNTS (SIDE OF POLE): Pole mounts shall be made with the upper and lower assembly consisting of a post arm, with a minimum cross-sectional area equal to a 1-1/2 inch pipe, and a post hub plate that matches the outside contour of the pole. The hubs shall be secured to metal and/or concrete poles with stainless steel bands, inch wide, and to wood poles with lag bolts. The junctions shall be spaced such that each signal head can be directed toward approaching traffic as needed. Serrated locking devices which firmly and positively hold the signal heads in the required alignment shall be utilized. Side hinge or clamshell mounting hardware may be used as an alternate.
647.19 BLANK-OUT SIGNS: The signs shall be securely fastened to a stationary structure or to a messenger strand support system. Where applicable, each sign shall be centered over the lane and/or lanes intended to be under sign control. The vertical clearance for blank-out signs shall be as shown on the plans or shall be as specified in Section 647.17. The bottom edge of each sign shall be horizontal as determined by a spirit level. Each sign shall be electrically connected, through terminal strips, to the external control box or cabinet.
95

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
647.20 FIELD TESTS: In addition to tests conducted previously during the installation process and prior to equipment tum on, the Contractor shall perform the following tests on all traffic signal circuits in the presence ofthe Engineer:
1. Continuity: Each circuit shall be tested for continuity. 2. Ground: Each circuit shall be tested for grounds.
Ifany tests fail, the circuit shall immediately be repaired. Any new signal shall operate in the flash mode for three (3) days prior to beginning stop and go operation unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
647.21 OPERATIONAL TESTS: After the installation of all equipment and completion of the system checkout, the Engineer will notify the District Traffic Operations Engineer, in writing, to request final inspection. The District Signal Technicians will conduct an in-depth inspection and supply the Engineer with a written punchlist ofitems that need corrective attention from the Contractor within three (3) week days ofthe written notification. Upon satisfactory resolution ofany defects, the District Traffic Operations Engineer will commence an operational test period of sufficient duration to demonstrate that each and every part of the system functions as specified and intended. The operational test for the traffic signal system shall consist of not less than thirty (30) days of continuous, satisfactory operation. If any component failure or unsatisfactory performance of the system develops; the condition shall be corrected and the test shall be repeated until the thirty (30) days of continuous satisfactory operation is obtained. The District Traffic Operations Engineer will furnish the Engineer and Construction Office with a letter regarding the start, termination, suspension or successful completion of the operational test period. The District Traffic Operations Engineer may make a recommendation for payment only after the successful completion of the test period. Written acceptance of the signal installation must be obtained from the District Traffic Operations Engineer prior to final acceptance.
All costs incurred during the operational tests, including power consumption, shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be included in the price bid for contract items.
647.22 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE: When a traffic signal installation is not in use, such as prior to tum on or prior to the switch-over from an existing installation to a new installation, the signal heads shall be bagged to clearly indicate that the installation is not in operation.
Traffic signal equipment shall be maintained in proper operation, including existing signals until their approved removal, and newly installed signals until final acceptance. The Contractor shall be responsible for their continuous 24-hour operations. If for any reason a signal is not functioning properly, the Contractor shall commence work on this signal within two days of the date ofthe written notice from the Engineer requesting the Contractor to correct deficiencies. Failure to begin this work within the specified time will result in liquidated damages of$150.00 per calendar day, being charged against any monies due or which may become due the Contractor until such maintenance work is started. Such liquidated damages shall be in addition to those specified in Subsection 108.08 of the current specifications for Delay or Failure in completing the work within the specified time.
In the event the District Traffic Operations Engineer determines the failure to be an operational hazard, the Contractor will respond within twenty-four (24) hours of first being notified to take corrective action. Should the Contractor not respond within twenty-four (24) hours, liquidated damages of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per calendar day will be assessed plus the cost of time and material should the department elect to take corrective action using its own forces or local municipality forces.
96

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The Contractor will be billed for all costs associated with this response including materials, labor and equipment rental. An additional charge equal to 10% of the sum of the associated costs will be included in the amount billed t.o the Contractor. All costs will be deducted from payments due the Contract.or. All the costs associated with repairs made by the Department will be in addition t.o the liquidated damages specified in Sub-Section 108.08 of the current Specifications for delay or failure to complete the work within the specified time.
Adequate response to malfunction notifications shall include analysis of the problem, utilization of corrective actions and continuous pursuit of work t.o effect repairs. Failure t.o pursue the work necessary t.o effect repairs in a normal and reasonable time will result in the Department effecting repairs. In this instance, the Contract.or will be billed for all costs incurred by the Department as previously described.
Where the Contract.or is required t.o temporarily relocate existing traffic signals because of his construction operations, equipment, fittings, wire, cable, conduit, and related materials shall be reinstalled and extended where necessary. Temporary treated timber poles, guys, and related materials shall be furnished and installed where necessary.
New traffic signals shall be installed as soon as practical in order to reduce the number of temporary relocations caused by construction operations.
647.23 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT MODIFICATION AND REMOVAL: The signal equipment, design and operation shall not be modified without the permission of the Engineer.
The Contract.or shall remove existing signal equipment not used in the final installation at the completion ofthe project or when the new signal equipment is operational. Any equipment removed shall be removed as carefully as possible, with minimum damage, and salvaged as directed in the plans. If the plans specify delivery to a facility of the Department, it will be the responsibility of the Contract.or t.o provide an inventory on a property transfer form and t.o arrange a mutually agreeable delivery time. The cost of removal shall be included in the cost of contract items.
Typical signal related equipment removed for a project would include steel poles including foundation to 2 feet below ground level, timber poles, traffic signal controllers including foundation pad, and all original signal heads including messenger wire support.
Care shall be exercised in removing and salvaging electrical equipment so that it shall remain in its original form and existing condition. The Contract.or shall be required to replace, at no expense t.o the Department, any traffic signal equipment which is determined by the Engineer to have been damaged or destroyed by reason ofthe Contract.or's operations. Existing material required to be relocated and found t.o be unsatisfactory by the Engineer shall be replaced by new material and the cost paid for as extra work.
647.24 STATE SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT: The Contract.or shall pick-up State supplied traffic signal equipment from the District Field Office. The Contract.or shall contact the District Traffic Operations Engineer by phone or correspondence within one week after receipt of the Notice t.o Proceed for arrangements t.o pick-up signal equipment.
97

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The Contractor shall accept delivery of the state supplied equipment by signing the GDOT's Warehouse Issue Request Form 592 on the signature block titled RECEIVED BY. The Contractor will have ten (10) work days, after receipt ofthe equipment to inspect the equipment and perform any and all tests required to insure proper operation ofthe equipment. Upon completion ofthe Contractor performed tests, and prior to installation, the Contractor shall certify to the Engineer in writing that the State supplied equipment was received in good condition. If, at the end of the 10-day period, the Engineer has not received any written dissent, it will be understood that the Contractor has accepted the equipment to be in satisfactory working condition without defects. If the Contractor installs the equipment in the field without certification to the Engineer, this will be considered as acknowledgment that the condition of the equipment is satisfactory and shall constitute acceptance of the equipment by the Contractor. No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the testing and storage of state supplied or Contractor furnished traffic signal equipment.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, if any State supplied equipment is found to be defective. The Traffic Signal Electrical Facility will replace any State supplied equipment that is found to be defective.
647.25 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES: The Contractor must provide all manufacturer's warranties or guarantees on all electrical, electronic or mechanical equipment furnished, except state supplied equipment. Warranties or guarantees are to be consistent with those provided as customary trade practices; or as otherwise specified in the plans, Standard Specifications, Supplemental Specifications or special provisions.
Manufacturer's and Contractor's warranties or guarantees, shall be transferred to the agency or user handling equipment maintenance, shall be continuous throughout their duration, and they shall state that they are subject to such transfer.
Acceptance or approval ofthe Contractor's work shall not constitute a waiver of warranties or guarantees where these are required by the Specifications.
647.26 MEASUREMENT: Items oftraffic signals ofthe kind, size and type specified, complete and in place and accepted, will be measured in the following manner:
A. Traffic Signal Installation: The signal installation will be paid for on a lump sum basis and shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals as required to complete the work unless otherwise specified in this Sub-Section.
B. Interconnect Wire: The number of feet of interconnect wire will be the actual number oflinear feet of the size installed and accepted.
Highway signs will be measured and paid for under Section 636 and Strain Poles will be measured and paid for under Section 639 of the Standard Specifications.
647.27 PAYMENT: The price bid for all items of work covered by this Specification shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals as required to complete the item of work. The cost ofinstallation, operation, maintenance, and removal of the traffic signal equipment shall be included under this item.
Payment for various elements of traffic signals will be made in the following manner:
Traffic Signal Installation .................................................... Lump Sum Interconnect Wire, 6 Pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear Feet
98

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
PARTIAL PAYMENT: The Contractor may initiate a partial payment process for the Lump Sum traffic signal items by submitting a written request to the Area Engineer. The Area Engineer will either approve or deny this request. If approval is given, payment will be made as foIIows:
Underground (Loops, PuII Boxes, Conduits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30% Overhead (Span, Heads, Poles, Pushbuttons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30% Cabinet with contents, Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30% Successful Completion of Operational Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10% Total ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100%
February 6, 1996
SECTION 652 - PAINTING TRAFFIC STRIPE Delete Subsection 652.02 MATERIALS as written and substitute the following:
652.02 MATERIALS: Materials for painting Traffic Stripe, and Words and Symbols shall meet the foilowing requirements:
Traffic Line Paint 5A and 5B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870.03 Glass Beads for Use in Luminous Traffic Lines ..................................... 913.02 Delete the second from last paragraph ofSubsection 652.04.C as written and substitute the following: The minimum rate of application for 5" width traffic stripe shall be as foIIows: Solid Traffic Stripe Paint
Rate of application - 25 gallons per mile, minimum Skip Traffic Stripe Paint
Rate of application - 6.3 gallons per mile, minimum (Note: change minimum rate proportionately for varying width of stripe.)
September 9, 1993
SECTION 656 - REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Retain as written and add the following: 656.03 MEASUREMENT:
Removal of existing traffic markings - words wilI be measured per each word removed. 656.04 PAYMENT:
Item No. 656. Remove Existing Traffic Markings - Words ........................... per Each
99

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

August 6, 1993

SECTION 657 - PREFORMED PLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKINGS

Retain Section 657.02 as written except as noted herein:

Delete Subsection 657.02, paragraph one as written and substitute the following:

657.02 MATERIALS: The preformed marking material shall be one of the following as specified on the Plans and in the Proposal:

TYPE TR-Temporary Removable Plastic Marking TYPE TN-Temporary Non-Removable Plastic Marking TYPE PA-Permanent Plastic Marking TYPE PB-Permanent Patterned Plastic Marking

Delete Subsection 657.02A.10. as written and substitute the following:

10. REFLECTIVE INTENSITY: The white and yellow film shall have the following initial minimum reflective intensity values at 0.20 degrees and 0.5 degrees divergence angles measured in accordance with the photometric testing procedures ofFederal Specification L-S-300 A, Paragraph 4.4.7.

Reflective values shall be measured at an 86 degree incidence angle, and at divergence angles of 0.2 and 0.5 degrees. Reflective intensity shall be expressed as candle power per foot candle per square foot.

Divergence Angle Reflective Intensity

White

0.2 degree 0.5 degree

1.00

0.75

Yellow

0.2 degree 0.5 degree

0.75

0.50

Delete Subsection 657.02.B.8. as written and substitute the following:

8. REFLECTIVE INTENSITY: The white and yellow film shall have the following initial minimum reflective intensity values at 0.20 degrees and 0.5 degrees divergence angles measured in accordance with the photometric testing procedures ofFederal Specification L-S-300 A, Paragraph 4.4.7.

Reflective values shall be measured at an 86 degree incidence angle, and at divergence angles of 0.2 and 0.5 degrees. Reflective intensity shall be expressed as candle power per foot candle per square foot.

Divergence Angle Reflective Intensity

White

Yellow

0.2 degree 0.5 degree 0.2 degree 0.5 degree

1.00

0.75

0.75

0.50

Add Subsection 657.02.B.9.

9. THICKNESS: The non-removable marking material without adhesive, shall be supplied at a minimum thickness of 20 mils.

100

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Retain Subsection 657.02.C. as written except as follows:
Type P-Permanent Plastic Markings in the Sub-Heading is changed to Type PA Permanent Plastic Markings.
Del,ete Subsection 657.02.C.1., paragraph 3 begi,nning with "Plastic shall be...." in its entirety and substitute the following:
Plastic legends and symbols shall be supplied complete with a precoated adhesive and an easily removable backing shall protect the adhesive in storage and facilitate rapid application. Rolls oflane lines shall be supplied with a precoated adhesive but without the protective backing material.
Delete Subsection 657.02.C.l., paragraph 8 begi,nning with "The manufacturer...." in its entirety and substitute the following:
The manufacturer shall identify proper solvents and/or adhesive to be applied at the time of application, all equipment necessary for proper application, and recommendations for application that will assure an effective performance life under normal conditions of up to 4 years.
Delete Subsection 657.02.C.3.e. in its entirety and reletter the Subsections that follow as e, f, and g, respectively.
Add Subsection 657.02.D.
D. TYPE PB-PERMANENT PATTERNED PLASTIC MARKING:
1. GENERAL: The retroreflective pliant polymer pavement markings shall consist ofhigh quality polymeric materials, pigments and glass beads distributed throughout its base cross-sectional area, with a reflective layer of ceramic beads bonded to a durable polyurethane topcoat surface. The patterned surface shall have between 35% and 65% of the surface area raised and presenting a near vertical face (B angle between Oand 60 degrees) to traffic from any direction. (See diagram below.) The channels between the raised areas shall be substantially free of exposed beads or . particles.
The material shall be capable of being affixed to Bituminous or Portland Cement concrete pavement.
Plastic shall be supplied complete with a precoated adhesive. An easily removable backing shall protect the adhesive in storage and facilitate rapid application of legends and symbols. Line markings shall be supplied without the removable backing.
The plastic and its adhesive shall be sufficiently free of tack so that it can be easily handled without the protective backing, and be repositioned on the surface to which it is to be applied, before permanently fixing it in this position with a downward pressure.
101

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

The plastic marker shall have resealing characteristics such that it will fuse with itself and with previously applied markings of the same composition under normal condition of use.
Pavement legends and symbols must conform to the applicable shapes and sizes outlined in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways.
The markings shall be manufactured and packaged in a manner to permit storage at normal temperatures for periods up to one year after purchase.
The plastic marker shall mold itselfto pavement contours, breaks, faults, and the like, merely by traffic action at normal pavement temperatures.
The manufacturer shall identify proper solvents and/or adhesive to be applied at the time of application, all equipment necessary for proper application, and recommendations for application that will assure an effective performance life under normal conditions of up to 4 years.
2. COMPOSITION: Permanent patterned pavement markings shall have a material composition as follows:
a. BASE MATERIAL:

Resins and Plasticizers Pigments Graded Glass Beads

MINIMUM PERCENT BY WEIGHT
20 30 33

1. PIGMENTS: Sufficient titanium dioxide pigment meeting Federal Specification TT-P-442 shall be used in white markings to ensure a dense opaque marking. Pigments shall include titanium dioxide for white markers and C.P. medium chrome yellow for yellow markers. Titanium dioxide shall be at least 20% of the total pigment in white markers.

Sufficient medium chrome yellow pigment meeting Federal Specification TT-P-346b, Type III, shall be used to ensure a durable finished color that complies with Highway Yellow Color Tolerance Chart and matches Chip 33538 ofFederal Standard 595. The yellow markers shall have a minimum of 18% pigment as chrome yellow. The graded glass spheres shall be colorless, clean, transparent, and free from milkiness.

2. GLASS SPHERES: Glass spheres shall be clear, transparent, free from air inclusions, and as follows:

Refractive Index 1.50 Minimum

Spheres percent

75 Minimum

b. SURFACE LAYER: The surface layer shall consist of a layer of ceramic beads bonded to a durable polyurethane surface.

1. CERAMIC BEADS: All ceramic beads bonded to the polyurethane coated patterned surface ofthe material shall have a minimum index of refraction of 1.70 when tested using the liquid oil immersion method.

102

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

3. PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:
a. THICKNESS: The material shall be a minimum of 60 mils in thickness when measured without the precoated adhesive.
b. CERAMIC BEAD RETENTION: The surface ceramic beads must be strongly bonded and not be easily removed by traffic. Using a Taber Abraser with an H-18 wheel and 125 gram load, the sample will be inspected at 200 cycles under the microscope to observe the extent and type ofbead failure. No more than 15% of the beads shall be lost due to pop-out, and the predominant mode of failure shall be "wear-down" of the beads.
c. RESEAL TEST: The plastic shall reseal to itself when tested as specified. Cut two 1 inch x 3 inch pieces of plastic. Overlap these pieces face to face for an area of one square inch on a flat steel plate, with the adhesive backing material remaining in place. Center a 1,000 gram weight over the 1 square inch overlap area, and place in an oven at 190F 10F for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the pieces shall not be separable without tearing.
d. TENSILE STRENGTH AND ELONGATION: The thermoplastic material shall have a minimum tensile strength of 150 psi at break. The elongation shall be no less than 75%. The specimens for this test shall be 1" x 6" prepared in accordance with the methods described in ASTM D638. One inch squares of Carborundum extra coarse emery cloth, or its equivalent, may be applied at each end of the test specimens to prevent the plastic adhesive from adhering to the test equipment. The break resistance shall be based on an average of at least three samples, at a pull rate of 10 - 12 inches per minute. This test shall be conducted at a temperature between 70 - 80F (21 - 27C).
e. SKID RESISTANCE: The surface friction ofproperties of the plastic shall be not less than 45 B.P.N., when tested according to ASTM E303.
f. ABRASION RESISTANCE: The plastic shall have a maximum loss of weight of 0.25 grams in 500 revolution when abraded according to Federal Test Method Standard No. 141 (Method 6192), using calibrade H-18 wheels with 1000 gram load on each wheel.
g. REFLECTIVE INTENSITY: The white and yellow markings shall have the following initial minimum reflective intensity values at 0.20 degrees and 0.5 degrees divergence angles measured in accordance with the photometric testing procedures of Federal Specification L-S-300 A, Paragraph 4.4.7. Reflective values shall be expressed as candle power per foot candle per square foot at an 86 degree incidence angle.

Divergence Angle Reflective Intensity

White

0.2 degree 0.5 degree

1.10

0.75

Yellow

0.2 degree 0.5 degree

0.75

0.50

103

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
January 9, 1996
SECTION 682 - ELECTRICAL WIRE, CABLE, AND CONDUIT
Retain Subsection 682.03 as written and add the following:
Item No. 682. Conduit-Flexible !Sj.w .......................................... per Linear Foot
July 15, 1993
SECTION 706 - TURF ESTABLISHMENT
Delete Subsection 706.03 Type B: Base and Paving Projects and substitute the following:
TYPE B: BASE AND PAVING PROJECTS: (Length of Project) minus (Length of Exceptions* and Bridges) X (Unpaved Shoulder Width plus 6 Feet for each side of the roadway) = Square Feet. Square Feet/43,560 = Pay Quantity in Acres.
October 13, 1994
SECTION 755 - ELECTRICAL WORK
Delete Section 755 as written and substitute the following:
The Contractor performing electrical work must be on the Department's list of approved electrical contractors or electrical subcontractors. The Contractor shall have a qualified electrician on the job site at all times when electrical wiring is being pulled or electrical connections are being made. The term qualified electrician shall mean one who has a Class II license, issued by the Georgia State Construction Industry Licensing Board, or one who has completed an approved four year apprenticeship training program, and has been classified as a Journeyman Electrician. The qualified electrician shall bear evidence ofhis classification and shall display this evidence to the Department's engineer in charge of the construction.
The above is applicable when any of the following sections are a part of the contract:
529 Navigation Lighting 631 Permanent Changeable Message Signs 632 Variable Message Signs 637 Illuminated Sign System 647 Traffic Signal Installation 670 Water Distribution System 680 Highway Lighting 681 Lighting Standards and Luminaires 682 Electrical Wire, Cable and Conduit 683 High Level Lighting Systems 690 Static Scale System 691 Weigh - In - Motion Scale System 750 Rest Room Building 751 Water Supply System 752 Pneumatic Ejector Lift Station 753 Waste Water Treatment Plant
104

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
755 Electrical Work 757 Well Pumps 759 Water Storage Tanks 760 Welcome Station Building 761 Information Center Building 762 Truck Weighing Station Building 766 Irrigation System 768 Truck Weigh Station Control Signs 770 Truck Weigh Station Height Checking Device 772 Truck Weigh Station Length Estimating Device 774 Mobile Operations Office 776 Check Point Shelter 777 Truck Weigh Station Communication System 795 Vehicle Maintenance Building 796 Sewage Pumping Station 797 Buildings 936 Traffic Lane Delineator Lighting System
This Supplemental Specification does not apply to Fiber Optic Cable or connections.
March 24, 1995
SECTION 802 -AGGREGATES FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
802.01 FINE AGGREGATE FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following:
802.01 FINE AGGREGATE FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: Fine Aggregate for Asphaltic Concrete is defined as all aggregate passing a No. 8 sieve. It may consist of natural sand or it may be manufactured from Class A or B crushed stone, gravel, slag or synthetic aggregate meeting requirements of Subsection 800.01, or it may be a combination of natural and manufactured sands. If combined, natural and manufactured sand shall meet the requirements in Subsections 802.01.B. and C. after being combined. The fine aggregate shall be sharp, strong, angular material capable, when combined into the mixture of producing the required gradation, stability and density and be free of deleterious substances. Natural sand shall be free from organic matter, roots and twigs. Fine aggregate produced from crushed Alluvial Gravel will not be allowed in the virgin aggregate portion of any mixtures.
802.02 COARSE AGGREGATE FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following:
802.02 COARSE AGGREGATE FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: Coarse aggregate for Asphaltic Concrete is defined as all aggregate retained on a No. 8 Sieve. It shall be Class A or B crushed stone, gravel, slag or synthetic aggregate meeting the quality requirements of Subsection 800.01 and shall be of uniform quality throughout. The coarse aggregate shall be capable, when combined into the mixture of producing the required gradation, stability, and density and be free of deleterious substances. Alluvial grave] will not be allowed in the virgin aggregate portion of any mixtures.
105

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

November 8, 1993

SECTION 805 - RIP RAP AND CURBING STONE

Delete Subsection 805.01 and substitute the following:

805.01 RIP RAP: All stone for Rip Rap shall consist of sound durable pieces of rock meeting the following aggregate quality requirements:

Aggregate Quality

Abrasion Loss "B" Grading Soundness Loss Flat and Slabby Pieces
(length five times greater than the average thickness) Weathered and/or Decomposed Pieces and Shale

65%Maximum 15%Maximum 5%Maximum
5%Maximum

In addition, stone for Stone Dumped Rip Rap and Stone for Plain Rip Rap shall meet the following gradation requirements:

A. STONE DUMPED RIP RAP

Gradation

Type 1: For Severe Drainage Conditions or Moderate Wave Action:

Size By Volume

Approx. Weight

Percent Smaller Than

4.2 Cu. Ft. 1.8 Cu. Ft. 0.8 Cu. Ft.

700 lb. 300 lb. 125 lb.

100% 50%- 90% 20%-65%

Zero (0) to fifteen (15) percent ofthe Rip Rap shall pass a four inch square opening sieve.

Type 3: For General Use Normal Drainage Conditions:

Size By Volume
l.0Cu.Ft. .lOCu. Ft.

Approx. Weight
165 lb. 15 lb.

Percent Smaller Than
100% 10%- 65%

Zero (0) to fifteen (15) percent of the Rip Rap shall pass a two inch square opening sieve.

B. STONE FOR PLAIN RIP RAP: Stone for plain rip rap shall be clean and essentially free of rock dust and fines. The material shall be processed such that the largest pieces have a volume of not more than 2 cubic feet and not more than 10% of the total weight of rip rap shall consist of spalls passing a 5 inch sieve.

106

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

C. TESTS: Methods of tests shall be in accordance with the following:

Percent Wear Petrographic Analysis Rip Rap Size Soundness (Magnesium Sulfate)

AASHTO T96 ASTM C295 GDT 64 AASHTO T104

August 27, 1993

SECTION 813-POND SAND

813.01 POND SAND: Pond sand shall consist exclusively of granular crushed stone fines that are relatively free of silt balls and shall conform to the following requirements:

A. Physical Properties:

GRADATION

SIEVE

%PASSING

4" 1"
No. 200 Maximum Dry Density Volume Change

100 90-100
0-35 90 lb!F'r3 (minimum) 0-25 percent

B. Methods of Tests:

Gradation Maximum Dry Density Volume Change

GDT4 GDT7or67 GDT6

July 27, 1994
SECTION 815 - GRADED AGGREGATE
Retain Section 815 as written and add the following:
815.03 CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Sources of crushed concrete materials must be approved by the Office of Materials and Research. The criteria for approval shall be as outlined in Standard Operating Procedure No. 1 "Monitoring the Quality of Coarse and Fine Aggregates" except that the raw material will be recyclable concrete as specified herein rather than a geological deposit of aggregate.
The crushed concrete for use as base, subbase or shoulder course, shall be derived exclusively from Portland Cement concrete pavement or structural concrete and shall not contain any delivery unit washout material. With the exception that the aggregate will be recycled concrete, the finished product shall conform to the quality and gradation requirements of Subsection 815.01 for Group II Aggregates. The finished product shall also be free offoreign materials such as asphaltic concrete, steel reinforcement, clay balls, soils, epoxy expansion material and miscellaneous paving materials.

107

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

March 28, 1995

SECTION 816 - SOIL AGGREGATE BASE

816.01 SOIL AGGREGATE: Retain as written and add the following:

Group I Graded Aggregate Base conforming to Subsection 815.01 may be substituted for Soil Aggregate

Base.



June 23, 1993
SECTION 820 -ASPHALT CEMENT
Delete Table 820.01 and substitute the following:
TABLE 820.01 PROPERTIES FOR PETROLEUM ASPHALT CEMENTS

Viscosity, 140F (60C) Poises
Viscosity, 275F (135C) CS
Penetration at 77F ((25C) 100 g., 5 sec.
Flash Point, COC, F
Solubility in Trichloroethylene, %
Tests on Residue from Thin-Film Oven Test: Loss on Heat (%) Viscosity, 140F (60C) Poises
Ductility at 77F, (25C) 5 cm per min., CM

AC-10
Min. Max.
1000 200
240 - 80 -- - 425 - - 99.0

- --

0.5

4000

100 - -

VISCOSITY GRADE

AC-15

AC-20

AC-30

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

1500 300
240 - -

2000400
- - 300

3000 600
350 - -

-- -- 60

60 - - 60

- - 425

- - 450

450

- - - - 99.0

99.0

99.0

AC-40 Min. Max. 4000 800
350 - 40 - 450 - 99.0 - -

0.5
--- --- --- 6000

0.5 8000

0.5

-

0.5

- - 12000

16000

-- - - -- 100

80 - - 60

50

Note:

Viscosity grade AC-20 having a penetration at 77F not exceeding 80 dmm; and an initial viscosity at 77F not less than 2.3 million poises by AASHTO T-202, or not less than 2.5 million poises by ASTM D-3205, may be used in lieu of AC-30. These asphalts will be designated as AC-20 Special. The method in ASTM D-3205 using the medium cone shall be the referee method.

Where AASHTO T-202 is used, The Asphalt Institute vacuum capillary viscometer size BOOR shall be used.

Loss on heat requirements apply to hot mix asphalt applications only.

108

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

SECTION 831 -ADMIXTURES

March 21, 1995

Delete Subsection 831.03 as written and insert as follows:

831.03 FLY ASH, RAW OR CALCINED NATURAL POZZOLAN, SLAG AND MICROSILICA:

A. FLY ASH: Fly Ash is the finely divided residue that results from the combustion of ground or powdered coal and is transported from the boiler by flue gases.

Fly Ash shall meet the requirements ofAASHTO M 295 Class "F'' or Class "C".

Laboratory tests for acceptance and project control will be selected by the Engineer.

B. RAW OR CALCINED NATURAL POZZOLAN: Raw or calcined natural pozzolan is a siliceous or siliceous and aluminum material.

Raw or calcined natural pozzolan shall meet requirements ofAASHTO M 295 Class "N'.

Laboratory tests for acceptance and project control will be selected by the Engineer.

C. GRANULATED IRON BLAST-FURNACE SLAG: Granulated slag is the glassy granular material formed when molten blast-furnace slag is rapidly chilled and then finely ground.

Granulated iron blast-furnace slag shall meet the requirements ofAASHTO M 302, Grade 120.

Laboratory tests for acceptance and project control will be selected by the Engineer.

D. MICROSILICA (SILICA FUME): An amorphous silica of high silica content and purity generated as a by-product of the reduction ofhigh purity quartz with other ingredients in an electric arc furnace.

Microsilica (Silica Fume) shall meet the requirements ofAASHTO M 307.

Laboratory tests for acceptance and project control will be selected by the Engineer.

November 15, 1995
SECTION 846 - POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PROFILE WALL DRAIN PIPE
846.01 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) {PVC) PROFILE WALL DRAIN PIPE: This pipe shall conform to the requirements ofAASHTO M 304. Joints shall be watertight joints and shall have elastomeric seals which conform to the requirements of ASTM F 477. The joints shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joint tightness shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 3212 by the manufacturer and certified in accordance with Subsection 106.05.

109

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
March 5, 1996 SECTION 847 - MISCELLANEOUS PIPE Delete Subsection 847.06.B as written and substitute the following: B. Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) water service line pipe shall meet or exceed the requirements ofASTM D 2241, SDR 21, ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM F 1483, Class 200, (PVCO). MATERIAL: The PVC compound shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM D 1784, Class 12454 B.
August 5, 1994 SECTION 851 - STRUCTURAL STEEL Delete Section 851 as written and substitute the following: 851.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL: The grade of structural steel and its ASTM or AASHTO designation will be specified in the Plans. The steel furnished shall conform to all requirements of the governing ASTM or AASHTO Specification, as well as this Specification and Plan requirements. A. TOUGHNESS TESTS: Charpy V-Notch tests are mandatory for materials designated on the Plans as main load carrying member components subject to tensile stress. All steel supplied for such purpose shall meet the appropriate supplementary requirement, S83 or S84, of ASTM A 709. Charpy V-Not.ch sampling procedures shall be in accordance with ASTM A 673. Charpy V-Not.ch testing shall be in accordance with ASTM E 23. B. CERTIFICATION: Certification will be required in accordance with Subsection 106.05.
February 6, 1996 SECTION 870 - PAINT Retain Subsection 870.02 PAINTS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL as written except as follows: Delete NO. 3B GREEN, BRUSHING, ROLLER OR AIRLESS SPRAY TYPE as written and replace with the following:
110

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

NO, 3B, GREEN, BRUSHING, ROLLER OR AIRLESS SPRAY TYPE

Paint Composition, percent by weight Pigment Vehicle
Coarse Particles, total residue retained on No. 325 sieve, based on paint, percent by weight
Fineness of Grind, North Standard Viscosity, Krebs Units Moisture Content, percent by weight Drying Time, hours Weight per Gallon, pounds Color: Shall match the Department's Standard Color Chip Pigment Composition, percent by weight
Magnesium Silicate, ASTM D 605 Zinc Hydroxy Phosphite, ASTM D 4~62 Chromium Oxide, ASTM D 263,
Minimum 95% trivalent Cr2O3 Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476, Type IV Organo Montmorillonite1 Pure Tinting Colors (No chrome green allowed)
Yellow Iron Oxide, ASTM D 768 Red Iron Oxide, ASTM D 3721 Lamp Black, ASTM D 209 Phthalocyanine Green2, ASTM D 3021 Vehicle Composition, percent by weight Non-Volatile Alkyd Resin Solution, Federal Specification TT-R-266, Type I, Class "A" Thinners and Driers Thinners, Federal Specification TT-T-291 Driers, ASTM D 600, Class "C"

Maximum 60 0.5 90 0.5 8
42 20
1.5
Remainder
45

Minimum 40
4 75
10.1
40 25 19
2 1.2
55

NOTES:

1Organo Montmorillonite shall be prewetted with 20-30% (95%) methanol by weight. 2Chlorinated Copper Phthalocyanine, full strength, oil dispersable.

111

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Retain Subsection 870.03 TRAFFIC LINE PAINTS as written except as follows:
Delete NO, 4A. WHITE TRAFFIC LINE PAINT. Delete NO, 4B, YELLOWTRAFFICLINE PAINT. Delete NO. 4C. BLACK TRAFFIC LINE PAINT. Delete ALTERNATE RESIN SOLUTION CHARACTERISTICS FOR TRAFFIC LINE PAINT. Delete NO. 4D. FAST DRY WHITE TRAFFIC PAINT. Delete NO. 4E, FAST DRYYELLOW TRAFFIC PAINT.

September 5, 1995

SECTION 870 - PAINT

870.03 TRAFFIC LINE PAINTS: Retain this section as written and add the following:

No. 5A, WATERBORNE WHITE TRAFFIC LINE PAINT

A. PROPERTIES:

Maximum

Minimum

Paint Composition, percent by weight

Pigment

63

60

Vehicle

40

37

Non-Volatile Vehicle, percent by

weight of vehicle

50

42

Pigment Composition, percent by weight

Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476

Type II, Rutile

13

Calcium Carbonate, ASTM D 1199

Type GC Grade 1

87

Vehicle Composition, percent by weight

Acrylic Emulsion E-2706 (50% NV)1

90

85

Methanol

7

5

Texanol Coalescent

5

4

Other Additives

5

0

1or approved equivalent

B. FINISHED PAINT:

1. FLEXIBILITY: The paint shall be applied to a 30 gauge, clean tin plate panel, to a wet film thickness of approximately 0.002 inch, with a doctor blade or other suitable means. The panel shall then be dried in a horizontal position for 18 hours, and shall then be baked for five hours at 220F to 230F. The panel shall be cooled to approximately 77F and bent double over a inch rod. The film shall show no cracking or flaking upon bending, or straightening.

112

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
2. BLEEDING: When painting over a bituminous surface of the types used in Georgia, no perceptible bleeding shall occur.
3. COLOR: The paint shall dty to a pure, intense white and furnish the maximum amount of opacity and visibility under both daylight and artificial light. It shall not discolor on exposure to weather or traffic and shall not show appreciable discoloration through staining during its service life on either concrete or bituminous surface.
4. CONSISTENCY: The viscosity ofthe paint when measured at 77F shall be 80 - 100 Krebs Units. 5. DRYING: The paint shall dty to no pickup within six minutes when tested according to ASTM D
711. The paint shall dry through within 20 minutes when applied at 15 mils wet thickness at 77F. 6. SPRAYING: The paint shall be mixed at the factory ready for application through spray machines without the necessity of using thinners. 7. STORAGE: The paint shall not cake, liver, thicken, curdle, gel, or show any other objectionable properties after storage for 6 months. 8. COARSE PARTICLES AND SKINS: The paint shall contain no more than 1.0 percent 9. FINENESS OF GRIND: The paint shall have a grind of 2 - 5 Hegman scale. 10. WEIGHT PER GALLON: The paint shall weigh a minimum of 14.00 pounds per gallon at 77F. 11. PACKAGING: The finished paint shall be passed through a No. 40 mesh screen while filling the containers. 12. FREEZE - THAW STABILITY: The paint shall show no coagulation or change in consistency greater than ten (10) Kreb Units, when tested in accordance with TI'-P-1952B. 13. HEAT STABILITY: The paint shall show no coagulation, discoloration or change in consistency greater than ten (10) Kreb Units, when tested in accordance with TT-P-1952B. 14. pH: The pH shall be greater than 9.5.
113

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

No. 5B, WATERBORNE YELLOW TRAFFIC LINE PAINT

A. PROPERTIES:

Maximum

Minimum

Paint Composition, percent by weight

Pigment

63

60

Vehicle

40

37

Non-Volatile Vehicle, percent by

weight ofvehicle

50

42

Pigment Composition, percent by weight

Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D 476

Type II, Rutile

4

Lead-free organic yellow No. 75

5

Calcium Carbonate, ASTM D 1199

Type GC Grade 1

91

Vehicle Composition, percent by weight

Acrylic Emulsion E-2706 (50% NV)1

90

85

Methanol

7

5

Texanol Coalescent

5

4

Other Additives

5

1or approved equivalent

B. FINISHED PAINT:

1. FLEXIBILITY: The paint shall be applied to a 30 gauge, clean tin plate panel, to a wet film thickness of approximately 0.002 inch, with a doctor blade or other suitable means. The panel shall then be dried in a horizontal position for 18 hours, and shall then be baked for five hours at 220F to 230F. The panel shall be cooled to approximately 77F and bent double over a inch rod. The film shall show no cracking or flaking upon bending, or straightening.

2. BLEEDING: When painting over a bituminous surface of the types used in Georgia, no perceptible bleeding shall occur.

3. COLOR: The paint shall dry to a bright yellow which matches color chip #33538 of Federal Color Standard #595A within the limits ofthe Highway Yellow Color Tolerance Chart.. The paint shall not discolor on exposure to weather or traffic and shall not show appreciable discoloration through staining during its service life on either concrete or bituminous surface.

4. CONSISTENCY: The viscosity ofthe paint when measured at 77F shall be 80 - 100 Krebs Units.

5. DRYING: The paint shall dry to no pickup within six minutes when tested according to ASTM D 711. The paint shall dry through within 20 minutes when applied at 15 mils wet thickness at 77F.

6. SPRAYING: The paint shall be mixed at the factory ready for application through spray machines without the necessity of using thinners.

7. STORA.GE: The paint shall not cake, liver, thicken, curdle, gel, or show any other objectionable properties after storage for 6 months.

114

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
8. COARSE PARTICLES AND SKINS: The paint shall contain no more than 1.0 percent
9. FINENESS OF GRIND: The paint shall have a grind of 3 - 5 Hegman scale.
10. WEIGHT PER GALLON: The paint shall weigh a minimum of 13.00 pounds per gallon at 77F.
11. PACKAGING: The finished paint shall be passed through a No. 40 mesh screen while filling the containers.
12. FREEZE - THAW STABILITY: The paint shall show no coagulation or change in consistency greater than ten (10) Kreb Units, when tested in accordance with TT-P-1952B.
13. HEAT STABILITY: The paint shall show no coagulation, discoloration or change in consistency greater than ten (10) Kreb Units, when tested in accordance with TT-P-1952B.
14. pH: The pH shall be greater than 9.5.
November 28, 1995
SECTION 893 - MISCELLANEOUS PLANTING MATERIALS
Delete Subsection 893.02.B as written and substitute the following:
B. MULCH FOR VINE, SHRUB, TREE, AND MISCELLANEOUS PLANT PLANTINGS: Mulch for these items shall be either pine straw, pine bark or hardwood mulch. See Subsection 893.09 for pine bark and hardwood mulch requirements.
Retain Subsection 893.09 as written and add the following:
D. HARDWOOD MULCH: Hardwood mulch shall be derived from disease-free deciduous trees with a particle size ofless than 1 inch in diameter and less than 3 inches in length. Hardwood mulch must complete two composting cycles of 140F so that all :viable weed seeds are destroyed and no further decomposition due to nitrification will occur. Hardwood mulch shall be free from toxic levels of acidity and alkalinity.
April 20, 1995
SECTION 911 - SIGN POSTS
Delete Subsection 911.01 as written and substitute the following:
911.01 GALVANIZED STEEL SIGN POSTS (DRIVE TYPE): Drive type steel posts shall be flanged "U'' channel or square tubular sections with cross-sectional dimensions and weights as shown below:
A. MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS: U-channel posts shall be made of rerolled rail steel or new billet steel and shall conform to the mechanical requirements ofASTM A 499, Grade 60, and the chemical requirements ofASTM A 1 for rails having nominal weights of 91 pounds per linear yard or greater. Square tubular posts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 570, Grade 55, ASTM A 715, Grade 60 or ASTM A 653, Grade 33.
115

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

B. GALVANIZING: All U-channel posts shall be coated in accordance with ASTM A 123 after the holes are punched or drilled. Square tubular posts shall be coated in accordance with AASHTO M 181, Section 32 or ASTM A 653, G90.

C. Dimensions, Weights, and Tolerances for U-channel posts shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated on the plans:

OVER-ALL
1. FLANGE WIDTH a. Rib Back b. Flat Back

TPl

. TP2

2.063" 2.313"

3.125" 3.125"

TP3
3.500" 3.625"

TP4
3.750" 3.750"

TOLERANCE
:t0.125" :t0.125"

2. DEPTH OF "U" CHANNEL a. Rib Back b. Flat Back

0.875" 0.875"

1.500" 1.500"

1.875" 1.750"

2.000" 1.750"

:t0.125" :t0.125"

3. WEIGHT/LIN FT. (Before Drilling/Punching Holes, and Galvanizing)

a. Rib Back

1.12 lb. 2 lb.

3 lb.

4 lb.

:t5%

b. Flat Back

1.12 lb 2 lb.

3 lb.

4 lb.

:t5%

4. Bolt holes may be punched or drilled and shall be 3/8 inch in diameter and spaced 1 inch center to center (:tl/32 inch) beginning 1 inch from the top and extending the full length of the post for Types II, III, and IV and extending a minimum of 18 inches for Type I. Field punched holes will not be permitted.

5. Length of post shall be as specified on the Plans.

6. Post assemblies within a sign structure must be from the same manufacturer.

D. Dimensions, Weights, and Tolerances for square posts shall be as follows unless otherwise shown on the Plans:

1. Size (O.D.)

TP5 1.000"

TP6 1.750"

TP7 2.000"

TP8 2.500"

TOLERANCE :t0.010"

2. Wall Thickness

0.065" 0.083" 0.083" 0.105" :t0.010"

3. Weight/LIN FT.*

0.83 lb. 1.80 lb. 2.10 lb. 3.40 lb. :t5%

* (Before Drilling/Punching Holes, and Galvanizing)

4. Bolt holes may be punched or drilled and shall be 7/16 inch in diameter (:t 1/64 inch) and spaced 1 inch center to center (:t 3/64 inch) beginning 1 inch from the top and extending the full length of the post on all four sides for Types 6, 7 and 8 and extending a minimum of 18 inches on all four sides for Type 5. Field punched holes will not be permitted.

5. Length of post shall be as specified on the Plans.

6. Post assemblies within a sign structure must be from the same manufacturer.

E. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: Each sign support matrix shall have FHWA approval and shall be evaluated in accordance with the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals, current edition.

116

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
F. BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: The bolts shall be 5/16 inch diameter with hexagonal heads, and of sufficient length to extend at least inch beyond the nut when installed. Nuts shall be hex nuts ofthe self-locking plastic insert type. The thread fit for the bolts shall be ANSI Bl.l, Class 2A and the thread fit for the nuts shall be ANSI Bl.1, Class 2B. Aluminum washers shall be 25/64 inch I.D. by inch O.D. by 0.091 inch thick. Galvanized steel and stainless steel washers shall be standard size meeting the size requirements ofANSI B 18.22.1. Washers are to be placed between head of bolt and sign face.
Bolts, nuts, washers and spacers may be aluminum, stainless steel or galvanized steel. Galvanized steel bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A 307, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. Aluminum shall conform to ASTM B 211, alloy 2024-T4 for bolts, alloy 2017-T4 for nuts, and ASTM B 209,Alloy 2024-T4 for washers. Stainless Steel shall conform to ASTM A 193, Type BS.
G. FABRICATION: The posts shall be rolled or formed sections of the dimensions specified. All sharp corners shall be rounded and rough or burred parts sh.all be smoothly dressed.
1. HOLES: Holes may be punched or drilled as specified in Subsection 911.01.C.4.
Delete Subsection 911.04.D as written and substitute the following:
D. FLEXIBLE DELINEATOR POSTS: Flexible delineator posts shall be fabricated of a durable plastic or poly resin material capable ofbeing driven into the ground with equipment which does not damage the posts or reflective sheeting or capable of being surface mounted onto pavement. Pilot holes shall be drilled or formed by other means where necessary to obtain the embedment shown on the plans. Flexible Delineator Posts shall be classified as follows:
Type I - Curved or Flat A - Soil Mount B - Surface Mount
Type II - Tubular A - Soil Mount B - Surface Mount
All posts shall be durable, flexible, non-discoloring and capable of recovering from repeated vehicle impacts. Materials used in the manufacture of flexible delineator posts shall be stabilized with UV (ultraviolet) inhibitors to prevent degradation. The posts shall be inert to all normal atmospheric elements and chemicals which might be used in grass or weed control. Posts shall be gray, white, or yellow in color as required. The posts shall be made of a material to which reflective sheeting can be applied. The reflective sheeting used on flexible delineator posts shall be the color white or yellow as required and shall meet the requirements of Subsection 913.01, Type II or Type III. Approved reflective sheetings shall be listed on QPL-29 ofthe Georgia Departments of Transportation Qualified Products Manual.
1. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA: Flexible Delineator Posts shall be evaluated by the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) or Southeastern Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (SASHTO) Regional Test Facility. Data generated by the NTPEP and SASHTO testing will be used to select those materials which have performed satisfactorily when subjected to the following tests:
117

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
A. Material Tests:
a. Shapes and Dimensions: Flexible delineator posts shall be curved, flat or tubular with the upper 14 inches presenting a minimum 3 inch wide profile in the direction of approaching traffic. The reflective sheeting on the delineators shall be a minimum of 9 inches in length and sufficient width to provide a 3 inch wide profile facing approaching traffic. The top of the reflective sheeting shall be inch from the top ofthe delineator post. The top oftubular posts shall be capped to prevent the inclusion ofwater. Soil mount flexible delineator posts shall be designed to connect with a drive type anchor base made of corrosion resistant material. It is intended that when a post is no longer serviceable it can be removed and a new post installed on the same anchor base. The minimum length for the anchor base shall be 18 inches and the minimum height above the ground for the soil mount flexible delineator posts shall be 48 inches. Surface mount flexible delineator posts shall be designed to connect with the base assembly and be easily replaced when the existing post is no longer serviceable. The post heights above the surface shall be 24, 36, or 48 inches as required.
b. Weathering: Flexible delineator posts shall be capable of withstanding 1,000 hours of UV exposure in the Q.U.V. weatherometer without significant color change or physical deterioration as might be exhibited by splitting, cracking, delaminating, etc. The test shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions ofASTM G 53.
B. Field Tests: Flexible delineator posts shall be impacted as described below:
Install eight delineator posts in two rows offour each so that one row will be bumper hits and one row will be wheel hits in one pass of the vehicle.
The dimension from the top of the delineator post to ground level shall be 48 inches ( 1 inch).
The delineator post shall be installed with the reflective sheeting facing the test vehicle.
The test vehicle shall be a standard American sedan and/or pickup, and shall have no unusually sharp hood ornaments or other appurtenances.
All eight delineator posts shall be impacted ten times (5 hits at an ambient temperature of 325F and 5 hits at an ambient temperature of 855F0 ) with the test vehicle traveling at a speed of 55 mph.
At the conclusion ofthe impact test described above at least five of the eight posts shall:
1. Remain intact and securely anchored and return to their original vertical orientation within an angle of 10.
2. In addition, each post meeting item 1 requirement above shall also retain a minimum of 50% of its reflective sheeting and show minimal signs of distress (cracking, loss of rigidity).
118

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
2. ACCEPTANCE: Flexible delineat.or posts which have met the above laborat.ory material test and field test requirements will be placed on the approved list. Only those flexible delineat.or posts which appear on the Georgia Department ofTransportation Qualified Products List may be used. The manufacturer shall certify that the flexible delineat.or posts t.o be supplied are formulated of the same material as when tested by NTPEP and will conform t.o the requirements of this Specification. Type offlexible delineat.or post used will be as shown for each location on the Plans.
Delete Subsection 911.04.E.

December 16, 1993
SECTION 912 - SIGN BLANKS AND PANELS
Delete Subsection 912.0lA as written and substitute the following:
A. TYPES:
1. TYPE I. All signs with area of nine square feet or less shall be known as Type I. Type I blanks shall have a thickness of 0.080 :t.005 inches.
2. TYPE II. All signs with area more than nine square feet shall be known as Type II. Type II blanks shall have a thickness of 0.100 :t .006 inches.

SECTION 912 - SIGN BLANKS AND PANELS Retain Subsection 912.02.B.1 as written and add the following:
The washers shall conform t.o ASTM B 209, Alloy 2024-T4.

April 9, 1993

January 29, 1996
SECTION 913 - REFLECTORIZING MATERIALS
Delete Subsection 913.01 and substitute the following:
913.01 REFLECTIVE SHEETING: Reflective sheeting shall meet the requirements ofAASHTO M 268 and the following additional requirements:
A. REFLECTIVE APPLIED COPY: The reflective applied copy for Type I reflective sheeting signs including letters, numerals, symbols, borders, and specified route markers, shall be Silver-White, Type III or Type IV.
B. BASIS OF ACCEPTANCE: Acceptance will be based on test results of samples taken by the Engineer or a sampled submitted by the manufacturer or fabricat.or t.o the Engineer. The samples shall consist
ofl ft2 in area from each lot of each color being used. Where the manufacturer or fabricator submits
the samples, the Department shall receive a certificate stating that the reflective sheeting used on the project was from the same lot as the sample submitted for testing.

119

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
C. REJECTION OF MATERIAL: Reflective sheeting will be rejected for failure to meet any one of the designated requirements. In addition, any material meeting the requirements, but which during sign fabrication or in actual use, performs in an wiacceptable manner as evidenced by cracking, wrinkling, delamination, color change, or abnormal loss of reflectivity will be considered unacceptable and rejected.
D. CERTIFICATION: In addition, the manufacturer shall submit with each lot or shipment, a certification which states that the material supplied will meet all the test requirements listed herein. Further, the certificate shall state that the actual tests specified have been conducted to assure compliance and that test results will be provided upon request.
E. PERFORMANCE WARRANTY: The Contractor or bidder shall transfer to the Department a performance warranty for Enclosed Lens, Encapsulated Lens, or Microprismatic Sheeting issued by the manufacturer. These warranties shall be in.addition to all other certifications and/or warranties required by this Specification and shall cover the full replacement cost including material and labor. Included in these warranties shall be a provision that the warranty is subject to such transfer. In addition to the above requirement, the manufacturer's warranty shall provide for the following applicable requirements and statements. Reflective sheeting, processed, applied to sign blank materials, and cleaned, shall perform effectively for the number ofyears stated in Table I of this Specification, as determined by the Department. The reflective sheeting will be considered unsatisfactory if it has deteriorated due to natural causes to the ext.ent that: (1) the sign is ineffective for its intended purpose as defined in Subsection 913.01.C., or (2) the average night-time reflective brightness is less than that specified in Table I.
120

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

TABLE I EFFECTIVE PERFORMANCE LIFE

SHEETING

TYPE AND COLOR

Average Minimum Candlepower Per Foot Candle per Square Foot(l) at 0.2 Divergence and -4 Incidence

White

Type!

35

Yellow

Type!

25

Brown

Type I

0.5

Orange

Type!

12

Red

Type I

7

Green

Type I

4

Blue

Type!

2

White

Type II

70

Yellow

Type II

50

Brown

Type II

2

Orange

Type II

30

Red

Type II

15

Green

Type II

15

Blue

Type II

5

White

Type III

125

Yellow

Type III

85

Brown

Type III

6

Orange

Type III

50

Red

Type III

22

Green

Type III

22

Blue

Type III

10

White

Type IV

125

Yellow

Type IV

85

Brown

Type IV

3

Orange

Type IV

50

Red

Type IV

17

Green

Type IV

17

Blue

Type IV

10

Note(l) Candlepower measurement shall be made following sign cleaning.

Effective Performance Life- Years
7 7 7 5 7 7 7
10 10 10
3 10 10 10
10 10 10
3 10 10 10
10 10 10 3 10 10 10

Delete Subsection 913.02 as written and substitute the following:

913.02 GLASS BEADS FOR LUMINOUS TRAFFIC LINES: Glass beads for use in luminous traffic lines shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 247, Type I.

121

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

October 7, 1993
SECTION 913 - REFLECTORIZING MATERIALS
Retain Section 913 as written and add the following Subsection:
913.03 WIDE ANGLE PRISMATIC REFLECTIVE SHEETING-TYPE V: Wide Angle Prismatic Reflective Sheeting-Type V shall have a smooth surface with a distinctive interlocking diamond seal pattern and
orientation marks visible froiii the face. The sheeting shall be precoated with a pressure sensitive
adhesive backing protected by a removable liner.
A. REFLECTIVE INTENSITY: The wide angle reflective sheeting shall have minimum reflective intensity values at 0.2 and 0.5 divergence angles as shown in Table I expressed as candlepower per foot candle per square foot ofmaterial. The reflective intensity shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 810 except that the Table I values shall be met at 0 and at 90 rotation angles * without averaging and the Table II values for yellow sheeting shall be met using only the 45 rotation angle.
* Note: The datum mark (arrow) imprinted on the face of the sheeting shall be the datum mark for the test purposes. For the preferred 90 rotation angle, for example, the sheeting shall be positioned on the goniometer so that the direction of this datum mark is perpendicular to the observation plane (this geometry is equivalent to a 90 orientation angle with a presentation angle of 0in the measurement geometry described in Fed. Test Method Std. 370). For the 0 rotation angle, the direction of the datum mark shall be parallel to the observation plane.

TABLEI MINIMUM REFLECTIVE INTENSITY VALUES
FOR 0 AND 90 ROTATION

Observation Entrance

Angle0

Angle0 White Yellow Red

0.2

-4

800

660

215

0.2

+30

400

340

100

0.2

+45

145

85

25

0.2

+60**

35

23

6.6

0.5

-4

200

160

45

0.5

+30

100

85

26

0.5

+45

75

60

18

0.5

+60**

30

20

6.4

**The 60 entrance angle shall be measured at 90 rotation only.

Blue
43 20 7.6 LO 9.8 5.0 2.8 2.0

Green
80 35 12 2.0 20 10 6.0 2.0

Orange
300 150 75 15 100 50 35 15

122

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

TABLE II MINIMUM REFLECTIVE INTENSITY VALUES
FOR 45 ROTATION ANGLE

Observation Angle0 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5

Entrance Angle0 -4 +30 -4 +30

Yellow
550 130 145 70

The wide angle prismatic reflective sheeting shall exhibit a reflective intensity not less than 90 percent of the value shown in Table I when totally wet by waterspray as outlined in the following procedure.

Place the specimen in an upright position 6 inches below and four inches in front of the nozzle as shown in Figure 1.
Hose

-H'3/?..),--------- ------
1. 1:;":&:....i..;;,.,._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ --f" 8.. _ _ _ _,..
NOZZLE

<3_

"

f,:;

Hose Nozzle

Holes " spacing #63 drill-31 holes

sI7f..-;
-~~~~===.,-_!!i!~-~~----a: Source
- - - - - - - - D Photoreceptor

FIGURE 1. Test set up for rainfall test (source and photoreceptor in horizontal plane)

Apply sufficient water pressure so that the upper surface of the spray envelope strikes the top of the specimen. With water falling on the specimen, measure the reflective intensity value at angles of 0.2 and 0.5 observation at -4 entrance.
B. COLOR:
1. The colors specified shall be matched visually and be within the color tolerance limits shown on the appropriate Highway Color Tolerance Charts issued by the Federal Highway Administration utilizing the instructions thereon. Certification by the manufacturer as to conformance with this requirement may be accepted by the purchaser.
OR

123

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

2. Through instrumental color testing the diffuse day color of the sheeting material shall conform to the requirements of Table III. The test instrument shall be one of the following or approved equal:
a. GARDNER Multipurpose Reflectometer b. GARDNER Model AC-2a Color Difference Meter c. MEECO Model V Colormaster d. HUNTERLAB D 25 Color Difference Meter
In the event of any dispute concerning the results of instrumental testing, the visual test shall be considered the referee method and shall prevail.

Color
White Yellow Red Blue Green Orange

TABLE Ill COLOR SPECIFICATION LIMITS* (DAYTIME)

1

X
0.305 0.487 0.690 0.078 0.030 0.583

y
0.305 0.423 0.310 0.171 0.398 0.416

2

X
0.355 0.545 0.595 0.150 0.166 0.523

y
0.355 0.454 0.315 0.220 0.364 0.397

3

X
0.335 0.465 0.569 0.210 0.286 0.560

y
0.375 0.534 0.341 0.160 0.446 0.360

4

X
0.285 0.427 0.655 0.137 0.201 0.631

y
0.325 0.483 0.345 0.038 0.794 0.369

Reflectance Limit

Y(%)

min. max.

40

24 45

3

15

1 . 10

3

9

12 30

* The four pairs of chromacity coordinates determine the acceptable color in terms of the CIE 1931
standard colorimetric system measured with standard illuminant D65
C. ADHESIVE:

1. The reflective sheeting shall have a precoated pressure sensitive adhesive backing which may be applied without the necessity of application of additional material to either the sheeting or the aluminum sign blank.

2. The protective liner attached to the adhesive shall be removed by peeling without soaking in water or other solvents, and shall be easily removed after accelerated storage for 4 hours at 150F under a force of 2 pounds per square inch (2.5 lbs./in.2).

3. The adhesive shall form a durable bond to smooth corrosion and weather resistant surfaces and, forty-eight hours after application, shall adhere securely at temperatures ranging from -30F to 200F. The adhesive shall provide a vandal resistant bond and shall prevent the reflective sheeting from disbonding from the panel when struck at -10F.

The adhesive bond shall prevent the reflective sheeting from peeling from the panel when a 5 pound per inch width (5 lbs.fin. width) force is applied as outlined in ASTM D 903.

124

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
D.FILM:
1. GENERAL: The reflective sheeting shall be sufficiently flexible to be easily cut to shape.
The sheeting with liner removed and conditioned for 24 hours at 72F and 50 percent R.H. shall be sufficiently flexible to show no cracking when bent around a 1/8 inch mandrel, with adhesive side contacting mandrel.
NOTE: For ease of testing, spread talcum powder on adhesive to prevent sticking.
The sheeting shall permit cutting at temperatures ranging from 60F to 100F and relative humidities ranging from 20 percent to 80 percent.
The retroreflective sheeting shall permit cutting and color processing with compatible transparent and opaque process colors in accordance with the sheeting manufacture's recommendations at temperatures of60 to 100 degrees F (16 to 38 degrees C) and relative humidities of20% to 80%. The sheeting shall be heat resistant and permit force curing without staining of applied or unapplied sheeting at temperatures recommended by the sheeting manufacturer.
2. SURFACE: The sheeting shall be smooth, shall facilitate cleaning and wet performance, and exhibit 85F gloss meter rating of not less than 50 (ASTM D 523).
For colored, transparent overlay films and for screen printed transparent color areas on white sheeting, the ratios ofthe intensity for the white to the intensity for the color, when measured at 0.2 observation, -4 entrance, and 90 rotation, shall be 5:1 to 15:1 for red, and not less than 5:1 for blue or for green when processed in accordance with sheeting manufacturer's recommendations.
E. IMPACT RESISTANCE: The reflective sheeting, when applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations to a cleaned and etched 0.040 inch x 3 inches x 5 inches aluminum panel and conditioned for 24 hours at 72F and 50 percent relative humidity, shall show no cracking when the face ofthe panel is subjected to an impact of a 2.0 pound weight with a 5/8 inch rounded tip dropped from a 10 inch pound setting on a Gardner Variable Impact Tester.
F. DURABILITY: When applied in accordance with recommended procedures, the reflective sheeting shall be weather resistant, and following cleaning in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, shall show no appreciable discoloration, cracking, crazing, blistering, or dimensional change. Following exposure, the panels shall be washed with a 5 percent hydrochloric acid solution for 45 seconds, rinsed thoroughly with clean water, blotted with a soft clean cloth brought to equilibrium and standard conditions and tested. It shall not have less than the minimum specific intensity per unit area as specified in Table IV when subjected to accelerated weathering in an Atlas Twin Arch weatherometer ASTM G 23 Types D, E, or EH in accordance with ASTM D 822. In addition, the rainfall test in Sub-Section 913.01.A, shall not be reduced by more than 10 percent of the dry measured reflective intensity value of the weathered sample.
125

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Color
White Yellow Red Blue Green

TABLE IV MINIMUM REFLECTIVE INTENSITY VALUES AFTER 2200 HOURS ACCELERATED WEATHERING
MEASURED AT 90 ROTATION ANGLE

Observation Angle0

Entrance Angle0

0.2

-4

0.2

-4

0.2

-4

0.2

-4

0.2

-4

cd/fc/ft2
400 330 107 22 40

G. BEAT RESISTANCE: The sheeting material shall be applied to a test panel and shall be measured for specific intensity at 0.2 observation and -4 entrance angles at both 0 and 90 rotations and exposed to 170 :t 5 degrees F (77 :t 3 degrees C) for 24 hours in an air circulating oven. After heat exposure the sheeting shall retain a minimum of 70% of the original coefficient of retroreflection at both orientations when measured at room temperature.

H. CORROSION RESISTANCE: The sheeting material, when applied to a test panel, shall show no loss ofadhesion, appreciable discoloration or corrosion and after cleaning shall retain a minimum of 80% ofthe original coefficient ofretroreflection when measured at 0.2 observation, -4 entrance, and 0 and 90 rotation angles only, after 1000 hours exposure to a 5% concentration salt spray at 95 degrees F (35 degrees C) when tested in accordance with ASTM B 117.

I. INTENDED USE: The reflective sheeting specified herein is intended for use on surfaces of highway signs to assure their optimum visibility by day and at night when exposed to a light source and whether dry or totally wet by rain.

J. LETTERING PAINT: All paint or ink used on the sheeting for symbols, message, numerals, and borders shall be as recommended by the sheeting manufacturer.

K BASIS OF ACCEPTANCE: The manufacturer shall submit with each lot or shipment a certification which states that the material supplied will meet all the test requirements listed herein. Further, the certificate shall state that the actual tests specified have been conducted to assure compliance and that test results will be provided upon request.

L. REJECTION OF MATERIAL: Reflective sheeting will be rejected for failure to meet any one of the previously designated requirements. In addition, any material meeting the above requirements, but which during sign fabrication or in actual field use, performs in an unacceptable manner as evidenced by cracking, wrinkling, delamination, color change, or abnormal loss of reflectivity will be adjudged unacceptable and rejected.

M. PERFORMANCE WARRANTY: The Contractor or bidder shall transfer to the Department a performance warranty for Wide Angle Prismatic Sheeting issued by the manufacturer. These warranties shall be in addition to all other certifications and/or warranties required by this specification and shall cover the full replacement cost including material and labor. Included in these warranties shall be a provision that the warranty is subject to such transfer. In addition to the above requirement the manufacturer's warranty shall provide for the following applicable requirements and statements.

126

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Reflective sheeting, processed, applied to sign blank materials, and cleaned, shall perform effectively for the number ofyears stated in Table V ofthis Specification, as determined by the Department. The reflective sheeting will be considered unsatisfactory if it has deteriorated due to natural causes to the extent that the average night-time reflective brightness is less than that specified in Table V.
TABLEV
MINIMUM REFLECTIVE INTENSITY VALUES AFTER 7 YEARS OF SERVICE MEASURED AT 90 ROTATION ANGLE

Color

Observation Angle (deg.)

Entrance Angle (deg.)

cd/fc/ft2

White

0.2

Yellow

0.2

Red

0.2

Blue

0.2

Green

0.2

-4

400

-4

330

-4

107

-4

22

-4

40

February 21, 1996
SECTION 919 - RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER MATERIALS
Delete the first paragraph ofSubsection 919.01 as written and substitute the following:
919.01 MATERIALS: All materials shall meet the requirements of those Specifications and no materials shall be used until it has been approved by the Laboratory.
The Pavement Markers shall be of the type shown on the Plans or specified in the proposal. Reference is made to the following:
Type 1, two-way, one color, 4" x 2" reflective markers. Type 2, one-way, one color, 4" x 2" reflective markers. Type 3, two-way, two color, 4" x 2" reflective markers. Type 4, round white, yellow or black ceramic, non-reflective markers. Type 5, oval white, yellow or black ceramic, non-reflective markers. Type 6, oval white or yellow ceramic, reflective markers. Type 7, white or yellow ceramic jiggle bar, non-reflective markers. Type 8, white or yellow ceramicjiggle bar, reflective markers. Type 9, white or yellow channel, non-reflective markers. Type 10, white or yellow channel, reflective markers. Type 11, two-way, one color, 4" x 4" reflective markers. Type 12, one-way, one color, 4" x 4" reflective markers. Type 13, two-way, two color, 4: x 4" reflective markers. Type 14, two-way, one color, flexible reflective markers. Type 15, one-way, one color, flexible reflective markers.

127

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Delete the first paragraph ofSubsection 919.0lA as written and substitute the following:
A. REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS: Types 1, 2, 3, 11, 12 and 13 reflective pavement markers shall be ofthe prismatic reflector type, consisting ofmethyl methacrylate or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene high impact plastic shell filled with a mixture of inert thermosetting compound and filler material. The exterior surface of the shell shall be smooth and contain one or two prismatic faces, molded to reflect incident light from a single direction or from opposite directions. The shell shall be ofone color or of a combination oftwo colors which will be the same as reflective elements and shall be of the size and shape shown by the Plans. Two basic sizes of reflective pavement markers are allowed for use - the standard 4" x 4", and a low profile raised pavement marker which has an approximate base dimension of 4" x 2". Low profile raised pavement markers shall have one or two lens surfaces which meet the requirements of ASTM D 4280, Designation "H"-Marker with hard, abrasion resistant lens surface. The base of the marker shall be free from gloss or substances which may reduce its bond to the adhesive. The presence ofa soft or resin rich film on the surface of the base will be cause for rejection.
Types 14 and 15 flexible reflective markers shall be manufactured by extrusion of plastic into an "L" shape, with nominal dimensions of 4" long x 2" high vertical face x 1" wide base leg. A pressure sensitive adhesive with a paper release liner shall be attached to the bottom of the base leg. A strip of metallized acrylic reflective sheeting shall be attached to either one or both sides of the vertical face. The reflective strip shall be protected by a clear plastic cover. The cover shall be able to withstand a chip seal operation and shall easily be removed after the operation.
Retain Subsection 919.0lA.7. TOLERANCES as written and renumber as new Subsection 919.0lA.8. TOLERANCES.
Insert new Subsection 919.0lA. 7. as follows:
7. HARDNESS: A random sample of five Type 14 or Type 15 markers shall be selected for determination of Shore A Durometer hardness in accordance with ASTM D 2240. The Shore A hardness of both the marker body and the clear protective cover shall be a minimum of 80.
Retain Subsection 919.03 as written and add the following new paragraphs:
Conditional approval will be given to raised pavement markers that have been evaluated by the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program(NTPEP), the Georgia Department of Transportation or other state DOT test facilities provided the white raised pavement markers meet the following requirements:
1. Markers that maintain an average Coefficient ofRetroreflected Luminous Intensity of 1.5 candles per foot candle(cd/fc)* after a I-year field evaluation period through at least one of the test facilities specified above may, at the Department's option, be added to the Department's Qualified Products Manual on a conditional basis.
128

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
2. Markers shall maintain an average Coefficient of Retroreflected Luminous Intensity of 0.5 candles per foot candle(cd/fc)* after a 2-year field evaluation period through at least one of the test facilities specified above upon which final acceptance or rejection will be given.
* Measurements for the Coefficient ofRetroreflected Luminous Intensity shall be at the 0 Incident Angle and 0.2 Divergence Angle.
Raised Pavement Markers which have met the requirements of Section 919 and have met the field performance requirements specified above shall be listed in the Department's Qualified Products Manual.

April 23, 1993

SECTION 919-RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER MATERIALS

Delete Subsection 919.01.B as written and substitute the following:

B. CERAMIC PAVEMENT MARKERS: Type 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 markers shall consist of a heat fired, white, vitreous, ceramic base and a heat fired, opaque, glazed surface to produce the properties required in these Specifications. The glaze shall not be present on the bottom of the markers which will be connected to the road surface. The markers shall be thoroughly and evenly matured and free from defects which affect appearance and serviceability. Reflective ceramic pavement markers shall conform to the specific intensity of each reflective surface in accordance with Subsection 919.01.A.2.

1. Twenty-five markers selected at random will constitute a representative sample for each shipment or lot. A random sample offive markers shall be subjected to each of the required tests. Ifmore than one marker fails to meet the requirements for which it has been tested, the shipment or lot will be rejected and no resample will be allowed. When only one marker fails to meet the requirements for which it has been tested, a resample will be allowed at the request of the Contractor. Twenty-five markers will also constitute a resample. All twenty-five markers shall be subjected to the test or tests which the original sample failed. If more than five markers fail to meet any ofthe tests to which they are subjected, the entire shipment or lot will be rejected and no further sampling will be allowed.

2. The mean thickness of the glazed surface shall be not less than 0.005 inch when measured not closer than" from edge ofmarker. The water absorption of the ceramic markers shall not exceed 2.0 percent of the original dry weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C 373. The glazed surface ofthe markers shall not craze spoil, or peel when subjected to one cycle of the Autoclave test at 250 PSI (ASTM C 424).

3. The color of the white and yellow markers shall be as designated; shall be uniform and shall be determined by visual comparison with calibrated standards having C.I.E. Chromaticity Coordinate limits, determined in accordance with Federal methods oftest TT-T-141, Method 4252 falling within a rectangle having the following corner points:

White

1

2

3

4

.290 .316 .310 .296 .3S0 .320 .310 .344

Yellow .435 .485 .445 .435 .544 .456 .516 .484

Black shall conform to Federal Color No. 595-27038.

(90 MGO) 80 min. 50 min.

129

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

4. When subjected to the compressive load test, the average compressive strength of the five markers shall not be less than 1500 pounds and no individual marker shall have a compressive strength less than 1200 pounds. The markers shall be centered, base down, over the open end of a vertically positioned hollow metal cylinder. The cylinder shall be one inch high, with an internal diameter ofthree inches and a wall thickness of". A load necessary to break the markers shall be applied at a speed of 0.2 inch per minute to the top ofthe markers through a one inch diameter solid metal cylinder centered on the top of the markers.

C. CHANNEL MARKERS: Type 9 and 10 markers shall consist of either a heat fired, white, vitreous, ceramic base with a heat fired, opaque, glazed surface or a 9 gauge steel body with a heat fired porcelain finish. Both ceramic and steel channel markers shall be free from any defects which affect appearance and serviceability. Type 10 markers shall conform to the specific intensity of each reflective surface in accordance with Subsection 919.01.A.2.

1. Five markers selected at random will constitute a representative sample for each shipment or lot. Two markers will be subjected to each of the required tests. If both markers fail to meet the requirements for which they have been tested, the shipment or lot will be rejected and no resample will be allowed. When only one marker fails to meet the requirements for which it has been tested, the remaining three markers will be tested and all three must meet the requirements, before the shipment or lot can be accepted.

2. The mean thickness ofthe glazed surface ofceramic channel markers shall not be less than 0.005 inch when measured not closer than inch from edge of marker. The mean thickness of the porcelain finish on the steel channel markers shall not be less than 0.030 inch. The water absorption of the ceramic markers shall not exceed 2.0 percent of the original dry weight when tested in accordance with ASTM C 373. The surface ofthe markers shall not craze, spoil, or peel when subjected to one cycle of the Autoclave test at 250 PSI (ASTM C 424).

3. The color of the white and yellow markers shall be as designated; shall be uniform and shall be determined by visual comparison with calibrated standards having C.I.E. Chromaticity Coordinate limits, determined in accordance with Federal methods oftest TT-T-141, Method 4252 falling within a rectangle having the following comer points:

1

2

3

4

(90MGO)

White .290 .316 .310 .296 .330 .320 .310 .344 80min.

Yellow .435 .485 .445 .435 .544 .456 .516 .484 50 min.

-------------------------------------

130

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
August 1, 1995
SECTION 925 - TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT
925.01 GENERAL: This section provides specifications for traffic signal equipment. Traffic signal equipment and materials in this section shall meet Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Supplemental Specifications, Special Provisions, project plans, special plan details, and Standard Construction Details. All equipment furnished shall be new and shall conform to the applicable requirements ofthe Underwriter's Laboratory Incorporated ('UL), the Electronic Industries Association (EIA), the National Electric Code (NEC), the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA), the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), and the applicable Standards, Specifications, and regulations of the Georgia Department of Transportation.
TSEF is an abbreviation for the Department's Traffic Signal Electrical Facility, 525 Plasters Avenue, Atlanta, GA 30334.
925.02 NEMA SIGNAL CONTROLLER: NEMA signal controllers shall be microprocessor based, solid state, digitally timed, actuated traffic controllers and shall conform to the current NEMA TS-1 specifications. All NEMA signal controllers must be capable ofsatisfactory distributive, closed-loop system operation as detailed in Sub-Section 925.05. All units shall time all appropriate intervals for at least eight vehicle phases in two rings, four pedestrian phases and four overlaps. Additionally, the units shall provide an internal clock and calendar, time based coordination, preemption, time-of-day(TOD) plans, time-of-year{TOY) plans and coordinated operation. The unit shall have a menu driven, front panel LCD and keypad to read and modify any controller timing parameter.
A. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: The controller unit shall operate from a nominal 120 V AC, 60 Hz power source and conform to NEMA standards for timing accuracy. The timing tolerances shall be maintained without the use of heater or refrigeration units. All modules, cards or boards which contain volatile memory shall be protected from accidental loss due to power failure by a backup method such as a battery or EEPROM. The controller shall automatically resume normal operation following a power interruption without manual initiation or switching. The controller shall be adequately fused or contain equivalent circuit breakers to provide surge (or overpower) protection. Each controller shall have a front panel connector to interface with the closed loop software via a computer.
B. CONTROLLER FUNCTIONS: Controllers shall have unit, ring and phase inputs in accordance with NEMA standards. The controller shall provide the proper intervals and interval sequence and shall be capable of skipping a phase when neither vehicle or pedestrian actuation establishes a need for the next traffic phase. The controller shall be capable of receiving inputs from auxiliary components which wilJ cause the controller to stop timing. Upon removal ofthe input, the interval which was timing shall resume normal timing. During stop timing, actuation on non-green phases shall be accumulated and actuation for phase in green interval shall cause the passage timer to be reset. The yellow interval in all cases shall not be less than 3 seconds.
C. PREEMPTION: Preemption sequencing and timing shall be accomplished by the controller, with the signal cabinet to be equipped with any connector, cables and interface panel required to modify or otherwise change the vehicular phase sequence to provide the proper preemption operation. A minimum of four (4) possible preemption routines shall be provided.
131

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
1. PRIORITY: Preemption routines shall be established in a priority order with routine number 1 receiving the highest priority. The order of priority may be selectable, by keyboard entry, at the option ofthe manufacturer. The controller shall provide an orderly transition from lower priority to higher priority preemption routines and an orderly transition from higher priority to lower priority routines, when the higher priority demand has been satisfied and a lower priority demand still exists.
Preemption shall be initiated by a ground true logic input and shall normally have priority over any remote flash input or time-based controlled flash input. This override priority shall be selectable (yes or no) thru controller programming.
Controllers utilizing st.art up flash or minimum flash periods prior to initialization shall continue the flashing operation if any preempt input is active or becomes active during this flash period. The flashing operation shall be continuous for the duration of any preempt input.
2. OPERATION: The preemption routines shall provide for the capability of dwelling in a selected pattern following the appropriate clearance intervals or, by keyboard selection, shall allow for the normal cycling of selected pedestrian and vehicle phases. Phases or overlaps not selected for cycling shall maintain their output states as defined in the dwell state for the routine in effect.
The capability to test each preemption routine's programming and operation shall be available by keyboard entry.
Each preemption routine shall have the ability to delay the recognition of the preemption input. This feature shall determine the time, in seconds, that the preemption input must be present before it is recognized by the controller unit. It shall be possible to delay recognition of the preemption input, as a minimum, from Oto 4 seconds in increments of 1 second or less.
The preemption routines shall operate all signal indications as specified by NEMA and the MUTCD and shall provide for the activation and deactivation of a minimum of four (4) independently selectable outputs. Any controller in system operation shall immediately begin the reestablishment of system synchronization upon completion of any preemption routines. Documentation of the preemption operation, programming and wiring of any interface panels, relays and other components utilized to provide the preemption routines shall be provided.
D: DOCUMENTATION: Each controller shall be provided with manuals documenting the programming, operation and maintenance ofthe unit. The documentation shall also include schematic drawings and pin assignment charts for maintenance purposes.
E. CERTIFICATION: Each brand and model of NEMA local controllers and master controllers must be certified by the State Traffic Operations Engineer. A list of qualified NEMA controllers will be published quarterly by TSEF.
F. GUARANTEE: When a new model ofcontroller is submitted to the Department or upon request from the State Traffic Operations Engineer, the manufacturer shall submit a certificate to the State Traffic Operations Engineer from an approved independent laboratory stating that the equipment has been tested and meets the requirements ofthe current NEMA standards. Materials submittal shall include all manufacturers warranties and guarantees with respect to materials, parts, workmanship, and performance of the products.
925.03 NEMA CONTROLLER CABINET ASSEMBLY: This item, subsequently referred to as the cabinet, shall consist of a complete assembly to house the signal controller, conflict monitor, load switches, wiring, etc. and to provide control of traffic signals.
132

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

A. PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:

1. CABINET SHELL:

a MATERIALS: The cabinet shall be constructed of fabricated sheet aluminum with a minimum thickness of0.125 inches. The cabinet shall exhibit a "bare" aluminum finish and be clean cut in design and appearance.

b. SIZE: The cabinet shall be of sufficient size to house the controller and any other auxiliary equipment required by the plans and specifications, with at least 520 in2 of usable shelf space. Shelfspace shall be full width and shall be so located that-it in no way interferes with access to the back panel or other components in the cabinet. The shelves shall provide sufficient space for all necessary auxiliary equipment without crowding, stacking or laying components sideways. Adequate space shall be provided in the cabinet to access or remove individual components without removing the controller, harnesses or any other component from the cabinet. The minimum cabinet dimensions are detailed below:

-

II1-4--

01-1
2" min overhang

I

1, I

~!

HI

---- ---- ----
,...___ w--....~I

2
1--02--j

:tv1INIMUM CABINET DIMENSIONS DI D2 HI H2 w
EIGHT PHASE CABINET 28" 26" 61" 60" 40" FOUR PHASE CABINET 19" 17" 49" 48" 30"
The cabinet bolt patterns shall conform to the spacings detailed in Subsection 925.40.

133

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
c. DOOR: All hinge pins shall be constructed of stainless steel. The main door of the cabinet shall include, as a minimum, 85% of the full area ofthe front of the cabinet. The door shall be neoprene gasketed and provided with a strong tumbler lock keyed for Corbin #2 and 2 keys. The door shall be capable of being secured in the open position by dual non-removable door stops. Door stops shall be located at the bottom and top of the door and shall have at least two (2) variable stop positions between 90 and 120 degrees. Louvers to provide for ventilation of the cabinet shall be located on the door. A standard removable furnace filter with minimum dimensions of 12 inches x 16 inches x 1 inch shall be provided on the inside of the door to cover the ventilation louvers. This filter shall be affixed to the door in such a way as to be easily removed and replaced without the use of tools.
d. POLICE PANEL: A second hinged door, mounted on the front of the main door, shall give access to switches on a police panel. This door shall be provided with a conventional police lock and key. This panel shall include the following switches:
(1) SIGNAL ON/OFF: When placed in the offposition, AC power to the load switches shall be removed causing the field indications to become dark. The controller shall remain active and shall continue to cycle. When this switch is returned to the "ON' position, a restart command shall be issued to the controller causing the controller to initiate its predetermined start up sequence.
(2) FLASH/NORMAL SWITCH: When placed in the flash position, this switch shall cause the signal to flash in its predetermined sequence and stop time to be applied to the controller. When this switch is returned to the normal position, a restart command shall be issued to the controller causing the controller to initiate its predetermined start up sequence.
e. MOUNTING: Galvanized anchor bolts, nuts, and washers., shall be supplied for anchoring base mount cabinets to the foundation. Pole mounted cabinets shall have external mounting fixtures for banding the cabinet to steel or concrete poles. This fixture shall be removable and the bolt holes utilized for attachment to wood poles.
2. CABINET WIRING: The cabinet shall be wired for load switches and a conflict monitor. Wiring harnesses shall be included as part of the cabinet assembly and each harness shall have a separate conductor for every available pin position on all connectors. Harnesses furnished under this specification shall accommodate twelve channel monitors. Lightning and surge protection shall be included with and wired into the cabinet as specified in Subsection 925.03.B.
All cabinet wiring shall be neatly arranged, firmly laced or bundled, and mechanically secured without the use of adhesive fasteners. The cabinet shall provide the following:
a. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Circuits and breakers shall be provided as follows:
1. 50 amp breaker for the incoming AC supply. 2. 20 amp breaker for the auxiliary equipment circuit. 3. 10 amp breaker for the system equipment. 4. 10 amp break.er for the system master in master cabinets.
134

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

b. TERMINALS AND SOCKET BASES: All terminals and socket bases shall be suitably identified. Terminals and socket bases shall be provided for a maximum complement of signal load switches, outgoing signal field circuits and signal flashers. When preemption is included in the cabinet, a sufficient number ofterminals shall be available to supply AC service to a minimum offour blank out signs. Means shall be provided to change overlaps to peds and peds to overlaps without modification to the back side of the cabinet back panel. An unfused terminal for the neutral side ofthe incoming power supply line shall be provided. Terminals are also required for all auxiliary equipment and special circuits which may be required to provide the operation shown on the associated signal installation plans.
c. LOAD BAY ASSIGNMENTS: Programming of unused reds for monitor operation shall be by a removable pin 1 to 3 jumper placed in each load switch socket from the front or by other means approved by TSEF. Jumpers shall be one piece insulated units which can be installed without the installer coming into contact with power. Cabinets shall be wired to provide the following load switch to function relationship, unless otherwise specified:
For 4 phase cabinet frames, load switch bases shall be configured for 4 vehicle phases, 2 pedestrian phases and 2 overlaps as follows:

PHASE 1 2
3
4 2 4 OLC OLD

LOAD EiWITQH 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

FUNCTION MAIN STREET LEFT MAIN STREET THROUGH SIDE STREET LEFT SIDE STREET THROUGH PHASE2CONCURRENTPED PHASE4CONCURRENTPED OVERLAPC OVERLAPD

135

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

For 8 phase cabinet frames, load switch bases shall be configured for 8 vehicular phases, 4 pedestrian phases/overlaps as follows:

PHASE 1 2 3 4 5 6
7
8 2 4 6 8

LOAD ~WIIQH 1 2 3 4 5 6
7
8
9 10 11 12

FUNCTION MAIN STREET LEFT MAIN STREET THROUGH SIDE STREET LEFT SIDE STREET THROUGH MAIN STREET LEFT MAIN STREET THROUGH SIDE STREET LEFT SIDE STREET THROUGH PHASE 2 CONCURRENT PED. PHASE 4 CONCURRENT PED. PHASE 6 CONCURRENT PED. PHASE 8 CONCURRENT PED

d. NEUTRAL BUS: A neutral bus with a minimum of 4 blank spaces for additional future wiring shall be provided. The common bus shall be jumpered to the neutral bus using a No. 6 AWG copper wire, minimum.
e. DETECTOR TERMINALS: A minimum of two detector terminals per phase shall be provided. Each detector terminal shall consist of 3 positions for spade connection, one of which shall be chassis ground. A side panel for detector terminals shall provide adequate space for attachment of spade connectors from field loop leads such that connection of one set of field leads does not restrict access to other terminals. This panel shall also provide sufficient room for labeling or otherwise designating terminal connections by loop number or phase.
f. TEST SWITCHES: The following test switches shall be provided at a minimum:
One vehicle detect per phase. One pedestrian detect per phase. One preemption test switch.
The vehicle and pedestrian detect switches shall be mounted on the inside of the cabinet door. The preempt test switch shall be mounted on the preempt panel.
g. HARNESSES: Harnesses provided for auxiliary equipment shal1 be a minimum of 6 feet in length to allow for easy installation, inspection, maintenance, and replacement.

136

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
h. FLASHER: A jack mounted, solid state flasher rated at not less than 20 A shall be supplied with the cabinet. The flasher shall flash at a rate of 50 to 60 flashes per minute. A remote flasher switch and uniform code flash provisions shall be provided. It shall be possible to change the flash sequence without performing any modifications on the back side of the cabinet back panel. All cabinets furnished shall include sufficient flash change relays for all possible flash sequences.
B. SURGE PROTECTION: Surge protection for traffic control equipment shall be supplied with all controller cabinets at no additional cost. All surge protection wiring shall be kept as short and straight as practical with no sharp bends. Logic ground shall be separate from power ground. This surge protection shall meet the following items, as a minimum.
1. AC SERVICE INPUT: Each controller cabinet shall be furnished with a surge protector on the AC service input which meets or exceeds the following requirements:
Maximum AC line voltage: 140 V AC.
Twenty pulses ofpeak current, each ofwhich will rise in 8 s and fall in 20 s to one-half the peak: 20,000 A.
The protector shall be provided with the following terminals:
Main line (AC line first stage terminal). Main neutral (AC neutral input terminals). Equipment line out (AC line second stage output terminal, 10 A.). Equipment neutral out (neutral terminal to protected equipment). Gnd (earth connection).
The main AC line in and the equipment line out terminals shall be separated by a 200 mH (minimum) inductor rated to handle 10 A AC service.
The first stage clamp shall be between main line and ground terminals.
The second stage clamp shall be between equipment line out and equipment neutral.
The protector for the first and second stage clamp must have a MOV or similar solid state device rated at 20 kA and be of a completely solid state design. No gas discharge tubes are allowed.
The main neutral and equipment neutral out shall be connected together internally and shall have an MOV similar solid state device or gas discharge tubes rated at 20 kA between main neutral and ground terminals.
Peak clamp voltage: 250 Vat 20 kA. (Voltage measured between equipment line out and equipment neutral out terminals. Current applied between main line and ground terminals with ground and main neutral terminals externally tied together.)
Voltage shall never exceed 250 V during surge.
The protector shall be epoxy encapsulated in a flame retardant material.
Continuous service current: 10 A at 120 V AC RMS.
The equipment line out shall provide power to the 24 V power supply.
137

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

2. AC INTERCONNECT: Each AC interconnect line, as it enters the cabinet, shall be furnished with a surge protection device that meets or exceeds the following requirements:

The unit shall be capable of withstanding 10,000 A 8 x 20 s standard waveform surges (minimum of25).

The unit response time shall be less than 400 ns at 10 kV/s rise.

The unit discharge voltage shall be under 200 V at 1000 V.

The unit shall operate on a line voltage of 120 VAC RMS single phase.

The unit must be epoxy encapsulated in flame retardant material.

The unit shall have a mounting plate for easy removal and replacement and shall be mounted in the controller cabinet in a neat manner.

3. LOOP DETECTOR: Each loop detector shall be furnished with an external surge protector which meets or exceeds the following requirements:

The unit shall be a three terminal device, two of which shall be connected across the signal inputs of the detector. The third terminal shall be connected to chassis ground to protect against common mode damage.

The unit shall instantly clamp differential mode surges (induced voltage across the loop detector input terminals) via a semiconductor array. The array shall be designed to appear as a very low capacitance to the detector.

The unit shall clamp common mode surges (induced voltage between the loop leads and ground) via solid state clamping devices.

The unit shall have the following minimum requirements:

Peak surge current:

6 times

Differential mode:

400 A (8 x 20 s)

Common mode:

1000 A (8 x 20 s)

Estimated occurrences: 500@200A

Response time:

40ns

Input capacitance:

35 pf typical

Temperature:

-40C to +85C

Mounting:

Must fit either 7/16 inch or 9/16 inch terminal strip

spacing

Clamp voltage:

@400 A diff. mode: 30 V max.

@1000 A comm. mode: 40 V max.

4. LOAD SWITCH: Signal load switches shall be provided with surge protection. Metal oxide varistors (MOV) shall be wired from the AC positive field terminal to chassis ground to protect the loadswitches from surges occurring on the AC output lines. These MOVs must meet or exceed the following requirements:

The device shall have a steady state sinusoidal voltage (RMS) rating at 50-60 Hz of at least 150 Vat 25C.

138

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

The device shall have a steady state applied DC voltage rating of at least 200 V at 25C.

The transient energy rating shall be at least 80 J for a single impulse of 10/1000 s current waveform at 25C.

The peak current rating shall be 6500 A for a single impulse of 8/20 s waveform with the rated continuous voltage applied.

The device shall have a minimum varistor voltage of 212 Vat 1.0 mA of DC current applied for a duration of 20 s to 5 s.

The device shall have a minimum clamping voltage of 395 V with an applied 8/20 s impulse oflO0A.

The typical capacitance at a frequency of 0.1 to 1.0 MHZ shall be 1600 pF.

The unit shall be a two terminal device; one terminal shall be connected to the AC output of the signal load switch on the output file terminals (backside of the field terminals) and the other terminal shall be connected to AC neutral.

5. COMMUNICATIONS INPUTS: Each low voltage communications input shall be protected as it enters the cabinet with a solid state surge protection unit that meets or exceeds the following:

The unit shall be a dual pair (four wire) module with a printed circuit board connector, double sided and gold plated for reliability.

The unit shall mate with and be installed in a ten (10) circuit Buchanan connector PNPCBIB or equivalent and the data circuits shall pass through the protection in a serial fashion.

The unit shall meet the following minimum requirements:

Peak surge current: Occurrences at 2000 amps: Response time: Voltage clamp: Series resistance: Temperature: Primary protector: Secondary protector:

10 kA (8 x 20 ms waveshape) 50 typical <5ns 30 24 Wtotal -40C to +85C Three element gas tube, 10 kA, 8 x 20 ms per side Solid state clamps, 1.5 kW minimum

The communication field wires for this local site shall terminate on the line side of the unit.

The ground terminals shall be connected to chassis ground.

6. LOW VOLTAGE DC INPUTS: Each low voltage DC input channel shall be protected by an external surge protection device as it enters the cabinet that meets or exceeds the following:

The unit shall be a five terminal device, two terminals shall be connected to the line side of the low voltage pair, two terminals shall be connected to the protected side of the low voltage input area and the fifth terminal shall be connected to chassis ground.

The unit shall meet the following minimum requirements:

Peak surge current:

2000 A (8 x 20 us waveshape)

139

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Occurrences at peak current: Response time: Shock: Voltage clamp: Series resistance: Temperature:

100 typical 5 to 30 ns Withstands 10 ft drop onto concrete 30 24Ctotal -20C to +85C

C. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT: The auxiliary equipment circuit shall consist of the following:

1. 20 A circuit breaker 2. Adjustable thermostatically controlled fan or fans mounted in the top of the cabinet to operate
when internal cabinet temperature rises to 32C. Exhaust ventilation shall be provided in the front upper overhang of the cabinet and shall be screened to prevent insect infestation. 3. A 20 W fluorescent light with a non-break.able plastic cover mounted in the top of the cabinet in such a manner that the equipment shelves are illuminated to the maximum extent possible. 4. AC ground fault interrupt outlet.

D. FLASH: External means to the controller, such as a switch, shall be provided to permit flashing indications instead of the normal stop and go sequence. It shall be possible to change the flash sequence without performing any modifications on the back side of the cabinet back panel. All cabinets furnished shall include sufficient flash change relays for all possible flash sequences. Flashing rate shall be not less than 50 nor more than 60 flashes per minute with approximately 50% on and 50% off periods. The flasher is to be solid state with no contacts or moving parts, and shall utilize zero-cross switching.

E. DOCUMENTATION: Each cabinet shall be supplied with the following documentation.

1. One operation manual. 2. One maintenance manual with schematics. 3. Three legible wiring prints for the cabinet and each auxiliary panel. 4. One operation and maintenance manual for each auxiliary item.

System master (non closed-loop) cabinets shall additionally be equipped with the following:

1. System cycle indicators (min. 3) 2. System split indicators (min. 3) 3. System offset indicators (min. 3) 4. System free 5. System flash 6. Manual override switch for each system pattern (Offset, Free, Flash, min. of 5).

F. CERTIFICATION: Each brand and model of NEMA local cabinet assembly and master cabinet assembly must be certified by the State Traffic Operations Engineer. A list of qualified NEMA cabinets will be published quarterly by TSEF.

925.04 TYPE 170E CONTROLLER UNIT: The controller unit for all 170 controller cabinet assemblies shall be 170E controller units and shall meet the requirements of the Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications, as published by the State of California Business, Transportation & Housing Agency; Department of Transportation, Current Edition, and all current addenda and be on the current CALTRANS Qualified Products List or previously approved by TSEF. The following Supplemental Specifications shall augment the CALTRANS Specifications and, in case of conflict, these Supplemental Specifications shall take precedence over the CALTRANS Specifications.

140

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. CIRCUIT BOARDS: All circuit boards shall be vertically mounted. Ribbon cables, if used, shall terminate with properly rated and easily repairable connectors on each end. Ribbon cables shall not terminate onto plug-in modules.
2. POWER SUPPLY: The power supply shall be designed so that all required filtering and regulation is achieved within the power supply module. The power supply shall be linear, shall produce all DC power necessary to operate the controller unit and shall be modular and easily removable from the chassis.
3. DOWN-TIME ACCUMULATOR (DTA): A stored-capacitance type device shall be provided, of sufficient capacity, to operate the Down-Time Accumulator (DTA) for a minimum of 8 hours with the controller unit powered down. This device shall be used to power DTA circuit only.
4. INPUT/OUTPUT (I/0): The unit shall provide separate input and output modules. Two separate buses offofthe CPU board shall be provided: one for I/0 and one for the memory system. All lines to the memory bus shall be tri-state logic and shall be in the high impedance state when not in use, to allow the program module to be inserted and removed with the 170 controller power on.
5. ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION INTERFACE ADAPTER (ACIA): Four ACIA's code compatible with the Motorola SEC. 231 - MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION, UNPAVED ROADS AND STREETS 6850, shall be provided. C2, C20, and C30 shall be installed in the back of the controller. C40 shall be installed on the front panel of the controller and terminated in a DB9F connector. All ACIA's shall be capable ofreceiving and transmitting up to 8 bits of parallel data from the MPU for serial data communications. The ACIA's shall have 4 registers which are addressable by the MPU. The MPU shall be capable of reading the Status Register .(SR) and the Receive Data Register (RDR), and writing to the Transmit Data Register (TDR) and the Control Register (CR). Means shall be provided to swap select lines for ACIA's C20 and C30.
6. CPU CLOCK TIMING: The CPU dock circuitry shall be provided to generate the MPU clock timing. The clock circuitry and the MPU shall provide two selectable MPU machine cycle times of 0.651 and 1.302 MHz(+ 0.0015). The machine cycle time selection shall be by post jumper (three post type), with jumper in for 1.302 MHz. The CPU clock circuitry shall be located no further than 2 inches from the MPU clock pin inputs.
7. OPTIONAL MENU-DRIVEN FRONT PANEL: The 170E controller may be equipped with a menu-driven LCD display, utilizing a 40x40 LED backlit display. This front panel shall permit conventional programming, or toggling into a 4-line, 40 character menu programming format. This menu-driven panel shall be directly interchangeable with a standard front panel as specified abov~. This interface ofthe LCD display shall be via the C30 port with a connector cable provided.
8. FIBER OPTIC ACCESS: The controller housing shall be designed to permit routing of fiber optic jumpers to an internal fiber optic modem. This access point shall be properly protected and be designed to minimize bending or pinching of the fiber optic cable. The access point shall be protected by a rubber or plastic grommet to prevent damage to the insulation on the cable. The routing of fiber optic jumpers into the controller shall in no way restrict the opening of the controller front panel.
141

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
B. PROGRAM MODULES:
1. MODEL 412-C: Each Model 170E controller unit shall be furnished with one (1) system memory module or program module, Model 412-C as described in the Caltrans Specifications. The 412-C program module shall contain at least 32k bytes ofEPROM in Ul, 8k bytes of RAM in U2, 4k bytes ofEEPROM in U3, and 8k bytes ofRAM in U4. The memory map for the four sockets of the program module shall be assigned by a CMOS EPROM. The associated jumpers shall be set in a way to allow the use of the memory configuration specified above.
2. MODEL 412-B, 412-W: The bidder shall offer also the system memory module or program module Model 412-B, 412-W or equal, that complies with Caltrans memory module specifications. The Department may decide the purchase of some ofthese modules to operate on-street masters or to implement any other special applications. As a minimum, each prom module shall contain 32k bytes ofEPROM, Bk bytes ofRAM, and 6k bytes of EEPROM.
3. DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROGRAM: A diagnostic test program, resident in EPROM on each program module, shall be supplied. The diagnostic test program shall test the operation of the Model 170 controller unit, including but not limited to: internal memory, the program module, the real time clock, input-output circuitry, the modem, the display and the keyboard. The program shall be capable of operating with an external CRT (provided by others), and with controller keypad entries and displays. Optionally, the supplier shall quote PC software required to allow the program to operate with IBM compatible personal computer. The diagnostic test program shall also verify the operation ofthe cabinets furnished under this specification. The program shall test cabinet wiring related to the output file, input file, and police panel and flash switches. In addition, the program shall check the operation of the conflict monitor, by generating all possible conflicts, in sequence, and resetting the monitor automatically (a shorting plug jack in the cabinet is specified elsewhere in this document). The cabinet test portion of this test may be provided on a separate set ofEPROMS, provided in addition to the controller unit test portion installed in the program module. Full documentation on the program shall be included.
C. MODEMS: All modems shall fit inside the Type 170E controller and derive power from the controller unit.
1. MODEL 400: Each Model 170E controller unit shall be furnished with one (1) modem, Model 400. Model 400 modems shall conform to the current CALTRANS specifications.
2. DIAL-UP MODEMS: Modems for communications between a central host computer and either a local controller or field master controller over dial-up, voice grade telephone lines shall be Hayes compatible. The modem shall communicate at 2400 baud min. Dial-up modems must be approved by TSEF.
3. DUAL FUNCTION MODEM: These units shall perform all the functions of the Model 400 modem and the dial-up modem from a single board. Dual function modems must be approved by TSEF.
D. DOCUMENTATION: Each controller shall be provided with manuals documenting the programming, operation and maintenance ofthe unit. The documentation shall also include schematic drawings and pin assignment charts for maintenance purposes.
142

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

925.05 TYPE 170 CABINET ASSEMBLIES: This item, subsequently referred to as the cabinet, shall consist of a complete assembly to house the signal controller, conflict monitor, load switches, wiring, etc. and to provide control of traffic signals.

The cabinet assembly, as a minimum, shall meet the requirements of the Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications, as published by the State of California Business, Transportation & Housing Agency; Department of Transportation, Current Edition, and all current addenda. The following Supplemental Specifications shall augment the CALTRANS Specifications and, in case of conflict, these Supplemental Specifications shall take precedence over the CALTRANS Specifications. All cabinets must be on the current CALTRANS Qualified Products List or be previously approved by TSEF.

A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

1. FINISH: All cabinets shall exhibit a "bare" aluminum finish.

2. LOCKS: All main cabinet door locks shall accept No. 2 Corbin keys. Two (2) sets ofkeys shall be provided with each cabinet.

3. POWER: All cabinet assemblies shall be equipped with a power distribution assembly to generate AC and DC power for all electronic components except the DC power for the controller unit(s). All cabinets shall be equipped with a DC isolator for stop time/flash sense, normally located in slot 14 of the input file.

4. MOUNTING: Cabinets will be specified as either pole or base mount.

a. BASE MOUNT: Model 336 and 337 cabinets, when specified as base mounts, shall be provided with a base mounting adapter.

b. POLE MOUNT: Cabinets, when specified as pole mount, shall be provided with pole mounting capability and bolt patterns which allow maximum flexibility of mounting options on steel, concrete and timber poles.

The mounting holes shall be properly reinforced with metal plates of adequate size and strength

welded longitudinally across the inside depth of the cabinet. The exterior mounting bracket shall

not be installed on the cabinet when shipped, but included as a separate item. All mounting holes

shall be protected with carriage bolts tightened with nuts from the cabinet inside wall. The

exterior mounting bracket shall be manufactured from aluminum or galvanized steel and conform

to the following detail:



143

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
"4 4 - re-~ .... ~6" 3{"DIA
t
I 3/4"
f
NOTE: ENLARGED BEVELED SECTION TO SHOW DIMENSIONS
3/32"
5. MONITORING OF UNUSED PHASES: Odd-Phase reds shall be provided with ballast resistor dummy loads. The cabinet shall not be wired to monitor pedestrian yellow indications. The wiring from the signal monitor for pedestrian yellow monitoring shall be neatly laced and bundled on the back panel.
6. CABINET LIGHT: Each cabinet shall include one (1) fluorescent lighting fixture mounted inside the t.op front portion ofthe cabinet. The fixture shall include a cool white lamp, covered, and shall be operated by a normal power factor ul listed ballast. A door actuated switch shall be installed to tum on the cabinet light when either door is opened.
7. DIAGNOSTIC TESTING SHORTING JACK: A phone jack, which shall mate with a Switchcraft Model 190 plug, shall be located in the cabinet for automatic cabinet diagnostic testing. When the plug is inserted, a resetsignal,generated by the controller unit at pin Cl-102 of the 210 monitor, will be routed to the external reset input. This jack shall be easily accessible with all internal components installed.
8. RED MONITORING: A connector and terminal assembly designated as p20 (Magnum p/n 722120 or equivalent) for monitoring the absence of red shall be an integral part ofthe output file. The connector shall terminate and be compatible with the cable and C connector of a Type 170 conflict monit.or unit capable ofmonit.oring the absence of red. The pin assignments of the P20 connector and terminal assembly shall be provided with the cabinet plans. The P20 connector shall be physically alike to the cable and connector of a Type 170 conflict monitor unit to prevent the absence of red cable connector from being inserted into the P20 connector 180 degrees out of alignment. Details for programming of the unused red channels shall be subject to approval.
9. Cabinet interlock A & B shall be a closed circuit, if the conflict monitor is removed from the cabinet, the signal shall flash.
10. INTELLIGENT LOAD SWITCHES: All cabinets shall have output files wired to be compatible with Intelligent Load Switches. For that purpose, Pin 4 of all load switch sockets shall be wired t.o DC ground; Pin 11 shall be wired to AC ground; and Pin 12 on all load switches shall be wired together and then brought to Cl Pin 75 for Fault Output t.o the 170 controller.
144

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
B. SURGE PROTECTION: Each cabinet shall be provided with devices to protect the control equipment from surges and overvoltages; specifically equipment connected through the input file and communication lines. AC and DC field terminals and surge protection will require separate termination panels to be attached to the cabinet rack assembly. The surge protector panels shall be designed to allow for adequate space for a wire connection and surge protector replacement. Surge protectors shall be provided for the full capacity of the cabinet input file. The surge protectors for AC inputs, DC inputs, loop detector inputs and communication lines shall meet the following specifications.
1. AC SERVICE INPUT: Each controller cabinet shall include a surge protection unit on the AC service input that meets or exceeds the following requirements:
Each controller cabinet shall be provided with a hybrid type power line surge protection device which may be incorporated into the power distribution assembly . The protector shall be installed between the applied line voltage and earth ground. The surge protector shall be capable of reducing the effect of lightning transient voltages applied to the AC line. The protector shall include the following features and functions:
Maximum AC line voltage: 140 V AC
Twenty pulses ofpeak current, each ofwhich will rise in 8 s and fall in 20 s to one-half the peak: 20,000 A.
The protector shall be provided with the following terminals:
Main line (AC line first stage terminal). Main neutral (AC neutral input terminals). Equipment line out (AC line second stage output terminal, 10 amps.). Equipment neutral out (neutral terminal to protected equipment). Gnd (Earth connection).
The main AC line in and the equipment line out terminals shall be separated by a 200 mH (minimum) inductor rated to handle 10 A AC service.
The first stage clamp shall be between main line and ground terminals.
The second stage clamp shall be between equipment line out and equipment neutral.
The protector for the first and second stage clamp must have a MOV or similar solid state device rated at 20 kA and be of a completely solid stage design (i.e. no gas discharge tubes allowed).
The main neutral and equipment neutral out shall be connected together internally and shall have an MOV similar solid state device or gas discharge tubes rated at 20 kA between main neutral and ground terminals.
Peak clamp voltage: 350 Vat 20 kA. (Voltage measured between equipment line out and equipment neutral out terminals. Current applied between main line and ground terminals with ground and main neutral terminals externally tied together).
Voltage shall never exceed 350 V.
The protector shall be epoxy encapsulated in a flame retardant material.
145

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

Continuous service current: 10 A at 120 V AC RMS.

The Equipment Line Out shall provide power to the Type 170 and to the 24 V power supply.

2. AC+ INTERCONNECT CABLE INPUTS: Each remote detector input line and interconnect line (minimum of six channels) shall be protected as it enters the cabinet with a surge protection device that meets or exceeds the following requirements:

The unit shall be a 3 electrode gas tube type of surge arrester. The striking volt.age shall be 300-500 V DC with a minimum holder over voltage of 155 V DC.

The unit shall be a three terminal device, one ofwhich shall be connected to ground, the other two shall be connected across each input respectively.

The unit shall have the following minimum requirements:

Impulse breakdown:

Less than 100 Vin less than 1.1 sat 10 kV/s

Impulse breakdown balance: 0.01 microsecond (or less) difference at 10 kV/s impulse

Energy application:

Withstands 20 A AC for 1 second applied 10 times at 3

minute intervals on either section

Current rating:

40,000 A (8/20 impulse)

Capacitance:

6 pF, line to ground

3. INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTOR INPUTS: Each inductive loop detector channel input shall be protected by an external surge protection device meeting or exceeding the following requirements:

The unit shall be a three terminal device, two of which shall be connected across the signal inputs of the detector. The third terminal shall be connected to chassis ground to protect against common mode damage.

The unit shall instantly clamp differential mode surges (induced voltage across the loop detector input terminals) via a semiconductor array. The array shall be designed to appear as a very low capacitance to the detector.

The unit shall clamp common mode surges (induced voltage between the loop leads and ground) via solid state clamping devices.

The unit shall have the following minimum requirements:

Peak Surge Current: Differential mode: Common mode: Estimated occurrences: Response time: Input capacitance: Temperature: Mounting: Clamp voltage:
@400 a diff. mode @1000 a comm. mode

6 times 400 A (8 x 20 ms) 1000 A (8 x 20 ms) 500@200A 40ns 35 pf typical -40C to +85C No. 10-32 x 3/8 inch bolt
30Vmax. 30Vmax.

4. SIGNAL LOAD SWITCHES (SWITCHPACKS): The output of the switchpack in the output file shall contain metal oxide varistors (MOV) which are tied from the AC positive field terminal to

146

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

chassis gronnd to protect switchpacks from surges occurring on the AC output lines. These MOV's must meet or exceed the following requirements:

The device shall have a steady state sinusoidal voltage (RMS) rating at 50-60 Hz of at least 150 Vat 25C.

The device shall have a steady state applied DC voltage rating of at least 200 V at 25C.

The transient energy rating shall be at least 80 J for a single impulse of 10/1000 s current waveform at 25C.

The peak current rating shall be 6500 a for a single impulse of 8/20 s waveform with the rated continuous voltage applied.

The device shall have a minimum varistor voltage of 212 Vat 1.0 mA of DC current applied
for a duration of 20 s to 5s.

The device shall have a minimum clamping voltage of 395 V with an applied 8/20 s impulse ofl00 a.

The typical capacitance at a frequency of 0.1 to 1.0 MHZ shall be 1600 pF.

The unit shall be a two terminal device; one terminal shall be connected to the AC output of the signal load switch on the output file terminals (backside of the field terminals) and the other terminal shall be connected to AC neutral.

5. COMMUNICATIONS INPUTS: Each low voltage commnnications input shall be protected as it enters the cabinet with a solid state surge protection unit that meets or exceeds the following requirements:

The unit shall be a dual pair (four wire) module with a printed circuit board connector, double sided and gold plated for reliability.

The unit shall mate with and be installed in a ten (10) circuit Buchanan connector PNPCBIB or equivalent.

The unit shall be utilized as two independent signal pairs. The data circuits shall pass through the protection in a serial fashion.

The unit shall meet the following minimum requirements:

Peak surge current: Occurrences at 2000 a: Response time: Voltage clamp: Series resistance: Temperature: Primary protector: Secondary protector:

10 kA (8 x 20 ms, waveshape) 50 typical <5 ns 30 24 0 total -40C to +85C Three element gas tube 10 kA, 8 x 20 ms, per side Rugged solid state clamps, 1.5 kW minimum

The C2 connector of the 170 controller shall terminate on the line side of the unit.

The communication field wires for this local site shall terminate on the line side of the unit.

147

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

The ground terminals shall be connected to chassis ground.

6. LOW VOLTAGE DC INPUTS: Each low voltage DC input channel shall be protected by an external surge protection device, as it enters the cabinet, meeting or exceeding the following:

The unit shall be a five terminal device, two terminals shall be connected to the line side of the low voltage pair, two terminals shall be connected to the protected side of the low voltage input area and the fifth terminal shall be connected to chassis ground.

The unit shall meet the following minimum requirements:

Peak surge current: Occurrences at peak current: Response time: Shock: Voltage clamp: Series resistance: Temperature:

2000 A 8 x 20 s waveshape 100 typical 5 to 30 ns Withstands 10 foot drop on concrete 30 24 Wtotal -20C to +85C

C. CABINET MODEL 332: This unit shall meet the CALTRANS Specification with the addition of surge protection on all inputs and outputs as specified above in Section B. The Model 332 cabinet assembly shall be Model 332A (lower input panel) cabinet, with housing type lB, and all components as described in these specifications. A DC isolator shall also be supplied for slot 14 (stop time/flash sense). The cabinet shall have 2 input files which conform to the CALTRANS specification and shall accommodate two controllers.

D: CABINET MODEL 334C: This unit shall meet the CALTRANS Specification with the addition of surge protection for all inputs and outputs as specified in Section B above.

E. CABINET MODEL 336S: This unit shall meet the CALTRANS Specification with the addition of surge protection for all inputs and outputs as specified in Section B above. Each Model 336S cabinet assembly shall be furnished with one "M" base mounting adapter, as defined in the specifications and shall be fully capable of universal, side of pole mounting.

F. CABINET MODEL 337: The Model 337 cabinet shall be a compact cabinet with an output capacity offour vehicle phases plus two pedestrian phases; the dimensions shall not exceed 17 inches deep x 20 inches wide x 35 inches high and its shipping weight shall not exceed 175 lbs. The cabinet assembly shall be provided with capacity for 11, two-channel slots in the input file. The pin assignments of the Cl connector shall be compatible with the 170E controller as applicable according to the required number of input/outputs. The 337 cabinet shall use standard Type 170 input and output file units. The cabinet shall be equipped with a C2 connector harness with field terminals protected with surge protectors for communication inputs as specified under communications inputs. The cabinet shall be designed with two full-size doors to allow complete access from the front or back of the cabinet. The rack assembly shall be designed to mount in CALTRANS standard rails to allow space for a Model 204 flasher, provide a receptacle to accept the plug in power distribution assembly, card guides and edge connectors for the input file, card guides to support the conflict monitor, and load switches and flash transfer relays.

Due to the compact design of this cabinet assembly, the Department of Transportation may accept a non-standard type of power distribution assembly (PDA). The Model 337 cabinet shall be equipped to support full 4-phase operation. A DC isolator shall also be supplied for slot 14 (stop time/flash sense).

148

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
G. INPUT FILE ASSIGNMENTS: The input file assignments for the 336 and 337 cabinets shall be as foUows:

.SLOT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

TYPE
iLSOLATOB

AC

AC

DC

DET DC DET DET DET DC DET DET DET DC

DC

Ci
C PINt

56

39

z z ~

FUN.

~YCLE OFF 2 t

.cl.'.i-.l FIELD TB4 TB4

TERM. 1A 5A

58 41 55 40 57 42 51

TBA* ~BA

TBA*

02 C&E

01 02 DEi' DEi'

02
PED

TB6 TB6 TB7 TB7 TB7 TBS TBS ~ 19.AlloA 1A 5A/6A. 9.A/1~ 1.w.A 5A.

71 72
06 o:; C&E DEi' TBS TB9
9A/10A ~

67
06 DEi'
TB9
5A/6A

68 81
06 FLASll
PED l,s.ENSE
TB9 NO 9A CONN.

C1 47 43
C PINil

49 45

48 44

50 46

52 73

74 69

70 82

:z~z

FUN.

CYCLJ
3

OFF 2

TBA TBA

TBA

04 C&E

03 DEi'

04 DEi'

04 08 07
PED C&E DEi'

08 DEi'

08
PED

S'I'OP
TIME

I.'.]

;; FIELD TB4 TB4 TB6 TB6 TB7 TB7 TB7 TBS TBS TBS TB9 TB9 TB9 NO TERM. &\ 7A M/4A ltAM..6 3A/4A 7A/8A l1M21 3A/4A 7A ~1Alt21 3A/4A 11118A 11A CONN.

Note: 337 Cabinetindudes~ots 1-11
TBA*: To bi A=iowd

H: MODEL 200 SWITCHPACK: The MODEL 200 SWITCHPACK shall be provided in accordance with the latest version of Caltrans Specifications as referenced earlier in this section.
I. MODEL 242 DC ISOLATOR: The MODEL 242 DC ISOLATOR shall be provided in accordance with the latest version of Caltrans Specifications as referenced earlier in this section.
J. MODEL 222 LOOP DETECTOR: The MODEL 222 LOOP DETECTOR shall be provided in accordance with the latest version of Caltrans Specifications as referenced earlier in this section.
K. MODEL 252 AC ISOLATOR: The MODEL 252 AC ISOLATOR shall be provided in accordance with the latest version of Caltrans Specifications as referenced earlier in this section.
L. MODEL 210 CONFLICT MONITOR: The specifications for Model 210 conflict monitors are in Sub-Section 925.12.

149

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
M. CABINET DRAWER: Each Model 332, 334C and 336 cabinet shall be equipped with an aluminum storage compartment mounted in the rack assembly with the approximate following dimensions: 16 inches wide, 14 inches long, 1-3/4 inches deep. This compartment shall have telescoping drawer guides t.o allow full extension from the rack assembly. When extended, the st.orage compartment shall open t.o provide st.orage space for cabinet documentation and other miscellaneous items. The storage compartment shall be adequate construction to support a weight of 25 pounds when extended. The top of the st.orage compartment shall have a non-slip plastic laminate attached which covers a minimum of 90% of the surface area of the top.
N. DOCUMENTATION: The Contractor shall, for each cabinet provided, supply:
1. One operation manual.
2. One maintenance manual with schematics.
3. Three legible cabinet wiring prints for the cabinet and all auxiliary panels.
4. One operation and maintenance manual for each auxiliary item.
925.06 CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM:
A. GENERAL: This section describes the operational and technical design requirements for a distributed processing, traffic responsive, traffic control and surveillance system. The system shall feature microcomputer master controllers with the ability to select traffic signal timing plans responsively based on actual traffic conditions. The master shall also monitor system performance and provide feedback to a central facility indicating the system's operational status.
The principal system elements shall include:
On-street master controllers a with communications link Local intersection controller assemblies including controllers, cabinet assemblies and detectors Central facility with the capability ofmonitoring and database management A communications link between the local, master and central facility
The primary system objectives are summarized as follows:
System malfunction diagnosis System operation monitoring Modification of timing values from a single site Flexibility in system mode of operation (traffic responsive, time of day/day of week, or manual) Staged implementation capability Multilevel central operation Extensive system backup Reliable and highly maintainable system components
B. LOCAL INTERSECTION CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY:
1. The local intersection controller assembly shall consist of the following principal components:
Local traffic signal controller Communications transceiver and "auto-dial" modem as required Coordination and backup capability Local and system loop detector units Isolated monitoring capability
150

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
As a minimum, the following functions shall be monitored and the status of each function shall be transmitted to the street master:
Local coordinator operational status Conflict flash status Manual flash status Preempt status System detector status, volume and occupancy levels Local detect;or status (minimum of one per phase) Free mode Dooropen
The communications transceiver shall receive command data from the system master and shall convey such data to the local controller. This data shall include, as a minimum, the following:
Cycle, split, and offset commands Special function commands Coordination mode A daily system wide sync Request for local data response
The communications transceiver shall allow downloading/uploading ofthe entire local intersection database from/to disk storage at the central facility.
2. LOCAL AND SYSTEM WOP DETECTOR CHANNELS: The local controller shall be capable of monitoring a minimum of 8 system loops at the local intersection and reporting the detector information to the system master.
3. ISOLATED MONITORING: In addition to the above requirements, the local intersection controller shall provide isolated monitoring capability without the use of a master. The local controller shall be capable of operation as a local controller in a closed-loop system or as an isolated controller with monitoring and upload and q.ownload capabilities without hardware or software modification. Telephone number entry and change shall be accomplished by keyboard entry without removal ofany module, prom, et.c. Isolated monitoring shall include, at a minimum, the following items:
Transmission of local intersection status data, database, and detector data to the central assembly
Conflict flash status Manual flash status Preempt status Local detector status (minimum of one per phase) Dooropen
C. MASTER CONTROLLER: The master controller shall be capable of generating system pattern commands to local intersection controllers within its control area in response to prevailing traffic conditions as indicated by system detectors strategically placed in the control area. Additionally, the master shall monitor the operation oflocal intersection controllers, local and system detectors, and shall initiate failure reports ifmalfunctions occur. The master controller shall be capable of operating in any of the following modes:
Traffic Responsive: Pattern selection based on dynamic traffic conditions as measured by system detectors located in the system area.
151

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
Time of Day/Day of Week: Preprogrammed selection of patterns based on time of day/day of week/day ofyear with automatic adjustment for seasonal changes.
Manual: Pattern selection, including system free, based on operator command.
The master controller shall also have the following capabilities:
Intersections: 24 System Detectors: Minimum of 8 per intersection and the capability ofoperating a minimum of
16 throughout the system at any given time. Plans: A minimum of 36 plans, with each plan consisting of a combination of cycle, offset, split,
and special function commands. Additionally, the master shall be capable of directing system free or flash operation. Plans shall be selectable from the following minimum parameter ranges: 4 Cycles 3 Offsets 3 Splits Special functions: minimum of one
The basic functional requirements of the master controller are:
1. TRAFFIC RESPONSIVE OPERATION: Preferential and/or hierarchical transfer of patterns shall be accomplished via programmable user specified threshold values. Additionally, responsive split selection for non-arterial phases of individual intersections may be based on queue length, as indicated by designated queue detectors. Pattern selection during traffic responsive operation shall be based on user selectable volume, occupancy, or concentration data obtained from system detectors to compute the following traffic functions:
Level of arterial traffic Directionality of arterial traffic Ratio of a set of detectors to a second set of detectors for split selection Ratio of side street to arterial traffic
2. TIME OF DAY/DAY OF WEEK OPERATION: It shall be possible to select any system pattern from the master on a preprogrammed time of day/day of week basis with automatic adjustment for seasonal changes. In addition, it shall be possible to specify the following on a time of day/day of week basis:
Special function system commands (minimum of one) Crossing artery synchronization Traffic responsive computation period System detector and speed report interval
3. SYSTEM DETECTOR PROCESSING: System detector data shall form the basis for all traffic responsive plans initiated at the master. $ystem detectors shall provide the following minimum features or operation:
System detectors shall provide volume and occupancy data to the master controller. Each system detector shall be capable of selective weighting. System detector data shall be filtered on a moving basis, utilizing a user programmable
factor. Each system detector shall be monitored for constant calls, absence of calls, or erratic output. Diagnostic values shall be user programmable for all detectors on a system basis and
diagnostic values for constant calls and absence of calls shall be user programmable for each system detector. Diagnostics for absence ofcalls shall be eliminated based on a user programmable threshold.
152

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
System detectors which fail the diagnostic test shall be automatically deleted for volume and occupancy calculations and the event of failure occurrence shall be stored for failure reporting. Upon resumption of satisfactory operation, detectors shall automatically resume input to volume and occupancy calculations and the detector shall be reported on-line.
A user programmable number ofsystem detectors must maintain operational status in order that the output of a detector group be used for traffic responsive plan selection.
System detectors shall be assignable to detector groups for purposes of computing traffic functions based on highest, second highest, and average values of volume, occupancy, and concentration.
A user programmable minimum number ofoperational detectors shall be required for detector group data to be valid.
Detector group outputs shall be assignable to any appropriate traffic function computation. If there are no operational detector groups assigned to a traffic function, the master must
revert to the time of day/day of week operational mode.
4. CROSSING ARTERY CONTROL: A provision shall be made for crossing artery synchronization ofcoordinated traffic flow through the common intersection of both systems when enabled by the time of day/day of week schedule or when established parameters are reached in the traffic responsive mode of operation. The cross coordination shall occur by implementation of common cycle lengths by the master controllers. When in the traffic responsive mode, the cycle length to be implemented shall be the highest cycle currently being called for by either master. Crossing artery synchronization shall be in effect as long as the time of day/day ofweek plan requires such synchronization or while user established parameters are met in the traffic responsive mode of operation. When synchronization occurs, there shall be a user programmable minimum period of 0 to 30 cycles.
5. LOCAL CONTROLLER MONITORING: The master shall monitor each of the local controllers. Actual clock time for each local controller will be checked at least once every 15 minutes (minimum). If the local controller clock time is found to be incorrect, the master controller will download correct, current clock time and log an appropriate failure message on the system failure report.
6. LOCAL DETECTOR DIAGNOSTICS: Each local detector shall be monitored for constant calls and absence ofcalls. Diagnostic values shall be the same as those specified on a system basis for system detectors. The event oflocal detector diagnostic test failure and subsequent recovery shall be stored for reporting.
7. STORAGE OF REPORT DATA: The system master shall store and format monitored function data for either immediate output to a central device or shall store data for future output for a minimum storage period of 24 hours. As a minimum, the following shall be included:
Failure Report: Time, place, and mode of all monitored local intersection and master failure conditions.
System Status Report: Current operating mode and pattern for local intersection and street master.
153

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
System Detector and Speed Reports: Volume and occupancy data from any of the system detectors, tabulated by 15 minute intervals for a 24 hour period. Simultaneous detector report shall be limited to a minimum of eight detectors per 24 hour period. It shall also be possible to provide a report for 32 detectors per 6 hour period or any combination thereof. Speed report data consisting of number of vehicles in three speed bands related to nominal progression speed from any ofthe speed detectors, tabulated by 15 minute intervals for a 24 hour period. Simultaneous speed report shall be limited to a minimum of four detectors per 24 hour period and eight detectors per 6 or 12 hour period. It shall be acceptable for speed data to restrict the number of system detectors reporting except that all system and speed detectors can be scheduled simultaneously on a 6 hour reporting period.
8. CABINET:
The master may be housed in local controller cabinet of adequate size or may be housed in a separate weatherproof aluminum cabinet of adequate capacity to accommodate all required equipment.
The cabinet shall be wired complete with master connecting cables. Special attention shall be given to the provision for surge arrestors to guard against high
energy transient surges. All incoming and outgoing communication lines shall include such protection.
9. TELEPHONE INTERFACE WITH CENTRAL FACILITY: Two way transmission and reception of data between each master controller and the central facility shall be accomplished by a 2400 baud, "auto-dial" modem operating over a standard dial-up telephone line. The modem shall be a Hayes Smartmodem 2400 or equal. The telephone number for the master shall be entered from the keyboard of the master. It shall be possible to enter and/or change the telephonenumber without removing any modules, proms, etc.
D. CLOSED LOOP CENTRAL OFFICE SOFTWARE: The central office software shall have the capacity to monitor up to sixteen (16) master controllers and related control areas. This shall include two way communications with each street master within a traffic control zone. The central office facility shall also have the capability to monitor isolated intersection controllers. The software shall accommodate a minimum of24 isolated controllers. All displays, database management functions, upload/download capabilities, etc. which apply to local controllers in a closed loop system shall also be available for the isolated monitored local controllers. All information shall be presented in the same format for closed loop local intersections and isolated monitored intersections. The closed-loop software shall also provide a graphic system map with real time display which graphically monitors the status of each intersection and all system detectors.
The central office facility shall have the following system activities:
Status and failure reports stored on diskette for each master and local intersection System detector and speed detector reports stored on diskette Database management for all controllers Data uploading and downloading for each master and local intersection controller Intersection graphics display of actual field operations. System map graphics display of actual field operations. Stored time of day graphics is not
acceptable.
E. CLOSED LOOP DEMONSTRATION: The system shall be completely performance tested and a written test report submitted to the Department for approval prior to shipment of such equipment. In addition, the Department reserves the right to an on site system inspection at the point of manufacture to witness the system operation and performance test of the system.
154

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The Contractor will ensure that the equipment supplier has installed at least one system that has demonstrated at least six months of satisfactory operation. This operational period will not be satisfied by installations which are currently under contract but have not received final acceptance. The Contractor shall furnish the Department with the location of the system and the names, addresses and telephones numbers of the persons who will be available for contact regarding the system. Final determination of what constitutes satisfactory operation will be made by TSEF. If a system of the type bid does not exist in the State of Georgia, TSEF may allow a system to be set up at TSEF. This system shall consist ofa master, a central assembly, and a minimum of two local units with cabinets. This system shall operate to the satisfaction ofTSEF at this location for up to twenty working days prior to field installation.
925.07 FLASHING BEACON ASSEMBLY:
A. OPERATION: The flashing beacon control unit assembly shall be designed to operate on 120 V, 60 Hz,AC.
B. FLASHER UNIT: The flasher unit shall be solid state conforming to current NEMA standards. When specified, the unit shall also contain a completely wired in solid state, digital time clock with a backup rechargeable battery for memory and shall automatically accommodate daylight savings. The unit shall include photocell and dimmer when specified.
C. CABINET: The flasher unit shall be enclosed in a weatherproof, fabricated sheet aluminum alloy cabinet. The cabinet shall be of a clean cut design and appearance and shall provide ample space for housing the flashing unit, terminal strip, and other auxiliary equipment. A hinged door shall be provided permitting complete access to the interior of the cabinet. When the door is closed, it shall be sealed by neoprene gasketing material, making the cabinet weatherproof and dust tight. The door shall be furnished with a flush type tumbler lock. Two keys shall be provided with each cabinet. A hardware mounting bracket for a wood pole shall be provided. Mounting hardware for steel or concrete poles shall be an option.
925.08 LOCAL COORDINATION UNIT:
A. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. CYCLES: The coordination unit shall provide for a minimum offour background cycles, adjustable from 30 seconds to 210 seconds. Cycle lengths shall be easily changed.
2. OFFSETS: A minimum of three offsets shall be provided for each cycle. Offsets shall be easily adjustable from the front panel of the coordination unit.
3. FREE OPERATION: The coordination unit shall be able to select free operation or remote flash.
4. VARIABLE PERMISSIVE YIELD PERIOD: The coordination unit shall provide one permissive yield period for each cycle. Permissive periods shall be adjustable from the front panel of the coordinating unit. The termination of the permissive yield period shall be adjustable.
5. MINOR PHASE GREEN EXTENSION LIMIT: Means shall be provided so that a separate point for each of the three cycles may be selected, beyond which the minor phases green may not be extended.
155

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
6. INDICATORS: Each coordination unit shall be provided with indications which indicate the following:
a. Cycle b. Offset C. Split d. Hold (min. Of 3) e. Force Off (one per non coordinated phase) f. Flash/Free
7. INTERNAL COORDINATION UNITS: When coordination units are internal to the controller, the above indicators shall be provided on the face of the controller.
8. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS:All interconnecting cable circuits operating on 115 V AC shall be powered from the "hot" side of the AC line. The synchronization line shall be normally energized and shall be de-energized during the synchronization period.
B. COORDINATION UNIT ENCLOSURE: Each external coordination unit shall be enclosed in an aluminum case and shall be equipped as follows:
1. It shall be equipped with an "MS" type plug so that an "MS" type socket on the associated connecting cable can be inserted or removed, thereby connecting or disconnecting the unit without disconnecting or removing any wires.
2. It shall be possible to remove a coordination unit and replace it with a similar unit without shutting off the power to the controller or signals.
3. Harnesses provided shall be of sufficient length for easy installation, inspection, and maintenance.
C. INTERNAL Coordination unit: Each internal coordination unit shall be solid state "slide in" type construction.
D. All coordination units shall include all necessary wiring harnesses, and/or terminal blocks.
925.09 TIME BASED COORDINATION UNIT:
A. GENERAL: This section sets forth minimum requirements for ac coordination units which shall allow traffic control equipment to be coordinated without requiring the use of interconnecting equipment. The unit shall coordinate traffic control equipment based on signals from a precise time base which shall allow output control signals to be changed at the proper preprogrammed time of day/day of week to achieve the coordinated operation of a group of intersections. The unit shall use the latest technology solid state circuitry to implement these specifications. The unit shall conform to all applicable standards as outlined in the current NEMA standards.
B. OPERATION:
1. All timing shall be accomplished by digital methods.
2. The coordination unit shall perform all specified functions at line voltage of 115 VAC and power line frequency of 60 Hz.
3. The unit shall be provided with a backup power source to retain stored data in the data memory and to maintain the operation of its internal time reference operation.
156

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

4. The coordination unit shall be equipped with a plug so that a socket on the associated connecting cable can be inserted or removed thereby connecting or disconnecting the unit without any wiring changes.

C. PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION:

1. The coordination unit may be enclosed in a metal case, or it may be designed internally to the controller unit.

2. All input, outputs, interface voltage, and interface common returns shall enter the unit through front panel connectors if the coordination unit is external.

D. DISPLAY: The coordination unit shall be capable of displaying any of its stored information and having that information programmed, altered, erased, or replaced by operation of the unit's front panel digital indicators and controls. The display must be outdoor visible, easily readable when shaded from direct sunlight.

E. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION:

1. BASIC ELEMENTS:

a. The coordination units shall have a precise clock based on a seven day clock that is easily set to the nearest second.

b. The clock shall use the power line frequency as a time base when power is present and a backup power source when the power is interrupted. The backup power source shall provide an accuracy within 0.005% or less of actual operation.

c. The unit shall be capable of retaining its program and timing accuracy during power

interruptions for a minimum of 100 hours after fully charged (48 hours of normal and continuous

operation).



d. Time settings shall consist of day, hour, minute, seconds resolution. Function omit is to be provided on a day of week and day ofyear basis.

2. BASIC CAPABILITIES:

a. Each unit shall be capable of changing its internal states and output circuit states based on preprogrammed data entries. These changes of state shall take place when coincidence occurs between the unit's record of time and its preprogrammed time data entries.

b. The coordinating unit shall be capable of generating a pattern of output signals for the control of its associated traffic signal controller. These output signals shall cause the associated local signal controller to operate in such a manner as to achieve coordinated operation with adjacent intersections. The unit shall have a number of output patterns in order to change the system signal pattern in response to periodic, predictable changes in traffic levels.

c. The unit shall be capable of switching independently from one pattern of outputs to another at a preprogrammed time in order to achieve the desired coordination of the signals within the system.

157

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGlA
3. PROGRAM PARAMETERS:
a. cycles: The coordination unit shall provide a minimum of four background cycles, adjustable from 30 seconds to 210 seconds. Cycle lengths shall be easily changed from the front panel of the coordination unit.
b. Offsets: The coordination unit shall provide a minimum of three offsets for each cycle. Offsets shall be easily adjustable from the front panel of the coordination unit.
c. Splits: The coordination unit shall be capable of providing a minimum of (2) splits per cycle. Splits shall be adjustable from the front panel of the coordination unit.
d. The coordination unit shall be capable of providing an interval sequence of free (non-coordinated) operation, permissive, force off, hold, phase omit, and pedestrian omit outputs. The time duration of each interval is to be programmed directly from the front panel.
F. BIDDING: Price bid for these items shall be for coordination unit, wiring harness, and necessary terminal blocks.
925.10 FLASHING SCHOOL SIGNAL ASSEMBLY: Where designated on the plans, each approach to a school speed zone shall have a complete assembly that consists of a flasher unit, time clock, cabinet, two single section signal heads and School Speed Limit Sign Assembly as outlined in Section 7B-12 in the MUTCD. The conduit and cable shall conform the appropriate Sections ofthis Specification. Mounting hardware and post supports are incidental to this Specification.
A. FLASHING UNIT: A jack mounted flasher of sufficient ampere capacity and with sufficient circuits shall be supplied The flasher shall be solid state and have an adjustable flasher rate of 50 to 60 flashes per minute.
B. .SIGNAL HEADS: The signal heads shall be standard vehicle heads with yellow 8 inch or 12 inch lenses. Heads shall come equipped with pinnacles or caps.
C. SIGNS: The sign assembly shall consist ofschool signs as shown in the plans. The sign material shall be in accordance with Section 636 of the Standard Specifications.
D. TIME CLOCK: The time clock shall be in accordance with Section 925.13.
E. CABINET: The flasher cabinet shall be of clean cut design and appearance with sufficient space to provide direct access to all components. It shall be made of cast or fabricated aluminum. A hinged door shall be provided permitting complete access ofthe interior of the cabinet. When closed, the door shall fit closely to gasketing material, making the cabinet weatherproof and dustproof. The door shall be provided with a strong lock and key. Hardware for mounting on either a wood or metal poles shall be provided as specified.
925.11 LOAD SWITCHES: Load switches shall meet the requirements of Section Five of the current NEMA standards.
925.12 SIGNAL MONITORS: This item shall consist of a separate, programmable signal monitoring device which shall detect conflicting signal indications and voltage levels above or below the satisfactory operating voltages of the controller.
158

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
The voltage monitor portion of the monitor shall be capable of monitoring the controller unit voltage monitor output for satisfactory operating voltage in the controller and the +24 V DC inputs. The monitor shall also detect the absence of any required red signal voltage at the field connection terminals. The monitor shall be capable of monitoring for the absence ofvoltage on all of the inputs of a channel.
Upon detection of conflicting indications or unsatisfactory voltage levels, the monitor shall trigger a transfer the signal displays from stop and go to flashing operation.
A. NEMA Monitors: NEMA signal monitors shall be in conformance with current NEMA specification, specifically Sub-Section Six.
B. Type 170 Signal Monitors:
1. SPECIFICATIONS: Type 170 signal monitors shall meet or exceed the requirements of the CALTRANS specification and be listed on the current CALTRANS Qualified Products List or be previously approved by TSEF.
2. ABSENCE OF RED MONITORING: The conflict monitor shall be capable of monitoring for the absence ofvoltage on all of the inputs of a channel (defined here as red, yellow, and green). If an output is not present on at least one input of a channel at all times, the unit shall begin timing the duration of this condition. If this condition exists for less than 700 ms, the unit shall not trigger. If this condition exists for more than 1000 ms, the unit shall trigger as if a conflict had occurred, causing immediate transfer into a flashing mode, and stop time to be applied to the controller. A red signal input shall require the presence of a minimum of 60 (+/- 10) V AC to satisfy the requirements of a red indication. The red input signals shall be brought into the conflict monitor through an auxiliary connector on the monitor's front panel. A similar connector shall be provided on the output file, and a removable harness connecting the two shall be provided. An indicator on the front panel of the monitor shall be provided to identify the triggering of the monitor in response to the absence of red condition.
925.13 TIME CLOCK: Time clocks shall be capable of controlling timing transfers, flashing operation or function initiation or termination. The time clock shall be completely self contained, solid state, digital and shall provide for seven day operation. The time clock shall be equipped with a minimum of ten hour reserve power for time and program backup and shall automatically accommodate daylight savings time. The time clock shall be equipped for omitting each output function on a daily basis. All parts shall be readily accessible. Any connection between the time clock and the back panel of the cabinet shall be by means of a flexible cable. The cable conductors shall be tagged for identification. All outputs shall be provided by electromechanical relays. This shall include single circuit, 6 circuit, and 8 circuit output units. A programming manual is to be included with each unit.
925.14 SELF-TUNING LOOP DETECTOR:
A. GENERAL: This item shall consist of furnishing an induction loop single or multichannel digital sensor/detector unit, shelf mounted or card rack mounted, including wiring harness, and operation and maintenance instructions with schematic diagram.
B. REQUIREMENTS:
1. The shelf mounted detector unit shall be designed to operate on 120 V, 60 Hz, single phase, alternating current. The card rack mounted unit may a utilize plug-in version 24 V DC external power supply. Variations in voltage of plus or minus 20%, or inside cabinet temperature changes between -40C and +80C shall not affect the normal operation of the sensing unit. The power supply shall be an integral part of the sensing unit.
159

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
2. A fail safe feature shall be incorporated in the design of the sensor/detector unit, which, in the absence of power, shall place a continuous call on the sensing circuit.
3. The detector unit shall be capable of operating properly when connected to more than one loop with total feeder length up to 500 feet and total loop area up to 400 ft2 The unit shall be capable of sensing the passage of a vehicle over the loop at speeds up to 80 mph.
4. A manual switch shall be provided on the front of the unit for the selection of either motion or presence sensing. In the presence position, the unit shall sense the presence of a vehicle within the loop up to 10 minutes. Any vehicle in motion shall be sensed while the vehicle is in the field of the loop.
5. The detector unit circuitry shall consist entirely of electronic solid state design with the exception ofthe output relay. All transistors and diodes shall be 100% silicon. The detector loop inductance range of operation shall be between 50-650 mH and shall render reliable detection with a minimum of 0.02% change in inductance. An indicator shall be permanently mounted to the front of the detector unit to show each actuation. An MS type connector and wiring harness shall be supplied with each detector unit for connection to the external circuitry.
6. All detector units of the same mounting type shall be interchangeable without any wiring or component changes. Field tuning of the detector shall not require a meter, circuit changes, substitutions, modifications, or additions to the sensing unit.
7. The detector shall be housed in a nonferrous case or seven position rack. Removal of the case shall be accomplished by the use of simple hand tools and all component parts shall be readily accessible with the case removed. The detector shall be neither position nor attitude sensitive. Detectors shall be of the automatic self tuning type.
8. Multichannel detector units shall include two or four complete detector channels. Each channel shall sequentially energize its loop inputs to eliminate crosstalk. Sequential scanning shall allow two detection channels to operate with full performance using a common four conductor lead-in cable. Sequential scanning shall fully prevent crosstalk between channels of a detector connected to closely spaced or overlapped loops for directional detection. Sequential scanning shall allow two or more detection channels to be connected to a single detection loop with full operating performance, including separate mode and sensitivity selection capability on each channel.
9. Detectors with delay recognition shall conform to the requirements above. Additionally, these unit shall have a means by which a call is not recognized by the detector unit for a certain number of seconds, referred to as the delay time. The delay time shall be variable from 0 to 30 seconds.
10. Detectors with extension time shall conform to the requirements above. Additionally, these units shall have a means by which a call may be extended beyond the time a vehicle is present in the detection area, referred to as the extension time. The extension time shall be variable from 0 to 7-1/2 seconds in seconds increments.
160

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
925.15 LOOP SEALANT: All loop sealants must be approved by the Department of Transportation's Office ofMaterials Research, 15 Kennedy Drive, Forest Park, Georgia 30050, if not listed on that Office's approved products list. Loop sealants shall have a thick liquid consistency to fill the slot quickly without flowing out ofthe slot on slopes. The sealant must completely encapsulate the wires and cure quickly to minimize the duration oflane closures. The sealant must adhere to the sides of the sawcut to provide a watertight seal and retain flexibility after curing. Only minimal expansion/contraction is allowable. The sealant must be environmentally safe to personnel and pavements with no hazardous solvents or cleaners needed for cleanup or removal. The sealant must be resistant to road salts, petroleum products and other chemicals associated with vehicles and road maintenance. The sealant must not deteriorate or otherwise damage the pavement. The product must be readily available in single quart cartridges that can be disposed in standard refuse containers. The use of epoxy sealants is prohibited.
Polyurethane sealants shall conform to Georgia Standard Specification Section 833.09, Polyurethane Sealant for Induction Loops. A manufacturers certification must be submitted to the Office of Materials and Research to obtain approval for the use of this material.
925.16 VEHICLE SIGNAL HEADS: Signal heads shall be adjustable and may be fabricated from die cast aluminum or polycarbonate plastic. Each signal section shall be readily interchangeable and securely fastened together into one weather tight signal face or assembly. Rubber or neoprene gaskets shall be used in each section body to accept the door and signal lens to create a weather tight seal.
Signal heads shall have positive locking areas in 5-degree increments and accept standard mounting hardware with identical locking areas. Both top and bottom ends shall be identical and shall be ribbed construction with mounting boss minimum 5/8 inch thick at point of attachment to mounting fittings. All hinge pins, screws, latches and exposed metal fasteners shall be stainless steel. All signal heads shall meet all applicable ITE requirements for lumen output and display size, shape and color. The signal head body or case and lens holder shall be predrilled for backplates and visors.
A. MATERIALS:
1. Polycarbonate plastic shall be ultraviolet and heat stabilized with permanently colored, polycarbonate resins impregnated throughout the unit.
2. Die cast aluminum parts shall have a chromate preparatory treatment and conform to ITE standard for alloy and tensile requirements. The exterior of the signal case, lamp housing and mounting flanges shall be finished with a high quality enamel prime and finish paint. Sheet metal parts including visors and backplates shall conform to ite material requirements, and include a chromate preparatory treatment and optical black on all surfaces.
B. DOORS: Doors shall be die cast aluminum or polycarbonate plastic to match the body of the head with integral hinged lug held by a screw, wingnut or positive locking latch. The door shall accept visors with or without louvers.
C. VEHICLE SIGNAL HEADS: The lens type and color will be specified in the plans. The size of a vehicle signal head shall be defined as the nominal lens diameter which is either 8 inch or 12 inch. The heads shall be fully adjustable to be configured for multi-section assemblies as shown in the plans or MUTCD. Unless otherwise specifically stated in the plans, the signal housing (back, top, bottom, and sides), and fittings are to be painted highway yellow or shall be highway yellow throughout; the front faces (doors and visors) shall be flat black.
161

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
D. OPTICAL UNITS: Optical units shall consist of an assembly of the lens, reflector, lamp and lamp receptacle. A silicon, neoprene or high temperature rubber lens gasket shall be provided encompassing the inner and outer surfaces ofthe edge of the lens. Reflectors shall be of the Alzak type held in a supporting holder, which shall be hinged t.o the signal body so it does not open when the door opens. It shall be possible, however, t.o swing the reflector out for inspection of wiring. The reflector holder shall be spring cushion mounted t.o absorb vibration and t.o provide an effective seal against the silicon lens gasket all around. An adjustable focus sockets shall be provided and this socket shall be supported so as t.o allow rotation. Signal heads shall accommodate either 69W, 135W or 150 W, 120V, lamps.
925.17 OPTICALLY PROGRAMMED OR HIGH VISIBILITY SIGNAL HEADS: The signal shall permit the visibility zone ofthe indication t.o be determined optically and require no hoods or louvers. The projected indication may be selectively visible or veiled anywhere within 15 degrees of the optical axis. No indication shall result from external illumination nor shall one light unit illuminate a second. The components ofthe optical system shall include the lamp, lamp collar, optical limiter-diffuser, and objective lens. The optical system shall accommodate projection ofdiverse, selected indicatio;ns t.o separate portions ofthe roadway such that only one indication will be simultaneously apparent t.o any viewer. The projected indication shall conform t.o ITE transmittance and chromaticity standards.
A. CONSTRUCTION:
1. The lamp shall be nominal 150 W, 120 V AC, three prong, sealed beam having an integral reflector with stippled cover and an average rated life of at least 6,000 hours. An equivalent 75 W lamp shall be used with pedestrian indications. The lamp shall be coupled t.o the diffusing element with a collar including a specular inner surface. The diffusing element may be discrete or integral with the convex surface of the optical limiter.
2. The optical limiter shall provide an accessible imaging surface at focus on the optical axis for objects 900 t.o 1200 feet distance and permit an effective veiling mask t.o be variously applied as determined by the desired visibility zone. The optical limiter shall be provided with positive indexing means and composed of heat resistant glass.
3. The objective lens shall be a high resolution planar incremental lens hermetically sealed within a flat laminate of weather resistant acrylic or approved equal. The lens shall be symmetrical in outline and may be rotated t.o any 90 degree orientation about the optical axis without displacing the primary image.
B. MOUNTING:
1. The signal shall mount t.o standard 1-1/2 inch fittings as a single section, as a multiple section face, or in combination with other signals. The signal section shall be provided with an adjustable connection that permits incremental tilting from Ot.o 10 degrees above or below the horizontal while maintaining a common vertical axis through couplers and mounting. Terminal connection shall permit external adjustment about the mounting axis in 5 degree increments.
2. The signal shall be mountable with ordinary t.ools and capable of being serviced with no tools. Attachments such as visor, backplates or adapters shall conform and readily fasten t.o existing mounting surfaces without affecting water and light integrity of the signal.
162

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
C. ELECTRICAL: The lamp fixture shall comprise a separately accessible housing and integral lamp support, indexed ceramic socket and self aligning, quick release lamp retainer. Electrical connection between case and lamp housing shall be accomplished with an interlock assembly which disconnects lamp holder when opened. Each signal section shall include a covered terminal block for clip or screw attachment oflead wires. Concealed No. 18 AWG, stranded and coded wires shall interconnect all sections to permit field connection within any section.
D. PHOTO CONTROLS: Each signal shall include integral means for regulating its intensity between limits as a function ofthe individual background illumination. Lamp intensity shall not be less than 97% ofuncontrolled intensity at 10750 lux, and shall reduce to 15 + 2% of maximum at less than 10.75 lux. Response shall be proportional and essentially instantaneous to any detectable increase of illumination from darkness t.o 10750 lux, and damped for any decrease from 10750 lux. The intensity controller shall comprise an integrated, directional light sensing and regulating device interposed between lamp and line wires. It shall be compatible with 60 Hz input and responsive within the range 105 to 135 v. Output may be phase controlled, but the device shall provide a nominal terminal impedance of 1200 W open circuit and a corresponding holding current.
925.18 TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEAD LENS: The size, type and color lens shall be as specified in the plans. Lenses may be constructed from polycarbonate plastic or glass. Lenses shall be of the concave/convex type with the convex side smooth and the concave side fluted for the purpose of properly directing the light rays. Lenses shall be clearly marked to indicate the maximum wattage of the lamp t.o be used.
925.19 BLANK-OUT SIGNS: Each sign shall be capable of providing a clearly visible and definable legend for a distance of 500 feet with ample safety factors. The sign shall be supplied with mounting hardware t.o provide for mounting on standard 1-1/2 inch pipe brackets or for mounting directly to signal mast arms or for span wire.
A. CASE: The case shall be formed from aluminum extrusion Fl-6-e and special aluminum door frame angle. Alloy 6063-T5, minimum wall thickness: .075 inch; corners and joints: .080 inch and thicker. All welding filler arc. Corner radius, both case and door approximately 3 inches. BR type take apart door hinge and draw bolt. One (1) P-15 1-1/2 inch hub furnished on top surface. Entire case primed with zinc chromate, inside baked with 2 coats non-yellowing white, outside two coats of highway yellow.
B. FACE: The face shall be fabricated three (3) section plexiglass lens clear with or without legend, but be able to accept a silk screened legend on first surface. Minimum thickness 5/16 inch shall be furnished by bidder. (Legend is to be silk screened and will be provided by others.)
C. ELECTRICAL:
1. The fluorescent illumination shall be provided by eight (8} F-36-T12-CW/HO fluorescent by-pin la and fired by two (2) 4 lamp ballasts, 90% power fact.or corrected, 120 V and capable of providing approximately 25% additional lumen output for HO lamps.
2. Glass fiber optics blank-out signs shall meet all requirements set forth in the specifications for lane use control signals. Messages and letter dimensions shall be approved by the State Traffic Operations Engineer.
D. SUN PHANTOM SCREEN: A heavy duty aluminum louver type sun phantom screen that covers the entire sign face shall be attached to each sign. The louvers shall be slanted down so as to eliminate the sun phantom and still not obstruct the view of the sign face.
163

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
E. PAINTING: All signal surfaces, inside and out, shall be painted with two coats of oven baked enamel in addition to the primer coat. The non-illuminated portions of the signal face shall be painted black and all housings, brackets, fittings, etc. shall be painted highway yellow.
925.20 LANE-USE CONTROL SIGNAL: All signals shall conform to current ITE standards. All signals shall be supplied with the necessary mounting hardware to provide for mounting as shown on the plans. Mounting shall be for one way or two way configurations.
A. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
1. Weight: One-way units shall not weigh more than 50 lbs. and two-way units shall not weigh more than 60 lbs., regardless of messages.
2. Color: The color oflane-use control signal indications shall be clearly visible for mile at all times under normal atmospheric conditions. The visibility angle of the lane-use control signal shall be a minimum of 60 degrees.
3. Housing: The housing of each signal shall be a one piece corrosion resistant aluminum alloy die casting or equal and shall meet current related ASTM specifications. Bids for alternate polycarbonate housings will be considered. A substantial door hinge with at least two hinge pins shall be provided. Doors should open from right to left. All configurations shall be balanced to provide a plumb hanging unit. All components shall be readily and easily accessible from the open door.
4. Housing door: The housing door shall be one piece corrosion resistant aluminum or equal and shall meet current related ASTM specifications. Two hinges shall be provided on the left side of each section with a latch boss on the right side. The door shall be attached to the housing with stainless steel hinge pins. Stainless steel dual eye bolt latches or similar approved devices shall be provided to securely close and latch the housing door. The housing or door shall be equipped with a continuous molded neoprene gasket to make the interior of the unit dustproof and waterproof.
5. Wiring: Each signal housing shall be provided with a complete terminal board. One side of terminal strip shall accommodate socket leads and the other side shall accommodate field wires. The terminal board shall provide totally separate wiring of each symbol.
6. Visors: Visors not less than 12 inches long for multiple unit and 7 inches long for single unit signals shall be provided for each signal face. Visors shall be constructed of sheet aluminum or equal and shall encompass top and sides ofeach section. The insides of visors shall be painted flat black.
7. Painting: All signal surfaces, inside and out, shall be painted with two coats of oven baked enamel in addition to the primer coat. The insides of the visors shall be flat blacks, the non-illuminated portions ofthe signal face shall be black or dark gray and all housings, brackets and fittings shall be highway yellow.
8. Hardware and fittings: All necessary fittings, pipe brackets, hangers, hubs etc. shall be supplied for the type of mounting specified. They shall be painted highway yellow.
B. SIGNAL DISPLAY: The symbols, which shall be on an opaque black or dark gray background, shall meet ITE requirements and shall be blacked out when not illuminated.
C. FIBER OPTICAL SYSTEM:
164

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
1. The glass fiber optic illuminating system shall consist of a legend illuminated by first quality glass fiber optic bundles transmitting light to the arranged signal legend.
2. Each separate color indication in a sign face shall be illuminated by an independent pair of 12 V, 50 W, MR-16, enl quartz halogen la with an average lamp life of 4000 hours. Additional pairs of 50 W lamps, as required by legend size, or at the discretion of the manufacturer, will be allowed. Transformers operating these la will output 10.8 V AC with load applied. The glass fiber bundle which illuminates a given color indication shall be constructed such that adjacent fibers in the bundle receive their light input from separate lamps of the pair used to illuminate that specific color indication.
3. The green arrow indication shall not utilize the same termination points as any "x" indication. Indicators will be provided near the bottom of each sign face to indicate the status of each lamp utilized for that face. These indicators will emit light of the same color as the sign face indication which utilizes the same lamp. These indicators will be angled downward at approximately 30 degrees and will be so placed as not to interfere with the visibility or discernibility of the sign face indications.
4. Total power required for any single indication shall not exceed 250 W.
5. All lamps shall be contained behind a water tight signal face or lens assembly.
6. The entire optical system shall be weatherproof and shall not be vulnerable to extremes in temperature or moisture.
D. ANTI-PHANTOM SCREEN: Each signal face shall be provided with a screen which substantially counteracts sun phantom effect.
E. WIRING: Each lamp shall be separately wired to a terminal block located in each housing. Each lamp holder socket shall be provided with color coded leads. For combination symbols, socket leads shall be separately color coded to distinguish between red "X'', yellow "X" or downward arrow symbols. Leads shall be No. 14 AWG type THW, 600 V, fixture wire with 90C thermoplastic insulation.
925.21 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEAD: Each section shall be provided with a visor encompassing the top and sides ofthe signal face ofa size and shape adequate to shield the lens from external lighted sources. An acceptable option is a "Z-crate" or louver type visor for mounting over the pedestrian signal face. The housing door, door latch, and hinges shall be of aluminum, or approved equal. Hinge pins shall be stainless steel. The door shall be provided with a neoprene gasket capable of making a weather resistant, dustproof seal when closed.
Pedestrian indications should be readable to the pedestrian both day and night, and at all distances from 10 feet to the full width of the areas to be crossed. All pedestrian indications shall be rectangular in shape and shall consist of the lettered messages WALK and DON'T WALK or "HAND & MAN'' symbol. Only internal illumination shall be used. When illuminated, the walk indication or symbol shall be white and the DON'T WALK indication or symbol shall be portland orange, meeting the ITE standards. All areas ofthe face or lens, except for the message, shall be obscured by an opaque material. When not illuminated, the walk and pedestrian clearance messages or symbols shall not be distinguishable by pedestrians at the far end of the crosswalk they control. For crossings where the distance from the near curb to the pedestrian signal indication is 60 feet or less, letters shall be at least 3 inches high and symbols shall be at least 6 inches high. For distances over 60 feet, the letters shall be at least 4-1/2 inches high and the symbols shall be 12 inches high. The illumination for the DON'T WALK legend shall come from a single light source so that an electrical or mechanical failure does not create a partial message.
165

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
925.22 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON: Pedestrian push buttons shall be of substantial tamper proof construction. They shall consist of a direct push type button and single momentary contact switch in a cast metal housing. The finish shall be baked enamel and match the color ofthe pedestrian heads. Any screws or bolts shall be stainless steel. The unit shall have a 1/2 inch threaded opening with plug. The assembly shall be weatherproofand so constructed that when properly installed, it will be impossible to receive an electrical shock under any weather condition.
925.23 SIGNAL HEAD BACKPLATE: Each backplate shall be designed to properly shield a traffic signal head from background distractions for better visibility. The backplate shall extend beyond the signal head to a minimum of 6 inches on all sides and shall have all corners rounded with a minimum 2 inch radii. Construction ofthe backplate shall be from aluminum, sheet metal, UV stabilized polycarbonate or ABS plastic material with a finished color of flat black. Polycarbonate backplates shall be at least 0.15 inches thick; ABS backplates shall be at least 0.05 inches thick and metal backplates shall be at least 0.05 inches thick. The backplate shall be designed with predrilled holes to provide for simple attachment to the specified brand, size and configuration of traffic signal head with all mounting hardware included. Backplates shall not interfere with the signal mounting hardware.
925.24 SIGNAL HEAD VISORS: The size, shape and type ofsignal.head visors shall be in accordance with the signal plans. Typically, visors shall be tunnel type unless specified otherwise in the signal plans. Visors may be constructed of plastic or aluminum and shall be at least 7 inches deep for 8 inch signal heads and at least 9 inches deep for 12 inch heads. Special angle visors shall be full circle with the long side at least 18 inches deep.
925.25 SIGNAL HEAD LOUVERS: Louvers shall be directional with a 7 degree cutoff right of center. Rotating the louver 180 degrees shall produce a 7 degree cutoffleft of center. Twelve inch louvers shall have 5 vanes and 8 inch louvers shall have 3 vanes. All louvers surfaces shall have a flat black finish. Programmable louvers shall be directional with a 7 degree cutoff and all louver surfaces shall have a flat black finish. The units shall be installed and programmed in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction on visors that are recommended by the manufacturer. The programmable louver display must be approved by the Engineer prior to placing the signal in stop and go operation.
925.26 HARDWARE FOR SPANWIRE MOUNTING: this item must meet the appropriate sections of the Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
925.27 HARDWARE FOR MAST ARM MOUNTING: This item must meet the appropriate sections ofthe Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
925.28 HARDWARE FOR PEDESTAL MOUNTING: This item must meet the appropriate sections ofthe 1
Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
925.29 HARDWARE FOR BRACKET MOUNTING TO POLE: This item must meet the appropriate sections of the Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
925.30 HARDWARE FOR MULTI-WAY MOUNTING: This item must meet the appropriate sections of the Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
925.31 BALANCE ADJUSTER: This item must meet the appropriate sections of the Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
166

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
925.32 HARDWARE FOR PEDESTAL MOUNTING FOR 9 INCH OR 12 INCH PED HEAD: This item must meet the appropriate sections of the Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
925.33 HARDWARE FOR BRACKET MOUNTING 9 INCH OR 12 INCH PED HEAO TO POLE: This item must meet the appropriate sections of the Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications and will be approved upon submittal of catalog cuts.
925.34 PEDESTAL POLE:
A GENERAL: The pedestal poles shall apply to pedestals supporting traffic, signal heads, pedestrian signal heads, and traffic signal controllers. Pedestal poles sh,all be furnished according to type and overall length. The pedestal poles shall consist of one upright pole with suitable base and any other accessories or hardware as required to make a complete installation.
B. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
1. All poles shall be made of one continuous piece from top to base connection for the entire height ofthe pole. The shaft, ofappropriate shape, may or may not be uniformly tapered from butt to tip. The cross section at the tip shall have a 4-1/2 inch outside diameter. A tenon shall be used to accomplish this where required.
2. Pole caps, when required, shall be fabricated ofcast material and secured in place with set screws.
3. Each pole shall have a one piece cast anchor base or place base welded to the butt end. The base shall be of adequate strength, shape and size to withstand full design level. This base shall be designed to secure the pole assembly to a concrete foundation by means of anchor bolts. A hand hole shall be provided in each base. A suitable grounding lug shall be provided inside the base. The base shall be fitted with removable anchor bolt covers.
4. Bases shall be furnished with steel anchor bolts of sufficient number, size, length and strength to develop the full strength of the pole. The threaded end of each anchor bolt and the fastening hardware (nuts, lock washers, flat washers, or other) shall be hot dipped galvanized conforming to astm a-153.
925.35 TIMBER POLES: Timber poles shall meet the requirements of Supplemental Specification Section 861 for Timber Signal Poles. Poles must be inspected and tested by the GDOT Office of Materials and Research and hammer stamped by the inspector. All poles shall have a brand or stamp approximately 10 feet from the butt that notes the type wood, date of manufacture, manufacturer, class and length. All timber poles that have guy attachments or support spanwire or arms that suspend signal heads over the roadway or sidewalk shall be Class II. Poles that support loop lead-in, messenger or communications cable that do not have guy attachments may be Class IV size. The poles shall meet the requirements in the table below unless otherwise noted on the traffic signal plans or list of materials.
167

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA

~ II II II II II IV IV IV IV

Nominal L~n~h (ftl 30 35 40 45 50 30 35 40 45

Minimum Circumference At Six F~~t FrQm Butt (in.}
34.0 38.5 38.5 40.5 42.0 29.5 31.5 33.5 35.0

925.36 STEEL STRAIN POLES: Steel strain poles shall conform to Section 639 of the Standard Specifications and shall include hardware for span wire attachments, anchor base, and anchor bolts for the purpose of supporting span wire suspended signs and/or signals.

925.37 PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE STRAIN POLE: Pre-stressed concrete strain poles for overhead

signs and signal support shall conform with Section 639 of the Standard Specifications and shall include

hardware for span wire attachments.



Additionally, the opening at the top and bottom of the pole shall be sufficiently large enough to allow all wiring into and out of pole. No conduit shall be strapped to strain pole because of insufficient opening allowances.

925.38 TRAFFIC SIGNAL PULL AND JUNCTION BOX: Traffic signal pull and junction boxes design shall be based on the AASHTO Standard Specification, h20 loading, 20,800 lbs. load over a 10 inches x 20 inches area. Precast concrete boxes shall be constructed of Class A concrete meeting the applicable requirements of Section 500 of the Department's Standard Specifications. Polymer concrete or high density plastic construction will be acceptable ifloading qualifications are met. Cast iron or steel covers shall be provided with each pull or junction box. Covers shall be furnished with logo, "Traffic Signal".

925.39 LAMPS: Lamps shall have an average rated life of 8000 hours and shall conform to the current ITE Standard for Traffic Signal Lamps.

168

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
925.40 PREFAB CONTROLLER CABINET BASE: Prefab controller cabinet bases shall be designed to withstand wind loading of 100 mph with four phase or eight phase cabinet mounted. Bases shall be designed for a burial depth from 12 inches to 18 inches. The base design shall provide for a minimum height of 6 inches above ground.
Bolt patterns shall meet cabinet bolt locations as shown on the cabinet bolt locations sketch below:
8 Phase Cabinet - - - - - SB"(mtl)-----

4 Phase Cabinet

36" (min)

I I- m;-t

o

T

6"

0

oJ. 24"(min)

0

1

925.41 WIRE AND CABLE: All wire and cable will meet the appropriate sections of the Department's Standard Specifications or the International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA).
925.42 LOOP LEAD-IN (FEEDER) CABLE: Loop detector lead-in cable, No. 14 AWG, stranded, 2-conductor shielded cable must meet IMSA specification #50-2-1984. Loop detector lead-in cable, No. 18 AWG, stranded, 6-conductor, three twisted pairs with shield for each pair, must meet Carol #C6047 or Belden #9773.
925.43 ENCASED LOOP DETECTOR WIRE: Encased loop wire, No. 14 AWG, stranded, single conductor, with PVC/nylon tube jacket must meet IMSA specification #51-5-1984.
925.44 AERIAL (LASHED) & DUCT SIGNAL CABLE:
A. Aerial Oashed) or duct (conduit) No. 14 AWG, stranded, 4-conductor, with black polyethylene (pe) jacket and 600 V rating must meet IMSA specification #20-1-1984. The conductors must be straight, not twisted pairs.
B. Aerial Oashed) or duct (conduit) No. 14 AWG, stranded, 7-conductor, with black polyethylene (pe) jacket and 600 V rating must meet IMSA specification #20-1-1984. The conductors must be straight, not twisted pairs.

169

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA
C. Aerial 0ashed) or duct (conduit) No. 14 AWG, stranded, 13-conductor, with black polyethylene (PE) jacket and 600 V rating must meet IMSA specification #20-1-1984. The conductors must be straight, not twisted pairs.
D. Aerial Oashed) or duct (conduit) No. 19 AWG, stranded, 6-conductor, 600 V rating must meet IMSA specification #20-2-1984. The conductors shall be twisted pairs and the shield shall be copper tape under with black polyethylene (PE) jacket.
925.45 SELF-SUPPORTING AERIAL SIGNAL COMMUNICATIONS CABLE: Self-supporting (Figure 8) aerial signal communications cable, No. 19 AWG, stranded 6-pair conductors shall be rated at 600 V and meet IMSA specification #20-4-1984. The conductors shall be twisted pairs with copper tape shield under a black PE jacket. Messenger strand shall be inch, 7-strand and shall conform to ASTM A 475 Siemens-Martin grade or better with a Class A coating.
925.46 DIRECT EARTH BURIAL SIGNAL COMMUNICATIONS CABLE: Direct earth burial signal communications cable, No. 19 AWG, stranded, 6-pair conductors shall be rated at 600 V and meet IMSA specification #20-6-1984. The conductors shall be twisted pairs with copper tape shield under a black PE jacket.
925.47 UNDERGROUND FEEDER CABLE, TYPE UF: Underground feeder cable, Type UF w/ground shall have two (2) conductors with PVC/nylon jacket and a minimum 600 V rating per UL #493. Two conductor, No. 12, 10, 8 or 6 AWG wire may be used.
925.48 BUILDING WIRE, TYPE THHN: Building wire, type THHN shall be stranded copper, single conductor with PVC/nylon jacket and rated at 600 V per UL #83 (all colors). No. 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, 4 or 2 AWG wire may be used.
925.49 MESSENGER & GUY STRAND (SPANWIRE): All messenger and guy strand (spanwire) shall conform to ASTM A 475 Siemens-Martin grade or better with a Class A coating, 7-wire spanwire.
Messenger & guy strand inch may be used to support interconnect cable or as tether spans.
Messenger & guy strand 5/16 inch may be used only where it is essential to match an existing 5/16 inch spanwire that will not be replaced as part of a new installation.
Messenger & guy strand 3/8 inch shall be the minimum size allowed for all spanwire for signal heads, blankout signs, optically programmed heads, lane control signs, standard, aerial or sidewalk guys.
925.50 MISCELLANEOUS: Catalog cuts, manufacturers warranties and guarantees, etc. will apply as specifications for these items. The appropriate sections of the Department's Standard and Supplemental Specifications shall be met in all cases.
925.51 WARRANTIES AND/OR GUARANTEES: The suppliers shall provide all manufacturer's warranties and guarantees for all signal equipment items listed in this document as well as any signal equipment listed in the plans, except for state supplied equipment. Warranties and guarantees shall be consistent with those provided as customary trade practices; or as otherwise specified in the plans, Standard Specifications, Supplemental Specifications or Special Provisions.
Manufacturer's and supplier's warranties and guarantees shall be transferable to the agency or user that is responsible for traffic signal maintenance, shall be continuous throughout their duration and shall state that they are subject to such transfer.
170